Portada Mii.indd 3
Mii Inglés (01.12)
Inglés 1SL012003M (01.12)
Mii
Owner’s manual
22/02/12 15:54
Die SEAT S.A. arbeitet ständig an der Weiterentwicklung aller Typen und Modelle. Bitte haben Sie Verständnis dafür, dass jederzeit
Änderungen des Lieferumfangs in Form, Ausstattung und Technik möglich sind. Aus den Angaben, Abbildungen und Beschreibungen
dieser Betriebsanleitung können daher keine Ansprüche abgeleitet werden.
Alle Texte, Abbildungen und Anweisungen dieser Anleitung befinden sich auf dem Informationsstand zum Zeitpunkt der Drucklegung.
Die in dieser Anleitung enthaltenen Angaben sind bei Ausgabeschluss gültig. Irrtum bzw. Auslassungen vorbehalten.
Nachdruck, Vervielfältigung oder Übersetzung, auch auszugsweise, ist ohne schriftliche Genehmigung der SEAT S.A. nicht gestattet.
Alle Rechte nach dem Gesetz über das Urheberrecht bleiben der SEAT S.A. ausdrücklich vorbehalten. Änderungen vorbehalten.
❀ Dieses Papier wurde aus chlorfrei gebleichtem Zellstoff hergestellt.
© SEAT S.A. - Nachdruck: 15.02.12
Portada Mii_interior.indd 2
22/02/12 16:13
Foreword
This Instruction Manual and its corresponding supplements should be read carefully to familiarise yourself
with your vehicle.
Besides the regular care and maintenance of the vehicle, its correct handling will help preserve its value.
For safety reasons, note the information concerning accessories, modifications and parts changes.
If selling the vehicle, give all of the onboard documentation to the new owner, as it should be kept with the
vehicle.
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Manual structure
....................
5
Vehicle diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Exterior views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Side view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver door overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of the driver side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Overview of centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Detail of the passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Symbols on the roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prior to a journey... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tips for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Central locking* and locking system . . . . . . . . . .
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Opening and closing the sliding/tilting electric
panoramic sunroof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Adjusting the seat position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Child seats (accessories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
6
7
8
Lights and visibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
9
10
12
14
14
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
15
17
22
Practical equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Window wash/wipe system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loading luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Trailer coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ashtray and Lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrical power socket* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48
48
55
57
67
76
84
84
89
91
95
97
97
100
104
107
108
108
113
115
117
25
25
While driving
.........................
119
28
28
33
38
40
43
Starting, changing gears, parking . . . . . . . . . .
119
119
124
128
138
141
44
Stopping and starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Braking, stopping and parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Driver assistance systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking distance warning system* . . . . . . . . . . .
Cruise control* (Cruise control system - CCS) . . .
143
143
146
City Safety Assist function* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hill-start aid* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
149
154
156
Air control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
158
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning system . .158
At the filling station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Care, cleaning and maintenance
165
165
169
.
171
In the engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
171
176
180
184
Working in the engine compartment . . . . . . . . . .
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle care and maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Care and cleaning the vehicle exterior . . . . . . . .
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior . . . .
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories, replacements, repairs and
modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine management and exhaust gas
purification system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
If and when
188
188
196
201
213
224
227
...........................
229
Practical information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
229
229
231
234
237
Frequently asked questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle tool kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
4
Table of Contents
Wheel trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Anti-puncture kit* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Towing and tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
239
241
247
252
255
264
267
Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
271
Description of specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Engine specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index
...................................
271
271
274
278
278
279
Manual structure
5
Manual structure
What you should know before reading the on-board manual
CAUTION
This manual contains a description of the equipment supplied with the vehicle at the time of press. Some of the equipment hereunder described will
not be available until a later date, or is only available in certain markets.
Texts with this symbol draw your attention to potential sources of damage
to your vehicle.
Because this is a general manual for the Mii, some of the equipment and
functions that are described in this manual are not included in all types or
variants of the model; they may vary or be modified depending on the technical requirements and on the market; this should is in no way be interpreted as dishonest advertising.
Texts preceded by this symbol refer to relevant points concerning environmental protection.
The illustrations are intended as a general guide and may vary from the
equipment fitted in your vehicle in some details.
Texts preceded by this symbol contain additional information.
The direction indications (left, right, front, rear) appearing in this manual refer to the normal forward working direction of the vehicle except when otherwise indicated.
The equipment marked with an asterisk* is fitted as standard only in certain
versions, and is only supplied as optional extras for some versions or model
years, or are only offered in certain countries.
®
All registered marks are indicated with ®. Although the copyright symbol does not appear, it is a copyrighted mark.

The section is continued on the following page.
 Marks the end of a section.
WARNING
Texts preceded by this symbol contain information on safety. They warn
you about possible dangers of accident or injury.
For the sake of the environment
Note

6
Exterior views
Vehicle diagram
Exterior views
Side view
Fig. 1 Vehicle side view.
Legend for the fig. 1:
1
Roof aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
224
2
Fuel tank plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
165
3
Exterior door handle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
4
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
95
5
Additional turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84, 255
6
Jack position points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
241 
Exterior views
7
Front view
Fig. 2 Detail of the front of the vehicle.
Legend for the fig. 2:
1
2
Mirror support with laser sensor laser for the City Safety Assist system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
149
7
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84, 255
8
Front towing eye housing behind a cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
267
9
Front number plate holder

Windscreen
3
Front windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91
4
Bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
5
Lever for releasing the bonnet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171
6
Headlight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84, 255
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
8
Exterior views
Rear view
Fig. 3 Detail of the rear of the vehicle.
Legend for the fig. 3:
1
Roof aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Bulb for high-level brake lights
3
Rear window
– Heated rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
224
158
4
Rear window wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91
5
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
6
Rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84, 255
7
Handle with button for opening the rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
40
8
Registration plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
255
9
Rear number plate holder
10
Sensors for the parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . .
143 
Vehicle interior
Vehicle interior
Driver door overview
Fig. 4 Overview of the controls of the driver door.
Legend for the fig. 4:
4
Button for operating the electric windows of the driver
door  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
2
Interior door release lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
38
"Safe" security system control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
95
– Exterior mirror adjustment     
1
3
Turn switch for adjusting the exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
– Heated exterior mirrors 
5
Central locking button    . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
33
6
Open bonnet lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
171 
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
9
10
Vehicle interior
7
Bottle holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
113
Other controls
8
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
108
Depending on the equipment, the vehicle may be equipped with electric
window mechanical window winders, or mechanical adjustment of the rear
view mirrors ⇒ page 95.

Overview of the driver side
Fig. 5 Overview of the driver side.

Vehicle interior
Legend for the fig. 5:
1
Light switch  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84
– Light off or daytime driving light --
10
Steering column adjustment lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
Driver front airbag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
48
67
12
Storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
108 
– Side/dipped lights  
– Fog lights  
2
Headlamp range adjustment  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84
3
Air outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
158
4
Lever for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84
– Main beam headlights 
– Headlight flasher 
– Turn signals 
– Cruise control system (CCS)  –  –  – /+ – /5
6
146
Instrument panel:
– Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
– Digital display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
– Indicator lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
Windscreen wiper/ windscreen wash lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91
– Windscreen wipers  – 
– Intermittent wipe 
– “Brief wipe” x
– Windscreen wipers 
– Automatic windscreen wash/wipe 
– Rear window wiper 
– Automatic rear window wash/wipe 
– Lever with buttons for controlling the SEAT information
system - , / . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
22
Horn (works only when the ignition is on)
8
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
119
9
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
11
12
Vehicle interior
Overview of centre console
Top part of the centre console
Fig. 6 Detail of the top part of the centre console.
Legend for the fig. 6:
1
SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
213
2
Hazard warning lights switch  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
231
3
Passenger front airbag off warning lamp PASSENGER AIRBAG   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67
4
Right seat heating controls  or rear window heating button  (alternative position) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55, 158
5
Radio (factory-fitted) ⇒ Booklet Radio system, cover or storage compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
Left seat heating controls  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55
7
Rear window heating button  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
158
8
Start-Stop system button  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
154
9
Switches for:
108
– Heating and ventilation system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
158
– Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
158 
Vehicle interior
Bottom part of the centre console
Fig. 7 Detail of the bottom part of the centre
console.
Legend for the fig. 7:
1
Storage compartment with drink holder in the centre console
113
2
Ashtray* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
115
3
12 volt socket or cigarette lighter* . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 115
4
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
128
5
Gear lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
124
6
Button for:
– City Safety Assist function   . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
149 
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
13
14
Vehicle interior
Detail of the passenger seat
Symbols on the roof
Symbol

Fig. 8 Overview of the
passenger side.
Legend for the fig. 8:
1
Position of passenger front airbag on the dash panel . . . . . . .
67
2
Air outlet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
158
3
In the side of the dash panel: Key switch for switching off the
front passenger airbag1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
67
4
Handle of the storage compartment or storage compartment
open1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
108 
1)
According to version
Meaning
Interior lights ⇒ page 84.

Instrument panel
15
Instrument panel
Control and warning lamps
Symbol
The control and warning lamps are indicators of warnings, ⇒ , faults ⇒ or certain functions. Some control and warning lamps come on when the ignition is switched on, and go out when the engine starts running, or while
driving.
When certain control and warning lamps are lit, an audible warning is also
heard.
Symbol
Meaning ⇒ 

 Do not continue driving!
The brake fluid level is too low or there is a
fault in the brake system.




Vehicle diagram
⇒ page 128
lights up:  Do not continue driving!
The liquid coolant level is too low,
the engine liquid coolant temperature is too ⇒ page 180
high or
there is a fault in the liquid coolant system.
flashes: Engine coolant system faulty.
⇒ page 180
 Do not continue driving!
Engine oil pressure too low.
⇒ page 176
lights up or flashes:  Do not continue driving!
⇒ page 141
Fault in the steering.
On the instrument panel: Driver or passenger has not fastened seat belt.
Instrument panel display: A passenger in
the rear seats has fastened their seatbelt.
Prior to a journey...

⇒ page 57
While driving
See
A passenger in the rear seats has not fastened their seat belt.
⇒ page 57
Faulty generator.
⇒ page 184
Vehicles with the Start-Stop system: it is
necessary to start the engine manually.

flashes in addition to the rest of the segments of the fuel gauge: Fuel tank almost
empty.

flashes quickly: The City Safety Assist system* function brakes automatically or has
braked automatically. Or:
flashes slowly: City Safety Assist function is
not currently available.
 
The City Safety Assist* function has been
connected manually. It switches off after 5
seconds.
See
Handbrake applied.


Meaning ⇒  

⇒ page 154
⇒ page 165
⇒ page 149
flashes: The City Safety Assist* function has
been manually disconnected.
after the ignition is switched on: Indication
for the approach of the end of the period for ⇒ page 17
an inspection to be carried out.

lights up: ESC* faulty or disconnected by
the system. ALTERNATIVELY:
flashes: ESC* or ASR regulating.

lights up: Traction Control faulty or switched
off by the system. ALTERNATIVELY:
⇒ page 128
flashes: Traction Control regulator operating.

ABS faulty or does not work.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
16
Instrument panel
Symbol











Meaning ⇒ See
Rear fog light switched on.
⇒ page 84
lights up or flashes: Fault in catalytic converter.
Fault in engine management.
⇒ page 227
lights up or flashes: Fault in the steering
system.
⇒ page 141
Fuel tank almost empty.
⇒ page 165
Fault in airbag system and seat belt tension⇒ page 67
ers.
lights up: the Start-Stop system is enabled.
ALTERNATIVELY:
flashes: the Start-Stop system is not available.
⇒ page 154
The Start-Stop system is enabled but the engine cannot be automatically stopped.
Left or right turn signal.
⇒ page 84
Hazard warning lights on.
⇒ page 231
Cruise control operating.
⇒ page 146
Main beam on or flasher on.
⇒ page 84
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
WARNING (Continued)
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
● Park the vehicle away from the traffic, ensuring that there are no easily inflammable materials under the vehicle which could come into contact
with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, fuel).
● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of accident for the driver and for other road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put
out the warning triangle to advise other drivers.
● Before opening the bonnet, switch off the engine and allow it to cool.
● In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a hazardous area and could
cause severe injury ⇒ page 171.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.

Instrument panel
Instruments
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Indicator lamps ⇒ page 15
● Instructions for inspection intervals ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme
WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury.
● Do not handle the instrument panel controls when driving.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
17
18
Instrument panel
Detail of instrument panel
Fig. 9 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 1.
Fig. 10 Instrument panel, on dash panel: variant 2.
Details of the instruments ⇒ fig. 9 or ⇒ fig. 10:
1
Speedometer. Depending on the vehicle in km/h or in mph.
2
Displays on the screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
Reset rotary control for the odometer (trip).
– Press the button 0.0/SET briefly to switch between trip recorder and odometer.
19
– Press the button 0.0/SET for approximately. 5 seconds to
reset the odometer to zero and, where necessary, other
signals of the multifunction display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22 
Instrument panel
4
Fuel reserve display. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Rev counter (with the engine running, in thousands of revolutions per minute).
165
The beginning of the red zone of the rev counter indicates
the maximum speed in any gear after running-in and with
the engine hot. However, it is advisable to change up a gear
or lift your foot off the accelerator before the needle reaches
the red zone ⇒ .
6
Clock set button.
Note
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) ⇒ page 213
the other instruments can be seen, such as an outside temperature indicator.
A variety of information can be viewed on the instrument panel display
⇒ fig. 9 and ⇒ fig. 10 2 , depending on the vehicle equipment:
– Press the button
ing.
● Warning and information messages
to change the hour, so that it is flash-
– To continue setting the time, press button 0.0/SET . Hold
button down to scroll through the numbers quickly.
● Odometer
– Press the button
it is flashing.
● Outside temperature

again to change the minutes, so that
– To continue setting the time, press button 0.0/SET . Hold
button down to scroll through the numbers quickly.
– Press button

again to end the clock setting.
● Time
● Recommended gear (manual gearbox) ⇒ page 124
● Multifunction display (MFI) ⇒ page 22
● Service interval display ⇒ page 21
● Start-Stop system status display ⇒ page 154
● Fuel gauge ⇒ page 165
CAUTION
● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs and heavy acceleration and do
not make the engine work hard.
● To prevent damage to the engine, the rev counter needle should only remain in the red zone for a short period of time.
For the sake of the environment
Changing up a gear in time reduces fuel consumption and noise.
Vehicle diagram

Display messages
– If necessary, change the time display by pressing the top
and bottom buttons of the rocker switch ⇒ fig. 11 B .

19
Prior to a journey...
While driving
● Seat belt status display for rear seats ⇒ page 57
Warning and information messages
The system runs a check on certain components and functions when the ignition is switched on and while the vehicle is moving. Faults in the operation are displayed on the screen using red and yellow symbols on the instrument panel display (⇒ page 15) and, in some cases, with audible warnings. The display may vary according to the type of instrument panel fitted. 
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
20
Instrument panel
Type of message
Priority 1
warning.
Priority 2
warning.
Symbol
colour
Meanings
Red
Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with
audible warnings.
 Stop the vehicle! It is dangerous ⇒ !
Check the function that is faulty and repair it. If
necessary, request assistance from specialised
personnel.
Yellow
Symbol flashing or lit; partly combined with
audible warnings.
A faulty function, or fluids which are below the
correct levels may cause damage to the vehicle! ⇒ Check the faulty function as soon as possible.
If necessary, request assistance from specialised personnel.
Odometer
The odometer registers the total distance travelled by the vehicle.
The odometer (trip) shows the distance travelled since the last odometer reset. The last figure indicates 100 m.
Outside temperature indicator
When the outside temperature is below +4°C (+39°F), the symbol “ice crystal” (warning of risk of freezing) is also displayed next to the temperature.
At first this symbol flashes and then it remains lit until the outside temperature rises above +6°C (+43°F) ⇒ .
When the vehicle is stationary or travelling at very low speeds, the temperature displayed may be slightly higher than the actual outside temperature
as a result of heat coming from the engine.
The temperatures measured range from -40°C to +50°C (-40°F to +122°F).
Recommended gear* (manual gearbox)
The recommended gear to save fuel can be displayed on the instrument
panel display while you are driving ⇒ page 124.
Seat belt status display for rear seats *
The seat belt status display on the instrument panel display informs the
driver, when the ignition is switched on, whether any passengers in the rear
seats have fastened their seat belts ⇒ page 57.
Start-Stop system status display
The instrument panel display shows information on the current status
⇒ page 154.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of accident for the driver and for other road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put
out the warning triangle to advise other drivers.
● Park the vehicle away from the traffic, ensuring that there are no easily inflammable materials under the vehicle which could come into contact
with the exhaust system (e.g. dry grass, fuel).
WARNING
Although the outside temperature is above freezing, some roads and
bridges may be frozen.
● At an outside temperature of above +4°C (+39°F), even when the “ice
crystal” is not visible, there may still be ice on the road.
● Never rely totally on the outside temperature indicator!

Instrument panel
Service due
CAUTION
After the service date, an audible warning is given when the ignition is
switched on and the abbreviation  displayed on the screen flashes for a
few seconds.
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Note
Note
Different versions of the instrument panel are available and therefore the
versions and instructions on the display may vary.
The service message disappears after a few seconds, when the engine is
started or when OK is pressed on the windscreen wiper lever.
Note
When several warnings are active at the same time, the symbols are shown
successively for a few seconds. The symbols will stay on until the fault is
rectified.
Note

In vehicles in which the battery has been disconnected for a long period of
time, it is not possible to calculate the date of the next service. Therefore
the service interval display may not be correct. In this case, please check
the maximum permitted service intervals ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme.
Service interval display
The inspection display appears on the instrument panel display ⇒ fig. 9
or ⇒ fig. 10 2 .
SEAT makes a difference between services with engine oil change (Maintenance Service) and services without engine oil change (Inspection Service).
The service interval display only gives information for service dates which
involve an engine oil change. The dates of the remaining services (for example, the next Inspection Service or change of brake fluid) are listed on the
label attached to the door strut, or even in the Maintenance Programme.
The set service intervals have been specified with the service dependent on
time/distance travelled.
Inspection reminder
If the inspection period is due to expire shortly, Inspection reminder appears when starting the ignition abbreviated to  and a warning in km. The
number of kilometres shown is the maximum number that may be driven
until the next service.
Vehicle diagram
21
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

22
Instrument panel
SEAT information system
Control functions of the instrument panel display
Introduction
With the ignition switched on it is possible to access different messages via
the display on the instrument panel display.
The number of messages displayed on the instrument panel display will
vary according to the vehicle electronics and equipment.
A specialised dealer will be able to programme or modify additional functions, according to the vehicle equipment. SEAT recommends visiting a
Technical Service.
Fig. 11 Windscreen wiper lever: button A to
confirm the options and
rocker switch B to
change the options.
Additional information and warnings:
● Instrument panel ⇒ page 18
● Exterior mirrors ⇒ page 95
Calling up options
● Driver assistance systems ⇒ page 143
● Switch the ignition on.
● Radio system ⇒ Booklet Radio system
● If a message or vehicle symbol is displayed, press
(⇒ fig. 11 A ).
WARNING
● Press the top or bottom part of the rocker switch
tion appears.
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury.
B
OK/RESET
until the desired op
● Do not consult the messages on the instrument panel screen when
driving.
Multifunction display (MFI)
Note
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) ⇒ page 213
other functions of the vehicle can be seen.

The multifunction display (MFI) has two automatic memories: 1 - Partial
memory and 2 - Total memory. The selected memory will be shown in the
lower right-hand corner of the display.

Instrument panel
With the ignition switched on, and memory 1 or 2 displayed, briefly press
OK to change from one memory to another.
The memory stores the values for the journey and the consumption from the moment the ignition is switched on unTrip memotil it is switched off again.
ry (for a
If the journey is broken for more than 2 hours, the memory
1
single jouris automatically erased. If the journey is continued in less
ney).
than 2 hours after the ignition is switched off, the new data is added to the data already stored in the memory.
The memory stores the values of any number of journeys,
until it counts a total of 19 hours and 59 minutes of drivTotal meming, or 1999.9 km or miles of driving, depending on the
2 ory (for all
type of instrument panel fitted. On reaching either of these
journeys).
limits, the memory is automatically erased and starts to
count from 0 again.
Possible displays
Function
Time
Current time in hours (h) and minutes (min).
Journey duration
This indicates the hours (h) and minutes (min)
since the ignition was switched on.
Current fuel consump- The current fuel consumption display operates
tion
throughout the journey, in litres/100 km; and with
the engine running and the vehicle stopped, in litres/hour.
Average fuel consump- After turning on the ignition, average fuel contion
sumption in litres/100 km will be shown after trav-
elling approximately 100 metres. Otherwise horizontal lines are displayed. The value shown is updated approximately every 5 seconds.
Vehicle diagram
Approximate distance in km that can still be travelled with the fuel remaining in the tank, assuming
the same style of driving is maintained. This is calculated using the current fuel consumption.
Prior to a journey...
Function
Distance travelled, after ignition is switched on, in
km.
Average speed
After starting the ignition, the average speed will
be shown after a distance of approximately 100
metres has been travelled. Otherwise horizontal
lines are displayed. The value shown is updated
approximately every 5 seconds.
Digital display of
speed
Current speed displayed digitally.
Liquid coolant temper- Digital display of the current temperature of the enature digital display
gine liquid coolant.
Warning at --- km/h
If the stored speed is exceeded (between
30-250 km/h, or 18-155 mph), an audible warning
is given together with a visual warning.
Changing between display modes
Menu
Distance to empty (the
distance you can travel with the remaining
fuel)
Menu
Distance covered
23
While driving
● Press the rocker switch in the windscreen wiper lever.
Storing a speed for the speed warning
● Select the display Speed warning at --- km/h.
● Press OK on the windscreen wiper lever to store the current speed and
switch off the warning.
● In addition, set the required speed by pressing the rocker switch on the
windscreen wiper lever or buttons  or  on the multifunction steering
wheel for 5 seconds. Next, press OK again or wait a few seconds. The
speed is stored and the warning activated.
● To switch off, press
OK . The stored speed is deleted.
Manually erasing memory 1 or 2
● Select the memory to be erased.
● Press and hold the eject button
Care, cleaning and maintenance
OK
for approximately 2 seconds.
If and when
Technical Data

24
Instrument panel
Note
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) ⇒ page 213
other functions of the multifunction display can be seen.

Before starting the engine
25
Prior to a journey...
Before starting the engine
Tips for driving
Journey preparations and safe driving
Check list
Introduction
For your own safety, for the safety of vehicle occupants in the vehicle, and
for that of other road users, the following should be checked before and
during each journey ⇒ :
Depending upon how you expect to use your vehicle, it may a good idea to
protect the engine from below. A guard underneath the engine may help to
reduce the risk of damage to the lower part of the vehicle and the oil sump
when driving over kerbs, or along dirt tracks or rough roads... Before installation, SEAT recommends going to a SEAT dealership.
¥
¥
¥
¥
Additional information and warnings:
● Ensure you are correctly seated ⇒ page 48
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● Starting, changing gears, parking ⇒ page 119
● Ecological driving ⇒ page 138
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 224
WARNING
Driving under the influence of alcohol, drugs, medication or narcotics
may result in severe accidents and even loss of life.
● Alcohol, drugs, medication and narcotics may significantly alter perception, affect reaction times and safety while driving, which could result
in the loss of control of the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
Check that the lights and turn signals operate correctly.
Check the tyre pressures (⇒ page 201) and level of fuel
(⇒ page 165).
Ensure there is good visibility through all the windows.
Make sure that all objects and bags in the storage compartments, in
the luggage compartment and, where applicable, on the roof, are securely fastened ⇒ page 97.
Ensure there is nothing obstructing the free passage of the foot pedals.
Use child retention systems appropriate for the child's body weight
and height ⇒ page 76.
Correctly adjust front seat, head rests and rear-view mirrors to suit
your height ⇒ page 48, ⇒ page 95.
Wear close-fitting shoes which do not prevent you from using the
pedals correctly.
The driver's floor mat in the footwell should be fixed to the floor,
leaving the pedal area unobstructed.
Before starting out, ensure you are correctly seated and remain in
this position throughout the journey. This applies to all passengers
in the vehicle ⇒ page 48.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

26
Before starting the engine
Check list (Continued)
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
Correctly fasten your seat belt before starting to drive and keep it securely fastened throughout the journey. This applies to all
passengers in the vehicle ⇒ page 57.
Never carry more passengers than the number of available seats and
seat belts in your vehicle.
Never drive with impaired faculties (for example, due to medication,
alcohol or drugs).
Do not allow yourself to be distracted from the traffic, for example, to
reset or switch on a menu, by other passengers or to answer a phone
call.
Always try to adapt the speed of the vehicle and your style of driving
to the condition of the ground or the road and to weather and traffic
conditions.
Observe the highway code and speed limits.
On long journeys, rest at regular intervals (at least every 2 hours).
If carrying animals, make sure they are correctly restrained in accordance with their weight and size.
WARNING
Always observe traffic regulations and speed limits and try to anticipate
traffic movements. Correctly anticipating traffic situations may mean the
difference between arriving safe and sound at your destination or having
a serious accident.
Note
Regular servicing of your vehicle not only helps to keep it in good working
order but also helps to ensure road safety. Therefore, please ensure the vehicle is taken for service as indicated in the Maintenance Programme. If the
vehicle is subjected to hard use, it may require certain maintenance work
before the next service date. Hard use may involve frequent driving in traffic
jams or driving in dusty areas. For further information, please refer to a SEAT
dealership or a specialised workshop.

Driving abroad
Check list
In some countries, certain safety regulations and requirements are in force
relating to exhaust gas emissions, which differ from the technical characteristics of the vehicle. Before travelling abroad, SEAT recommends you consult a SEAT dealership about the legal requirements and the following
points:
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
Does the vehicle need technical modifications for driving abroad, for
example, adjustment of the headlamps?
¥
Are special tyres required in the destination country?
Does the vehicle have all the tools, diagnostics equipment and
spare parts required for inspections and repairs?
Are there any SEAT dealers in the destination country?
For petrol vehicles: Is unleaded petrol available at the right octane
rating?
Are a suitable engine oil (⇒ page 176) and other engine fluids complying with SEAT specifications available in the destination country?
Does the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT) function
⇒ page 213 in the destination country with the available navigation
information?

Before starting the engine
CAUTION
CAUTION
SEAT does not accept liability for any damage to the vehicle due to the use
of a lower quality fuel, an inadequate service or the non-availability of genu
ine spare parts.
● Driving through flooded areas may severely damage vehicle components such as the engine, transmission, running gear or electrical system.
● Never drive through salt water as salt causes corrosion. Always rinse any

parts of the vehicle which have been in contact with salt water.
Driving along flooded roadways
To prevent damage to the vehicle when driving through water, for example,
along a flooded road, please observe the following:
● Check the depth of the water before entering the flooded zone. The water should never come above the lower edge of the bodywork ⇒ .
● Do not drive faster than a pedestrian.
● Do not stop in the water, use reverse gear or switch off the engine.
● Oncoming traffic will cause waves which raise the level of the water,
making it difficult to cross the water.
● Disconnect the Start-Stop system whenever crossing water.
WARNING
When driving through water, mud, melted snow, etc., please remember
that due to damp or frozen brake discs and pads in winter, the braking
effect may be delayed, therefore the required braking distance is greater.
● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking carefully. Ensure that you
are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in
the process.
● After driving through water, avoid sudden sharp manoeuvres.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
27
28
Unlocking and locking
Unlocking and locking
Vehicle key set
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Adjustments to the SEAT information system ⇒ page 22
● Central locking and locking system ⇒ page 33
● Start and stop the engine ⇒ page 119
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 224
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 234
WARNING
Swallowing batteries with a diameter of 20 mm or other types of lithium
battery may quickly result in serious injuries of even death.
● Always keep the vehicle keys and the key tab with the batteries,
spare batteries, flat batteries and other types of batteries larger than 20
mm out of the reach of children.
● Immediately seek medical assistance if you suspect the swallowing of
a battery.
WARNING
Careless or incorrect use of vehicle keys may result in severe injury and
accident.
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle.
Children and unauthorised individuals could lock the doors or the rear
lid, start the engine or turn the ignition on activating electrical systems,
for example: the electric windows.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They
could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the
year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely
high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even
death, particularly for young children.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.

Unlocking and locking
Remote control vehicle key*
Duplicate keys
To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is
required.
Each new key must contain a microchip and be coded with the data from the
electronic vehicle immobilizer. In vehicle key will not work if it does not contain microchip or the microchip has not been encoded. This is also true for
keys cut for the vehicle.
The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be obtained from a SEAT dealership,
a Specialised workshop or approved key service qualified to create this kind
of key.
Synchronise new keys or spare keys before use ⇒ page 31.
Fig. 12 Remote control
key.
Remote control key
With the vehicle key the vehicle may be locked or unlocked remotely
⇒ page 33.
The vehicle key includes an emitter and battery. The receiver is in the interior of the vehicle. The range of the vehicle key with remote control and new
battery is several metres around the vehicle.
If it is not possible to open or close the vehicle using the remote control key,
this should be re-synchronised ⇒ page 31 or the battery changed
⇒ page 31.
Different keys belonging to the vehicle may be used.
Folding the key shaft in and out
When the button is pressed ⇒ fig. 12
folds.
A
, the key shaft is released and un-
To fold it press the button and fold the key shaft in until it locks in place.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
CAUTION
The remote control key contains electronic components. Protect the vehicle
keys from damage, impacts and humidity.
Note
Only use the key button when you require the corresponding function. Pushing the button unnecessarily could accidentally unlock the vehicle or trigger
the alarm. It is also possible even when you are outside the radius of action.
Note
Remote control key operation can be greatly influenced by overlapping radio signals around the vehicle working in the same range of frequencies (for
example, radio transmitters, mobile telephones).
Note
Obstacles between the remote control and the vehicle, bad weather conditions and discharged batteries can considerably reduce the range of the remote control.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
29
30
Unlocking and locking
The vehicle keys or new spare keys can be obtained from a SEAT dealership,
a Specialised workshop or approved key service qualified to create this kind

of key.
Note
If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed ⇒ fig. 12 or one of the central
locking buttons ⇒ page 33 is pressed repeatedly in short succession, the
central locking briefly disconnects as protection against overloading. The
vehicle is then unlocked. Lock the vehicle if necessary.

Control lamp on the vehicle key
Vehicle mechanical key
Fig. 14 Control lamp on
the vehicle key.
Fig. 13 Vehicle mechanical key:
The vehicle key set may include a mechanical key ⇒ fig. 13.
Duplicate keys
To obtain a spare key and other vehicle keys, the vehicle chassis number is
required.
Each new key must contain a microchip and be coded with the data from the
electronic vehicle immobilizer. In vehicle key will not work if it does not contain microchip or the microchip has not been encoded. This is also true for
keys cut for the vehicle.
When a button on the vehicle key is pressed, the control lamp flashes
⇒ fig. 14 (arrow) once briefly. If the button is pressed and held, the indicator blinks several times, for example: for the convenience opening function.
When the control lamp does not light upon pushing a button, change the
batteries of the vehicle key ⇒ page 31.

Unlocking and locking
Changing the battery
31
Changing the battery
● Unfold the key shaft ⇒ page 29.
● Remove the cover from the back of the vehicle key ⇒ fig. 15 in the direction of the arrow ⇒ .
● Extract the battery from the compartment using a suitable thin object
⇒ fig. 16.
● Place the new battery in the compartment, pressing as shown ⇒ fig. 16
in the opposite direction to the arrow ⇒ .
● Fit the battery compartment cover, pressing in the direction of the arrow
as shown ⇒ fig. 15 until it clicks into place.
CAUTION
Fig. 15 Vehicle key: battery compartment cover.
● If the battery is not changed correctly, the vehicle key may be damaged.
● Use of unsuitable batteries may damage the vehicle key. For this reason,
always replace the dead battery with another of the same voltage, size and
specifications.
● When fitting the battery, check that the polarity is correct.
For the sake of the environment
Please dispose of your used batteries correctly and with respect for the envi
ronment.
To synchronise the vehicle key
Fig. 16 Vehicle key: removing the battery.
If the button  is pressed frequently outside of the vehicle range, it is possible that the vehicle can no longer be locked or unlocked using the key. In
this case, synchronise the vehicle key once more as follows:
SEAT recommend having the batteries changed in a Specialised workshop.
● Unfold the key shaft ⇒ page 29.
The battery is located to the rear of the vehicle key, under a cover.
● Press the button
the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

on the vehicle key. For this, you must remain next to
Care, cleaning and maintenance

If and when
Technical Data
32
Unlocking and locking
● Open the vehicle within one minute using the key shift.
● Turn on the ignition using the vehicle key. The key has been synchronised.
● If necessary, fit the cap.

Unlocking and locking
Central locking* and locking system
WARNING (Continued)
● Depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and
closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
Introduction
Central locking functions correctly when all the doors and the rear lid are
correctly shut. If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with
the key.
The battery of a vehicle left unlocked during a long period (for instance, in a
private garage) may run down and fail to start the motor.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Never leave individuals locked in a closed and locked vehicle. In case
of emergency, they may not be able to exit the vehicle by themselves or
get help.

Description of the central locking system
The central locking system allows all doors and the rear lid to be locked and
unlocked centrally.
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Doors ⇒ page 38
● From outside, using the vehicle key.
● Rear lid ⇒ page 40
● From inside, by pushing the central locking button ⇒ page 36.
● Electric windows ⇒ page 43
The central locking system can be activated or deactivated at a specialised
workshop.
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 234
In case of a vehicle key fault or central locking system fault, all doors can be
locked or unlocked manually.
WARNING
The incorrect use of the central locking system may cause serious injuries.
● The central locking system will lock all doors. A vehicle locked from
the inside can prevent any non-authorised individual from opening the
doors and accessing the vehicle. Nevertheless, in case of emergency or
accident, locked doors will complicate access to the passenger compartment to help the passengers.
Locking the vehicle after the airbags have been deployed
If the airbags are deployed due to an accident, the vehicle will be automatically and completely unlocked. Depending on the amount of damage, the
vehicle can be locked following an accident in the following ways:

● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. The central locking button can be used to lock all the doors from within. Therefore, passengers will be locked inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in
the vehicle can be exposed to very high or very low temperatures.
Vehicle diagram
33
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
34
Unlocking and locking
Function
Necessary operations
Lock the vehicle, by
pushing the central
locking button:
– Turn off the ignition and turn it on again.
– Push the central locking button  .
Use the key to lock the
vehicle:
– Turn off the ignition and turn it on again.
OR: Remove the key from the ignition.
– Open any door just once.
– Lock the vehicle with the key.
Note
If the buttons of the vehicle key are pressed ⇒ page 28 or one of the central
locking buttons ⇒ fig. 19 is pressed repeatedly in short succession, the central locking briefly disconnects as protection against overloading. In this
case, the vehicle remains unlocked for about. 30 seconds. If no doors or the
rear lid are opened during this time, the vehicle will subsequently become

locked automatically.
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from the exterior
Fig. 17 Buttons on the
vehicle key.
Fig. 18 Vehicle mechanical key:
Central locking
Function
Handling the buttons Handling the vehicle key
on the vehicle
⇒ fig. 17 in the lock cylinder or
⇒ fig. 17
with the vehicle mechanical key
⇒ fig. 18.
Unlocking the
vehicle.
Press button

.
Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in an anti-clockwise direction.
Locking the vehicle.
Press button

.
Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in a clockwise
direction.

Unlocking and locking
Function
Unlocking the
rear lid.
Handling the buttons Handling the vehicle key
on the vehicle
⇒ fig. 17 in the lock cylinder or
⇒ fig. 17
with the vehicle mechanical key
⇒ fig. 18.
Press button
Locking the rear Press button
lid.


.
.
Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in an anti-clockwise direction.
Insert the vehicle key into the
lock cylinder of the driver door
and turn the key in a clockwise
direction.
Attention: Depending on the operating of the central locking set by the Specialised workshop, in order to unlock all the doors and the rear lid, press
the button  twice.
The vehicle key only locks and unlocks the vehicle if it is within range of the
vehicle and if the battery has enough power.
Mechanical locking
Function
Locking the driver door
manually.
Locking and unlocking
the rear lid.
Handling the vehicle mechanical key ⇒ fig. 18 in
the lock cylinder.
To unlock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an
anti-clockwise direction.
To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise direction.
To unlock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in an
anti-clockwise direction.
To lock, insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn the key in a clockwise direction.
If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the vehicle key.
● Upon locking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash once in confirmation.
● Upon unlocking the vehicle, all turn signals will flash twice in confirmation.
If the turn signals do not flash in confirmation, at least one of the doors or
the rear lid has been left unlocked.
If the driver door is open, the vehicle cannot be locked with the key. If you
unlock the vehicle without opening any doors or the rear lid, it will lock
again automatically after a few seconds. This function prevents the vehicle
from remaining unlocked if the unlocking button is pressed by mistake.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
35
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

36
Unlocking and locking
Locking and unlocking the vehicle from the inside
Central locking
Push the button ⇒ fig. 19:

Unlocking the vehicle.

Locking the vehicle.
The central locking button is still operative when the ignition is switched off.
If the vehicle has been locked with the vehicle key, the central locking button does not operate.
Please note the following when you use the central locking button to lock
your vehicle:
Fig. 19 In the driver
door: central locking button.
● The "Safe" security system will not activate ⇒ page 37.
● It will not be possible to open the doors or the rear lid from the outside,
when stopped at traffic lights for example.
● The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by
pulling the inside door handle. If necessary, pull the door release lever
twice.
● The driver door cannot be locked when it is still open. This avoids locking the vehicle key inside the vehicle when there is nobody inside.
Mechanical locking
The doors are locked by pressing the door lever, so that the red mark becomes visible ⇒ fig. 20 1 .
To unlock a door, pull its corresponding door lever.
If the vehicle becomes locked, take note of the following:
Fig. 20 In the passenger
door: Door handle for mechanical locking.
● The "Safe" security system will not activate ⇒ page 37.
● It will not be possible to open the doors from the outside, when stopped
at traffic lights for example.

Unlocking and locking
Control lamp on the driver door
● The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by
pulling the inside door handle.
● The driver door cannot be locked using the central locking system when
it is still open. This avoids locking the vehicle key inside the vehicle when
there is nobody inside.
When the vehicle is locked:

Meaning
The red LED flashes for approximately 2
The "Safe" security system is
seconds at short intervals and then more switched on.
slowly.
The red LED flashes for about two secThe "Safe" security system is
onds then turns off. After 30 seconds, the switched off.
LED flashes again.
"Safe" security system*
Function
Necessary operations
Locks the vehicle with the
"Safe" security system.
Press the
key.

button once on the vehicle
Press the
key.

button twice on the vehicle
Locks the vehicle without the
"Safe" security system.
Press the central locking button
the driver door once.

on
When the vehicle is locked, the "Safe" security system deactivates the door
handles, making the vehicle difficult to open. The doors cannot be opened
from inside ⇒ .
Upon switching off the ignition, the "Safe" security system switched on
warning will appear on the instrument panel display ( SAFE lock or SAFELOCK).
The red LED flashes for about two seconds at short intervals. Subsequently,
the light will remain switched on for
about. 30 seconds.
There is a fault in the locking
system. Contact a Specialised
workshop.
WARNING
Careless use of the "Safe" security system can cause serious injury.
● Never leave anybody inside the vehicle if this is locked using the key.
When the "Safe" security system is activated, doors cannot be opened
from the inside!
● When the doors are locked, it is difficult to get to passengers in the
interior in case of an emergency. Passengers could remain trapped inside
in case of emergency.
When the "Safe" security system is turned off:
● The vehicle can be opened and unlocked from the inside using an inside
door handle.
Vehicle diagram
37
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

38
Unlocking and locking
Doors
Childproof lock
Introduction
The childproof lock prevents the rear doors from being
opened from the inside. This system prevents minors from
opening a door accidentally while the vehicle is running.
Additional information and warnings:
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Central locking and locking system ⇒ page 33
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 234
WARNING
If a door is not correctly closed, it could open unexpectedly when driving
and cause serious injuries.
● Always stop immediately and close the door.
● When closing, ensure that the door has closed correctly. A closed
door should be flush with the corresponding parts of the bodywork.
Fig. 21 Childproof lock
on the left hand side
door
● Open and close doors only when nobody is in the way of the door.
WARNING
This function is independent of the vehicle electronic opening and
locking systems. It only affects rear doors. It can only be activated
and deactivated manually, as described below:
A door held open by its retainer could be blown closed by the wind or
close if the vehicle is on a hill causing injury.
● When opening and closing doors, always use the door handle.
Activating the childproof lock
– Unlock the vehicle and open the door in which you wish to activate the childproof lock.
Note
On the display of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT), ⇒ page 213
can be seen if at least one vehicle door has been left open or is not correctly
closed.

– With the door open, rotate the groove in the door using the ignition key, anti-clockwise for the left hand side doors ⇒ fig. 21

and clockwise for the right hand side doors.
Unlocking and locking
Deactivating the childproof lock
– Unlock the vehicle and open the door whose childproof lock you
want to deactivate.
– With the door open, rotate the groove in the door using the ignition key, anti-clockwise for the right hand side doors and clockwise for the left hand side doors ⇒ fig. 21.
Once the childproof lock is activated, the door can only be opened from the
outside. The childproof lock can be activated and deactivated by inserting
the key in the groove when the door is open, as described above.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
39
40
Unlocking and locking
Rear lid
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Central locking ⇒ page 33
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 234
WARNING
Careless and unsuitable locking, opening and closing of the rear lid can
cause accidents and serious injury.
● Open and close the rear lid only when nobody is in the way.
● Do not close the rear lid by pushing it down with your hand on the
rear window. The rear window could break and cause injury.
● Ensure the rear lid is closed and locked correctly after closing, otherwise, it may open unexpectedly while driving. A closed rear lid should be
flush with the corresponding parts of the bodywork.
● Always keep the rear lid closed while driving to avoid toxic gases entering the interior.
● Do not open the rear lid when there is a load installed, for example a
carrier system. Likewise, the rear lid cannot be opened when a load is attached to it, for example bicycles. An open rear lid could close itself if
there is an additional weight on it. If necessary, press down on the rear
lid and remove the load.
● Close and lock both the rear lid and all the other doors when you are
not using the vehicle. Ensure that nobody remains inside the vehicle.
WARNING (Continued)
● Never allow children to play inside or around the vehicle without supervision, especially if the rear lid is open. Children could enter the luggage compartment, close the rear lid and become trapped. Depending on
the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can
be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. If the vehicle key or the central locking button is used, they may be locked in the
vehicle.
CAUTION
Before opening the rear lid, ensure that there is sufficient free space to
open and close it, for example if you are in a garage.
Note
On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 213 can be seen if the rear lid has been left open or is not correctly
shut.

Unlocking and locking
Opening the rear lid
41
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless unlocking and opening of the rear lid could cause
serious injuries.
● If there is a loaded luggage carrier on the rear lid, it could be unlocked or open but not recognised as such. An unlocked or open rear lid
could open unexpectedly while driving.
Note
At outside temperatures of less than 0°C (+32°F), the pressurised gas struts
cannot always automatically lift the rear lid. In this case, open the rear lid
manually.
Fig. 22 On the vehicle
key: Button to unlock and
open the rear lid.

Closing the rear lid
If there are bicycles attached to a carrier situated on the rear lid, in some
cases, it may not automatically open ⇒ . Remove the load from the carrier
and support the open rear lid.
Opening with central locking
● Press the button
unlock the rear lid.

on the vehicle key ⇒ fig. 22 for about one second to
● ALTERNATIVELY: Press the button  on the vehicle key until the rear lid
opens automatically several centimetres.
● Opening the rear lid with the button.
Opening with the vehicle mechanical key
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn
the key in an anti-clockwise direction ⇒ page 33.
Fig. 23 Rear lid open:
hand grip.
● Opening the rear lid with the button.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

42
Unlocking and locking
Closing the rear lid
Note
● Grab the handgrip inside the rear lid ⇒ fig. 23 (arrow).
● Push the rear lid downwards until it locks into place in the lock.
● Ensure that it is correctly closed by pulling on it firmly.
Locking the rear lid with central locking*
If the vehicle is unlocked and no doors or the rear lid are opened during
about. 30 seconds, it will automatically lock again. This function prevents
the vehicle from remaining unlocked if the unlocking button is pressed by
mistake.
Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed.
● The rear lid is also locked by a central locking.
● If the vehicle rear lid is locked or unlocked using the
is closed once more it will lock automatically.

button, when it
● A closed but not locked rear lid will lock automatically at a speed above
about 9 km/h ( 6 mph).
Locking the rear lid with the vehicle mechanical key
Locking is only possible when the rear lid is correctly and fully closed.
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the driver door and turn
the key in a clockwise direction ⇒ page 33.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless closing and locking of the rear lid could cause serious injuries.
● Never leave the vehicle unattended, and never allow children to play
inside or around the vehicle without supervision, especially if the rear lid
is open. Children could enter the luggage compartment, close the rear lid
and become trapped. A locked vehicle can be subjected to extremely high
and low temperatures, depending on the time of year, thus causing serious injuries/illness and even death.
Before closing the rear lid, make sure that the key has not been left inside
the boot.

Unlocking and locking
Windows
43
Opening and closing the electric windows
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● SEAT information system ⇒ page 22
● Central locking and locking system ⇒ page 33
WARNING
Careless use of the electric windows can cause serious injury.
● Only operate the electric windows when nobody is in the way.
Fig. 24 In the driver
door: electric windows
button.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle if the
doors are to be locked. The windows cannot be opened in case of an
emergency.
Opening and closing the windows
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. After turning off the ignition, the windows can be opened and closed for a
short time using the buttons on the door as long as the driver door or
passenger side door is not open.
Function
Necessary operations
Opening:
Press button
Closing:
Push the button

.

.

CAUTION
When the windows are open, rain can enter into the vehicle, dampening the
interior equipment and causing damage to the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
44
Unlocking and locking
Opening and closing the sliding/tilting
electric panoramic sunroof
Side-opening rear windows
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Central locking and locking system ⇒ page 33
● Roof carrier ⇒ page 104
WARNING
If the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof is used negligently or
without paying due attention, it can cause serious injury.
Fig. 25 Lever to open
and close the rear window
● The sliding/tilting sunroof should only be opened or closed when no
person remains in the way of it.
Opening
● After switching off, it is still possible to open or close the sliding/tilting sunroof during a short space of time provided that neither the driver
nor passenger door is opened.
Pull the release lever in the direction of the arrow and press outwards until
the lever engages.
Closing
Pull the release lever in the direction of the arrow and then press the lever
backwards until it engages.
CAUTION

● To prevent damage, when there are winter temperatures any ice or snow
that there may be on the roof of the vehicle must be removed before opening or raising the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof.
● Before leaving the vehicle or in the case of heavy rain, the sliding/tilting
sunroof must always be closed. With the sliding/tilting sunroof open or
raised, water can enter the passenger compartment and can cause considerable damage to the electrical system. As a result, other damage can occur
in the vehicle.
● In the case of heavy rain, if the sliding/tilting sunroof is open, the interior equipment of the vehicle may get wet, destroying the seat heating and
damaging the electrical system of the vehicle.

Unlocking and locking
45
Note
● Leaves and other loose objects that land in the guides of the sliding/tilting sunroof should be removed periodically by hand or using a vacuum
cleaner.
● If the sliding/tilting sunroof does not work correctly, the anti-trap function will not work either. In this case, you should take the vehicle to a specialised workshop.

Fig. 27 In the interior
roof: turn the knob to
raise and to close the
sunroof.
Opening and closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic
sunroof
To raise the sliding/tilting sunroof, the knob must be in the basic position
1 .
Function
Fig. 26 In the interior
roof: turn the knob to
open and close.
To open the sliding sunroof completely:
3
Put the sliding
sunroof in convenience position:
2
To set the intermediate position:
To close the sliding sunroof completely:
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
⇒ fig. 26
or
⇒ fig. 27
2
to
Action
turn the know beyond position 2 and hold it
in that position until the sunroof reaches
the required position.
1
Turn the knob to the required position.

1
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
46
Unlocking and locking
Function
⇒ fig. 26
or
⇒ fig. 27
To raise the tilting sunroof completely:
To stop automatic operation:
To close completely:
4
4
or
5
5
Action
Anti-trap function of the sliding/tilting electric panoramic
sunroof
briefly press the rear part of the knob.
The anti-trap function can reduce the risk of injury when closing the sliding/
tilting electric panoramic sunroof ⇒ . If the sliding/tilting sunroof encounters resistance or an obstacle when closing, it will immediately reopen.
Press or pull the knob again briefly.
● Check why the sliding/tilting sunroof has not closed.
briefly pull the rear part of the knob.
The sliding/tilting sunroof only works when switched on. After switching off,
it is still possible to open or close the sliding/tilting roof during a short
space of time provided that neither the driver nor passenger door is
opened.
All operations are interrupted when the rotary knob is actuated.
If it were not possible to close the sliding/tilting sunroof electrically, it
would need to be closed manually. It is not possible to do an emergency
close of the sliding/tilting sunroof without removing components of the vehicle. In such a case, obtain professional assistance.
Sliding blind
With the roof grab handle situated in the rear part of the roof opening, it is
possible to move the sliding blind to the required position.
Note
The convenience position permits sufficient ventilation with a level of sound

produced by low wind.
● Try to close it again.
● If it is still not possible to close it due to an obstacle or resistance, it will
remain in the corresponding position. Close it without the anti-trap function.
Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof without the anti-trap
function
● Before approx. 5 seconds have passed since the activation of the antitrap function, pull the knob ⇒ fig. 27 5 until the sliding/tilting sunroof is
completely closed.
● As such, the sliding/tilting sunroof will close without the anti-trap function!
● If the sunroof still cannot be closed, visit a specialised workshop.
If the knob is released during the closing operation, the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof opens automatically.
WARNING
Closing the sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof without the antitrap function can result in serious injury.
● The sliding/tilting sunroof should always be closed carefully.

Unlocking and locking
WARNING (Continued)
● No person should ever remain in the way of the sliding/tilting sunroof, especially when closing without the anti-trap function.
● The anti-trap function does not prevent fingers or other parts of the
body from becoming trapped against the roof frame and injuries occurring.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
47
48
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Adjusting the seat position
Introduction
Number of seats
The vehicle has a total of 4 seats: 2 front seats and 2 rear seats. Each seat is
equipped with a seat belt.
WARNING (Continued)
● Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint
system suited to their height and weight ⇒ page 76, ⇒ page 67.
● Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
Never, for example, put your feet on the surface of a seat or on the dash
panel and never put them out of a window. Otherwise the airbag and seat
belt offer insufficient protection and the risk of injury in the event of an
accident is increased.
Additional information and warnings:
● Seat functions ⇒ page 55
● Seat belts ⇒ page 57
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
● Child seats (accessories) ⇒ page 76
WARNING
An incorrect sitting position in the vehicle can lead to severe injuries or
death in the event of sudden braking or manoeuvres, collision or accidents or if the airbag deploys.
● Before the vehicle moves, assume the proper sitting position and
maintain it throughout the trip. This also includes fastening the seat
belt.
● Never transport more people than there are seats with a seat belt
available in the vehicle.
WARNING
Before every trip, adjust the seat, the seat belt and the head restraints
and instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts properly.
● Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible.
● Adjust the driver seat so that there is at least 25 cm distance between
your chest and the hub of the steering wheel. Adjust the driver seat so
that you are able to press the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the
floor with your knees slightly angled and that the distance between your
knees and the dash panel is at least 10 cm. If your physical constitution
prevents you from meeting these requirements, contact a Specialised
workshop to make any modifications required.
● Never drive with the backrest tilted far back. The further the backrests
are tilted to the rear, the greater the risk of injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web or to the incorrect sitting position.
● Never drive with the backrest tilted forwards. Should a front airbag
deploy, it could throw the backrest backwards and injure the passengers
of the rear seats.
● Sit as far away as possible from the steering wheel and the dash panel.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
49
When the vehicle is in motion:
WARNING (Continued)
● Never stand in the vehicle.
● Keep your back straight and resting completely against the backrest
and the front seats correctly adjusted. Never place any part of your body
in the area of the airbag or very close to it.
● Never stand on the seats.
● Never kneel on the seats.
● If passengers on the rear seats are not sitting in an upright position,
the risk of severe injury due to incorrect positioning of the belt web increases.
● Never tilt your backrest too far to the rear.
● Never lean against the dash panel.
● Never lie on the rear seats.
● Never sit on the front edge of a seat.
WARNING
● Never sit sideways.
Incorrect seat adjustment may lead to accidents and severe injuries.
● Never lean out of a window.
● Only adjust the seats when the vehicle is stationary, as the seats
could move unexpectedly while the vehicle is in motion and you could
lose control of the vehicle. Furthermore, an incorrect position is adopted
when adjusting the seat.
● Never put your feet out of a window.
● Never put your feet on the dash panel.
● Never put your feet on the surface of a seat or backrest.
● Never travel in a footwell.
● Only adjust the height, backrest and forwards or backwards position
of the seat when there is nobody in the seat adjustment area.
● There must be no objects blocking the front seat adjustment area.
● Never travel on a seat without wearing the seat belt.

● Never carry any person in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Danger of injuries due to an incorrect sitting position
Every incorrect sitting position increases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of accidents or sudden braking or manoeuvres.
If the seat belts are worn incorrectly or not at all, the risk of severe or fatal
injuries increases. Seat belts can provide optimal protection only if the belt
web is properly worn. The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if the belt
web is not positioned correctly. This could result in severe and even fatal injuries. The risk of severe or fatal injuries is especially increased when a deploying airbag strikes an occupant who has assumed an incorrect sitting
position. The driver is responsible for all passengers in the vehicle, particularly children.
● All vehicle occupants must assume the proper sitting position and be
properly belted in while travelling.
● Occupants in incorrect sitting positions, not wearing their seat belt or
too close to the airbag run the risk of suffering severe or fatal injuries,
particularly if the airbag deploys and hits an occupant sitting in an incorrect position.
The following list shows just some examples of incorrect sitting positions
which can be dangerous to all occupants.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

50
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Correct sitting position
ces. The seat belt and airbag can only provide optimum protection if a correct sitting position is adopted. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
For your own safety and to reduce the risk of injury in the event of an accident or sudden braking or manoeuvre, SEAT recommend the following positions:
Valid for the driver:
● Adjust the backrest to an upright position so that your back rests completely against it.
Fig. 28 The proper distance between driver and
steering wheel.
● Adjust the seat so that there is a distance of at least 25 cm between the
steering wheel and your chest ⇒ fig. 28 and so that you can hold the steering wheel with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions with your arms slightly bent.
● The adjusted steering wheel must face your chest and not your face.
● Adjust the driver seat forwards or backwards so that you are able to
press the accelerator, brake and clutch pedals to the floor with your knees
slightly angled and the distance between your knees and the dash panel is
at least 10 cm ⇒ fig. 28.
● Adjust the height of the driver seat so that you can easily reach the top
of the steering wheel.
● Keep both feet in the footwell so that you have the vehicle under control
at all times.
● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ⇒ page 57.
Valid for the passenger:
Fig. 29 Correct seat belt
web and head restraint
positions.
The correct sitting positions for the driver and passengers are shown below.
If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the correct sitting position, contact a Specialised workshop for help with any special devi-
● Adjust the backrest to an upright position so that your back rests completely against it.
● Move the front passenger seat back as far as possible for optimum protection should the airbag deploy.
● Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ⇒ page 57.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Valid for the passengers in the rear section:
fig. 30 Function
● Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as
the top of your head, or as close as possible to the same level as the top of
your head and under no circumstances below eye level. Keep the back of
your neck as close as possible to the head restraint ⇒ fig. 28 and ⇒ fig. 29.
● Short people must lower the head restraint to the first anchorage position, even if your head is below its upper edge.
1
Pull the lever and move the seat forwards. The front seat must be engaged when the lever is released!
2
Adjusting the seat
height.
Pull the lever up or push down (several times if necessary) from its home
position.
3
Adjust: Pull the lever and adjust the
backrest seat angle until you reach the
desired position. The backrest must
3 doors: Easy Entry + ad- be engaged.
justable seat angle funcTo fold: Pull the lever and fold the
tion.
backrest. At the same time, move the
seat forward.
5 doors: only adjustable
To tilt open: Move the seat back until
seat angle function.
the catch engages. Pull the lever and
tilt open the backrest. The backrest
must engage in the upright position.
● Always keep your feet in the footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
● Adjust and fasten your seat belt correctly ⇒ page 57.
Controls on the front seat
Necessary operations
Moving the head restraint backwards or forwards.
● Tall people must raise the head restraint completely.

Fig. 30 Front left seat
controls.
The controls are mirrored for the front right-hand seat.
The front seat head restraints are integrated in the backrests and adjusting
them is not possible.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
51
If and when
Technical Data

52
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Adjust the rear head restraints
Adjusting the head restraint for short people
Set the head restraint in the first anchorage position, even if your head is
below its upper edge. When the head restraint is at its lowest, it is possible
that a small gap remains between it and the backrest.
Adjusting the head restraint for tall people
Raise the head restraint completely.
WARNING
Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted increases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of accidents and
sudden braking or manoeuvres.
Fig. 31 Adjusting the
rear head restraints.
All seats are equipped with a head restraint.
The front seat head restraints are integrated in the backrests and adjusting
them is not possible.
Adjusting height
● Push the head restraint up or down in the direction of the arrow with the
button pressed ⇒ fig. 31 1 ⇒ .
● The head restraint must engage securely in position.
Correct adjustment of head restraints
Adjust the head restraint so that its upper edge is at the same level as the
top of your head, or as close as possible to the same level as the top of your
head and under no circumstances below eye level. Keep the back of your
neck as close as possible to the head restraint.
● Always fit and adjust the head restraint properly whenever a person
is occupying a seat.
● All occupants must correctly adjust the head restraint according to
their height to reduce the risk of back injuries in the event of an accident.
The upper edge of the head restraint must be as close as possible to the
same level as the top of your head and under no circumstances below eye
level. Keep the back of your neck as close as possible to the head restraint.
● Never adjust the head restraint while the vehicle is in motion.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Removing and installing the rear head restraints
53
WARNING
Travelling with the head restraints removed or improperly adjusted increases the risk of severe or fatal injuries in the event of accidents and
sudden braking or manoeuvres.
● Always fit and adjust the head restraint properly whenever a person
is occupying a seat.
● Refit any removed head restraints immediately so that passengers
are properly protected.
CAUTION
Fig. 32 Removing the
rear head restraint.
The rear seats are equipped with a head restraint.
On removing and fitting the head restraint, make sure the head restraint
does not hit the interior roof of the vehicle or the backrest of the front seat.
This could damage the interior roof and other parts of the vehicle.

Adjusting the steering wheel position
Removing the rear head restraint.
● Unlock the rear seat bench backrest and fold it forward ⇒ page 100.
● Push the head restraint up as far as it will go ⇒ .
● Pull the head restraint out of the fitting without releasing the button
⇒ fig. 32 1 .
● Fold the backrest of the rear seat bench backwards until it is engaged.
● Safely store the removed head restraints.
Removing the rear head restraint.
● Unlock the rear seat bench backrest and fold it forward ⇒ page 100.
● Correctly insert the head restraint into the guides on the backrest.
● Push the head restraint down as far as it will go while pressing button
1 .
Fig. 33 Mechanical
steering wheel adjustment.
● Fold the backrest of the rear seat bench backwards until it is engaged.
● Adjust the head restraint to the correct position ⇒ page 52.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

54
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Adjust the steering wheel before your trip and only when the vehicle is stationary.
● Push the lever ⇒ fig. 33
1
downwards.
● Adjust the steering wheel so that you can hold onto the steering wheel
with both hands on the outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock
positions and your arms slightly bent.
● Push the lever firmly upwards until it is flush to the steering column
⇒ .
Adjust the correct distance between the driver and the steering wheel
⇒ fig. 28 using the controls on the driver seat ⇒ page 51.
WARNING
Incorrect use of the steering wheel adjustment function and an incorrect
adjustment of the steering wheel can result in severe or fatal injury.
● After adjusting the steering column, push the lever ⇒ fig. 33 1 firmly
upwards to ensure the steering wheel does not accidentally change position while driving.
● Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion. If you
need to adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is in motion, stop
safely and make the proper adjustment.
● The adjusted steering wheel should be facing your chest and not your
face so as not to hinder the driver's frontal airbag protection in the event
of an accident.
● When driving, always hold the steering wheel with both hands on the
outside of the ring at the 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions to reduce injuries when the driver's frontal airbag deploys.
● Never hold the steering wheel at the 12 o'clock position or in any other manner (e.g. in the centre of the steering wheel). In such cases, if the
driver's airbag deploys, you may sustain injuries to your arms, hands and
head.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Seat functions
55
Seat heating*
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Adjust the seat position ⇒ page 48
● Seat belts ⇒ page 57
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
● Child seats (accessories) ⇒ page 76
● Exterior mirrors ⇒ page 95
Fig. 34 In the centre
console: Front seats
heating switch.
WARNING
Inappropriate use of the seat functions can cause severe injuries.
● Assume the proper sitting position before your trip and remain in it
throughout. This also applies to the other occupants.
● Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs away from the seat operating and adjustment radius.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
The front seat cushions can be heated electrically when the ignition is
switched on.

Switch off seat heating if there is nobody in the seat.
Function
Action ⇒ fig. 34
To switch on:
Press button . Seat heating is switched on fully.
All warning signals light up.
Adjusting the heating
output:
Press the button  again to adjust the desired
heat.
To switch off:
Keep pressing button  until all of the lights are
switched off.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

56
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING
People whose pain and temperature threshold has been affected by some
kind of medicine, paraplegia or chronic illness (e.g. diabetes) may sustain burns to the back, buttocks and legs from use of the seat heating
that may lead to a long healing process or that may never completely
heal. Seek medical advice if you have doubts regarding your health.
● People with a limit pain and temperature threshold must never use
seat heating.
CAUTION
● To avoid damaging the heating elements of the seat heating, please do
not kneel on the seat or apply sharp pressure at a single point to the seat
cushion and backrest.
● Liquids, sharp objects and insulating materials on the seat could damage the seat heating.
● In the event of smells, switch off the seat heating immediately and have
the unit inspected by a Specialised workshop.
For the sake of the environment
The seat heating should remain on only when needed. Otherwise, it is an
unnecessary fuel consumption.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Seat belts
WARNING (Continued)
● When travelling, secure children in the vehicle with a child restraint
system suitable for their weight and height and with the seat belts correctly fastened ⇒ page 76.
Introduction
Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If you notice
that the belt webbing, fittings, retractor mechanism or buckle of any of the
belts is damaged, the belt must be replaced immediately by a Specialised
workshop ⇒ . The Specialised workshop must use the appropriate spare
parts corresponding to the vehicle, the equipment and the model year. SEAT
recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Additional information and warnings:
● Instruct your passengers to fasten their seat belts properly before
driving off.
● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and ensure it is engaged. Using the latch plate in the buckle of another seat will
not protect you properly and may cause severe injuries.
● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to enter the buckle fastenings.
This could damage the buckles and seat belts.
● Never unbuckle your seat belt when the vehicle is moving.
● Adjust the seat position ⇒ page 48
● Never allow more than one passenger to share the same seat belt.
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
● Never hold children or babies on your lap sharing the same seat belt.
● Child seats (accessories) ⇒ page 76
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
WARNING
● Loose, bulky clothing (such as a jacket) impairs the proper fit and
function of the seat belt.
WARNING
Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts increase the risk of severe or even
fatal injuries. The seat belt cannot offer its full protection if it is not fastened and used correctly.
● Seats belts are the most effective ways of reducing the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries In the event of an accident. Correctly fasten seat belts when the vehicle is in motion to protect the driver and all
vehicle occupants.
● Before each trip, every occupant in the vehicle occupants must sit
properly, correctly fasten the seat belt belonging to his or her seat and
keep it fastened throughout the trip. This also applies to other occupants
when driving in town.
It is extremely dangerous to drive using damaged seat belts and could result in serious injury or loss of life.
● Avoid damaging the seat belt by jamming it in the door or the seat
mechanism.
● If the fabric or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the seat belts
could break in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced immediately by seat belts
approved for the vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which have been
worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a Specialised
workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent damage. The belt anchor points should also be checked.
● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a seat belt yourself. All repairs to seat belts, retractors and buckles must be carried out by a Specialised workshop.
Vehicle diagram
57
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

58
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Warning lamp
Lights
up or Possible cause
flashes
Fig. 35 Warning lamp on
the instrument panel
Solution

On the instrument panel: Driver's
seat belt not fastened or front pasFasten seat belts!
senger seat belt not fastened if the
front passenger's seat is occupied.

On the instrument panel: Objects
on the front passenger seat.
Remove any objects from
the front passenger seat
and store them safely.

Instrument panel display: A passenger in the rear seats has not
fastened their seat belt, if the seat
is occupied.*
Fasten seat belts!

Display in the instrument panel: A
passenger in the rear seats has
fastened their seat belt, if the seat
is occupied.*
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
An audible warning will be heard if the seat belts are not fastened as the
vehicle drives off and reaches a speed of more then 25 km/h (15 mph) or if
the seat belts are unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. The seat belt
warning lamp  will also flash.
Fig. 36 Indication of
seat belt status in the
rear seats on the instrument panel display.
The warning lamp  does not switch off until the driver and front passenger
fasten their seat belts while the ignition is switched on.
Seat belt status display for rear seats
The seat belt status display on the instrument panel display informs the
driver, when the ignition is switched on, whether any passengers in the rear
seats have fastened their seat belts. The symbol  indicates that the passenger in this seat has fastened “his or her” seat belt ⇒ fig. 36.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
The seat belt status is displayed for around 30 seconds when a seat belt in
the rear seats is fastened or unfastened. You can switch off this display by
pressing the 0.0 / SET button.
The seat belt status flashes for a maximum of 30 seconds when a seat belt
in the rear seats is unfastened while the vehicle is in motion. An audible
warning will also be heard if the vehicle is travelling at over 25 km/h
(15 mph).
WARNING
Unbuckled or badly buckled seat belts increase the risk of severe or even
fatal injuries. The optimal protection from seat belts can be achieved only
if you use them properly.
Fig. 38 The vehicle hits
the wall: the occupants
are not wearing seat
belts.

It is easy to explain how the laws of physics work in the case of a head-on
collision: when a vehicle starts moving ⇒ fig. 37, this is a certain amount of
energy known as “kinetic energy” both in the vehicle and in the occupants.
Frontal collisions and the laws of physics
The higher the speed and the greater the weight of the vehicle, the more
energy there is to be absorbed in an accident.
The most significant factor, however, is the speed of the vehicle. If the
speed doubles from 25 km/h (15 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), for example,
the kinetic energy is multiplied by four.
The amount of “kinetic energy” depends on the speed of the vehicle and
the weight of the vehicle and its passengers. The higher the speed and the
greater the weight of the vehicle and the occupants, the more energy there
is to be absorbed in an accident.
Fig. 37 Vehicle about to
hit a wall: the occupants
are not wearing seat
belts.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Vehicle occupants not wearing seat belts are not “attached” to the vehicle.
As a result, in a frontal collision they will continue to move forward at the
speed their vehicle was travelling just before the impact until something
stops them! Because the passengers in our example are not restrained by
seat belts, all of the vehicle occupants' kinetic energy has to be absorbed at
the point of impact ⇒ fig. 38.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
59
60
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
At speeds of 30 km/h (18 mph) to 50 km/h (30 mph), the forces acting on
bodies in a collision can easily exceed one tonne (1000 kg or 2.205
pounds). At greater speed these forces are even higher.
This example applies not only to frontal accidents, but to all accidents and
collisions.

Dangers of not using the seat belt
Fig. 40 The unbelted
rear seat passenger is
thrown forward violently,
hitting the driver wearing
a seat belt.
Many people believe that the occupants can protect themselves with their
hands in a minor collision. This is false!
Fig. 39 A driver not
wearing a seat belt is
thrown forward violently.
Even at low speeds, the forces acting on the body in a collision are so great
that it is not possible to brace oneself with just one's arms and hands. In a
frontal collision, unbelted vehicle occupants are thrown forward and will
make violent contact with the steering wheel, dash panel, windscreen or
whatever else is in the way ⇒ fig. 39.
The airbag system is not a substitute for seat belts. When triggered, airbags
provide only additional protection. Airbags do not deploy in all types of accident. All occupants (including the driver) must be wearing seat belts properly during the trip, even if the vehicle is equipped with airbag systems.
This will reduce the risk of critical or fatal injuries in the event of an accident
– regardless of whether an airbag is fitted for the seat.
The airbag is only deployed once. To achieve the best possible protection,
the seat belt must always be worn properly so that you will be protected in
accidents in which no airbag is deployed. Vehicle occupants not wearing
belts could be thrown from the vehicle and sustain even more severe or fatal injuries.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
It is also important for the rear passengers to wear seat belts properly, as
they could otherwise be thrown forward violently in an accident. Rear seat
passengers who do not use seat belts endanger not only themselves but also the driver and other occupants ⇒ fig. 40.

61
Our examples describe frontal collisions. Of course, properly worn seat belts
substantially reduce the risk of injury in all other types of accidents. This is
why it is so important to fasten seat belts before every trip, even when just
driving “around the corner”. Ensure that your passengers wear their seat
belts as well.
Accident statistics have shown properly worn seat belts to be an effective
means of considerably reducing the risk of severe injury and improving the
chances of survival in a serious accident. Furthermore, properly worn seat
belts improve the protection provided by deployed airbags in the event of
an accident. For this reason, wearing a seat belt is required by law in most
countries.
Seat belt protection
Although your vehicle is equipped with airbags, fasten and wear the seat
belts. The front airbags, for example, are only triggered in some frontal accidents. The front airbags will not be triggered during minor frontal collisions,
minor side collisions, rear collisions, rolls or accidents in which the airbag
trigger threshold value in the control unit is not exceeded.
Fig. 41 Drivers with
properly worn seat belts
will not be thrown forward in the event of sudden braking.
Wearing a correctly fastened seat belt can significantly change the situation. Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the correct sitting positions and substantially reduce the kinetic energy in the event of an
accident. Seat belts also help to prevent uncontrolled movements that
could lead to severe injuries. In addition, properly worn seat belts reduce
the danger of being thrown from the vehicle ⇒ fig. 41.
Vehicle occupants wearing their seat belts correctly benefit greatly from the
ability of the belts to absorb kinetic energy. The front crumple zones and
other passive safety features (such as the airbag system) are also designed
to absorb the kinetic energy generated in a collision. Taken together, all
these features reduce the energy released and decrease the risk of injury.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Therefore, you should always wear your seat belt and ensure that vehicle
occupants have fastened their seat belts properly before you drive off!

Using seat belts
Checklist
Use of the seat belt ⇒ ¥
¥
¥
¥
:
Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals.
Keep the seat belts clean.
Keep the seat belt web, the latch plate and the buckle free of foreign
bodies and liquids.
Do not jam or damage the seat belt or the latch plate when closing
the door, for example.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

62
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Fastening or unfastening a seat belt
Checklist (Continued)
¥
¥
Never remove, modify or repair the seat belt or belt fastening mechanisms.
Fasten your seat belt properly before each trip and keep it fastened.
Twisted seat belt
If it is difficult to remove the seat belt from the guide, the seat belt may
have become twisted inside the side trim after being wound too quickly on
unfastening:
● Pull out the seat belt completely, carefully pulling on the latch plate.
● Untwist the belt and guide it back, assisting it by hand.
Fasten the seat belt even if it is impossible to untwist it. In this case, the
twisted area must not be in an area in direct contact with your body. Have
the seat belt untwisted urgently by a Specialised workshop.
Fig. 42 Insert the latch
plate into the buckle.
WARNING
An improperly handled seat belt increases the risk of sustaining severe
or fatal injuries.
● Regularly check that the seat belts and their components are in perfect condition.
● Always keep your seat belt clean.
● Do not jam or damage the seat belt or rub it with sharp edges.
● Make sure there are no liquids or foreign bodies on the latch plate
and in the buckle.

Fig. 43 Release the latch
plate from the buckle.
Properly worn seat belts hold the vehicle occupants in the position that
most protects them in the event of an accident or sudden braking ⇒ .

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Fasten your seat belt before each trip.
● Press the red button on the buckle ⇒ fig. 43. The latch plate is released
from the buckle.
● Correctly adjust the front seat ⇒ page 48.
● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not
be damaged.
Fastening the seat belt
● Engage the seat backrest in the upright position and correctly adjust the
hear restraint ⇒ .
● Pull the latch plate and place the belt webbing evenly across your chest
and lap. Do not twist the seat belt when doing so ⇒ .
● Engage the latch plate in the buckle of the corresponding seat ⇒ fig. 42.
WARNING
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe or fatal injuries in the
event of an accident.
● Pull the belt to ensure that the latch plate is securely engaged in the
buckle.
● The seat belt cannot offer its full protection unless the backrests are
in an upright position and the seat belt is worn correctly, according to
your size.
Unfastening the seat belt
● Unbuckling your seat belt while the vehicle is in motion can cause severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a standstill ⇒ .
63

Seat belt position
Fig. 44 Correct seat belt position.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
64
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Pregnant women must wear the seat belt properly at all times during the
pregnancy ⇒ fig. 45.
Adapting the position of the seat belt webbing to your size
The seat belt can be adapted using the following equipment:
● Front seat height adjustment.
WARNING
Fig. 45 Correct positioning of seat belts during
pregnancy.
Seat belts offer their maximum protection in the event of an accident and
reduce the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries only when they are
properly positioned. Furthermore, if the webbing is correctly positioned, the
seat belt will hold the occupants in the optimum position to ensure the airbag provides the utmost protection. The seat belt must therefore always be
worn and the webbing correctly positioned.
Incorrectly worn seat belts can cause severe or even fatal injuries
⇒ page 48, Adjusting the seat position.
Correct seat belt position
● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoulder,
never across the neck or the arm, under the arm or behind the shoulder.
● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across the
stomach.
● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably. Pull the seat belt tight if
necessary to take up any slack.
In the case of pregnant women, the seat belt must lie evenly across the
chest and as low as possible over the pelvis, never across the stomach.
An incorrectly worn seat belt web can cause severe injuries in the event
of an accident or sudden braking or manoeuvre.
● The seat belt cannot provide optimum protection if it is not correctly
worn and the backrest is not tilted slightly backwards.
● The seat belt itself or a loose seat belt can cause severe injuries if the
belt moves from hard areas of the body to soft areas (e.g. the stomach).
● The shoulder part of the seat belt must lie on the centre of the shoulder, never across the neck or the arm.
● The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on the torso.
● The lap part of the seat belt must lie across the pelvis, never across
the stomach. The seat belt must lie flat and fit comfortably on the pelvis.
Pull the belt tight if necessary to take up any slack.
● Pregnant women must wear the lap part of the seat belt as low as
possible over the pelvis and always lie it flat, “surrounding” the stomach.
● Do not twist the seat belt while it is fastened.
● Never pull the seat belt away from your body using your hand.
● Do not lie the seat belt across rigid or fragile objects, e.g. glasses,
pens or keys.
● Never use seat belt clips, retaining rings or similar instruments to alter the position of the belt webbing.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
65
Belt tension limiter
Note
If your physical constitution prevents you from maintaining the correct position of the belt webbing, contact a Specialised workshop for help with any
special devices to ensure the optimum protection of the seat belt and airbag. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Automatic belt retainer, belt tension device, belt tension
limiter
Seat belts are part of the vehicle safety concept ⇒ page 67 and consist of
the following important functions:
Automatic belt retainer
Every seat belt is equipped with an automatic belt retainer on the shoulder
belt. If the belt is pulled slowly or during normal driving, the system allows
for total freedom of movement on the shoulder belt. However, during sudden braking, during travel in mountains or bends and during acceleration,
the automatic belt retainer on the seat belt is locked is pulled quickly.
The belt tension limiter reduces the force of the seat belt on the body in the
event of an accident.

Note
Observe the relevant safety requirements when the vehicle or components
of the system are scrapped. A Specialised workshop is familiar with these
requirements ⇒ page 65.

Service and disposal of belt tension devices
If you work on the belt tension devices or remove and install other parts of
the vehicle when performing other repair work, the seat belt may be damaged. The consequence may be that, in the event of an accident, the belt
tension devices function incorrectly or not at all.
Observe regulations so that the effectiveness of the belt tension device is
not reduced and that removed parts do not cause any injuries or environmental pollution. These requirements are known to qualified dealerships.
Belt tension devices
The seat belts for the front occupants are equipped with belt tensioners.
WARNING
Sensors will trigger the belt tension devices during severe head-on, lateral
and rear collisions and retract and tighten the seat belts. If the seat belt is
loose, it is retracted to reduce the forwards movement of occupants or
movement in the direction of the collision. The belt tension device works in
combination with the airbag system. The belt tension device will not be triggered in the event of the vehicle overturning if the side airbags are not deployed.
Improper handling and home-made repairs of seat belts, automatic belt
retainers and tension devices increase the risk of sustaining severe or fatal injuries. The belt tension device may fail to trigger or may trigger in
the wrong circumstances.
If the belt tension device is triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is normal
and it is not an indication of fire in the vehicle.
● Do not repair belt tension devices and automatic belt retainers. Replace them.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
● Never attempt to repair, adjust or remove or install parts of the belt
tension devices or seat belts. Only a Specialised workshop may perform
work ⇒ page 213.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

66
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
For the sake of the environment
Airbag modules and belt tensioner may contain perchlorate. Observe the legal requirements for their disposal.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Airbag system
67
WARNING
Introduction
Front airbags have been installed for both driver and passenger. The front
airbags can also protect the chest and head of driver and passenger if the
seats, seat belts head restraints and, for the driver, the steering wheel are
correctly adjusted and used. Airbags are considered as additional safety
equipment. An airbag cannot replace the safety belt, which must be worn at
all times, even in front seats where front airbags have been installed.
Additional information and warnings:
● Driving tips ⇒ page 25
Occupants sitting in the front of the vehicle must never carry any objects
in the deployment space between them and the airbags, as this increases the risk of sustaining injuries if the airbag is triggered. This modifies
the airbag deployment space or the objects may fly uncontrollably and
hit your body.
● Never carry objects in your hand or on your lap while the vehicle is in
motion.
● Never transport objects on the front passenger seat. In the event of
sudden braking and manoeuvres, the objects may end up in the airbag
deployment space and fly uncontrollably around the interior if the airbag
is activated.
● Occupants of the front and rear seats must never carry any other people, pets or objects in the deployment space between them and the airbags. Make sure children and other passengers also respect this recommendation.
● Correct sitting position ⇒ page 48
● Seat belts ⇒ page 57
● Child seats (accessories) ⇒ page 76
● Care and cleaning of the interior ⇒ page 196
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 224
WARNING
Never exclusively trust the airbag system as a means of protection.
● Even when triggered, airbag protection is only auxiliary.
● The airbags provide the best protection when the seat belts are properly fastened, thus reducing the risk of sustaining injuries ⇒ page 57,
Seat belts.
● Before each trip, every occupant must sit properly, correctly fasten
the seat belt belonging to his or her seat and keeping it fastened
throughout the trip. This rule is valid for all occupants.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
WARNING
The airbag system provides protection for one accident only. If they have
been deployed, replace them.
While driving
● Ensure deployed airbags and the system components involved are immediately replaced with new, SEAT-approved components for the vehicle.
● Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a Specialised workshop. Specialised workshops have the necessary tools, diagnostics
equipment, repair information and qualified personnel.
● Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle.
● Never modify the airbag system components.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
68
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
WARNING
If the airbags are triggered, a fine dust is produced. This is normal and it
is not an indication of fire in the vehicle.
● This fine dust may irritate the skin and eyes and cause breathing difficulties, particularly in people suffering from or who have suffered from
asthma or other illnesses of the respiratory tract. To reduce breathing difficulties, get out of the vehicle and open and doors and windows to
breath in fresh air.
● Should you touch the dust, wash your hands and face using a mild
soap and water before you eat.
● Prevent the dust from affecting the eyes or open wounds.
● Rinse your eyes with water if you have dust in them.
WARNING
Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag modules to become porous. If
an airbag is accidentally triggered, the detachment of plastic parts could
cause serious injury.
● Never clean the dash panel and the surfaces of the airbag modules
with cleaners containing solvents.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Types of front passenger airbag systems
Control lamps
There are 2 different SEAT front passenger airbag systems:
A
B
Characteristics of the passenger
front airbag without disabling.
Characteristics of the front passenger airbag that can be disabled
manually ⇒ page 73.
- * Control lamp  on the instrument panel.
- Front passenger airbag located in
dash panel.
– Control lamp  on the instrument
panel.
- PASSENGER AIR BAG   control
lamp on the dash panel.
- Key switch in the glove compartment on the front passenger side of
the dash panel.
- Front passenger airbag located in
dash panel.
- Description: airbag system
Fig. 46 Control lamp for
disabling the front passenger airbag on the
dash panel.
lights
City
up
- Description: airbag system with
front passenger airbag disabling.
- Description: airbag system without
disabling.*




Instrument
panel
Dash panel.
Possible cause
Solution
Fault in airbag system Have the system checked
and seat belt tension- immediately by a Specialers.
ised workshop.
Fault in the airbag
system.
Have the system checked
immediately by a Specialised workshop.
Front passenger airbag disabled.
Check whether the airbag
should remain disabled.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
If the PASSENGER AIR BAG   warning lamp does not remain lit or if it is
lit together with the control lamp  on the instrument panel and the front
passenger airbag is disabled, there may be a fault in the airbag system
⇒ .

Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
69
70
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
The most important factors for triggering the airbag are the type of accident,
the angle of impact, the vehicle speed and the characteristics of the object
the vehicle hits. Therefore, airbags are not triggered every time the vehicle
is visibly damaged.
WARNING
In the event of a fault in the airbag system, the airbag may not trigger
correctly, may fail to trigger or may even trigger unexpectedly, leading to
severe or fatal injuries.
● Have the airbag system checked immediately by a Specialised workshop.
● Never mount a child seat in the front passenger seat or remove the
mounted child seat! The front passenger airbag may deploy during an accident in spite of the fault.
CAUTION
Always pay attention to any lit lamps and to the corresponding descriptions
and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Description and function of the airbag
The airbag can protect vehicle occupants in the event of an accidents, cushioning the movement of the occupants in the direction of the collision in
frontal and side accidents.
Deployed airbags fill with a propellant gas. This causes the airbag covers to
break and the airbags to deploy extremely quickly in their entire deployment space within fractions of a second. When an occupant with the seat
belt properly fastened puts pressure on the inflated airbag, the propellant
gas escapes to absorb the force of the impact and slow the movement. This
reduces the risk of severe or fatal injuries. Airbag deployment does not
mean that other types of injury such as swelling, bruising and skin injuries
can be ruled out. Upon deployment of the airbag, friction can cause the
generation of heat.
Airbags do not protect the arms or the lower part of the body.

The activation of the airbag system depends on the magnitude of the deceleration of the vehicle caused by a collision, which registers through an electronic control unit. If the deceleration magnitude value is below the reference value programmed in the control unit, the airbags will not deploy despite serious damage being caused to the vehicle by the accident. Damage
suffered by the vehicle, reparation costs or absence of damage suffered
from the accident are not indications of whether an airbag should have
been deployed. Due to the varying nature of collision situations, it is impossible to define a speed range of the vehicle and reference values. For this
reason, it is not possible to cover all types of collisions and collision angles
resulting in the deployment of the airbag. Factors necessary for the airbag
to be deployed can be, the characteristics of the object (hard or soft)
against which the vehicle collides, the collision angle and the vehicle
speed.
Airbags act in conjunction with three-point seat belts in the event of certain
accidents, when the vehicle deceleration rate is severe enough to trigger
the airbags. Airbags only deploy once and only under certain circumstances. Seat belts remain present to offer protection in situations where airbags are not triggered or where they have already deployed. For example,
when a vehicle hits another after an initial collision or is hit by another vehicle.
The airbag system is an integral part of the vehicle's passive safety system.
The airbag system can only work effectively when the occupants are wearing their seat belts correctly and have adjusted the head restraints properly
 ⇒ page 48.
Vehicle safety components
The following safety equipment makes up the vehicle safety design to reduce the risk of severe and fatal injuries. Depending on the vehicle equipment, some equipment may not be fitted in the vehicle or may not be available in some markets.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
● Optimised seat belts for all seats.
Situations when the front and side airbags do not deploy:
● Seat belt tension devices for driver and passenger.
● If the ignition is switched off during the collision.
● Seat belt force limiters for driver and passenger.
● Seat belt warning lamp.
● In frontal collisions when the deceleration measured by the control unit
is too low.
● Frontal airbags for driver and passenger.
● In minor side collisions.
● Side airbags for driver and passenger.
● In rear collisions.
● Airbag control lamp .
● In the event of the vehicle overturning.
● Control units and sensors.
● When the impact speed is lower than the reference value set in the control unit.
● Head restraints optimised for rear-end collision.
● Adjustable steering column.
● If necessary, anchor points for child seats for the rear seats.
● Where applicable, mountings for the child seat upper retaining strap.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
71

72
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Front airbags
Fig. 47 Location and deployment area of the front airbag for the driver.
Fig. 48 Location and deployment area of the front airbag for the driver.
In conjunction with the seat belts, the front airbag system gives the front
occupants additional protection for the head and chest in the event of a severe frontal collision. Always remains as far away as possible from the front
airbag ⇒ page 48. This way, the front airbags can completely deploy when
triggered, providing their maximum protection.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
The front airbag for the driver is located in the steering wheel ⇒ fig. 47 and
the airbag for the front passenger is located in the dash panel ⇒ fig. 48. Airbags are identified by the word “AIRBAG”.
When the front airbags are triggered they fill the zones marked in
red ⇒ fig. 47 and ⇒ fig. 48 (radius of action). Therefore, objects should never be placed or mounted in these areas ⇒ . Factory-fitted accessories are
outside the range of the front airbag for the driver and the front passenger,
e.g. the baseplate for the mobile telephone support.
The airbag covers fold out of the steering wheel ⇒ fig. 47 or dash panel
⇒ fig. 48 when the driver and front passenger airbags are triggered. The airbag covers remain connected to the steering wheel or the dash panel.
73
WARNING (Continued)
● Adjust the driver seat so that there is a distance of at least 25 cm (10
inches) between the centre of your chest and the hub of the steering
wheel. If you physical constitution prevents you from meeting these requirements, make sure you contact a Specialised workshop.
● Adjust the front passenger seat so there is as much distance as possible between the front passenger and the dash panel.

Deactivating and activating the front passenger airbag
using the key switch
WARNING
The airbag is deployed at high speed in fractions of a second.
● Always keep the deployment areas of the front airbags vacant.
● Never secure objects to the covers or in the deployment area of the
airbag modules, e.g. drink holders or phone supports.
● The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags
must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.
● Never fix any object to the windscreen above the front airbag on the
front passenger side.
Fig. 49 On front passenger side: key switch for
disabling and enabling
the front passenger airbag.
● Do not alter, cover or stick anything to the steering wheel hub or the
surface of the airbag module on the passenger side of the dash panel.
WARNING
Front airbags are deployed in front of the steering wheel ⇒ fig. 47 and
the dash panel ⇒ fig. 48.
Disable the front passenger airbag when a rear-facing child seat is mounted.
● When driving, always hold the steering wheel on the outer edge of
the ring with both hands: 9 o'clock and 3 o'clock position.
Deactivating the front passenger airbag
● Switch the ignition off.
● Open the door on the front passenger side.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
74
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
● Unfold the key shaft ⇒ page 28.
● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to OFF ⇒ fig. 49.
WARNING (Continued)
● Close the door on the front passenger side.
● Only disconnect the front passenger airbag when a child seat is to be
mounted under exceptional circumstances.
● The PASSENGER AIR BAG   control lamp on the dash panel will remain lit while the ignition is switched on ⇒ page 69.
● As soon as the child seat is no longer needed on the front passenger
seat, reconnect the front passenger seat airbag.
Activating the front passenger airbag
● Switch the ignition off.
● Open the door on the front passenger side.
● Unfold the key shaft ⇒ page 28.
● Using the vehicle key, turn the key switch to ON ⇒ fig. 49.
● Close the door on the front passenger side.
● Check that the PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF  control lamp on the dash
panel does not light up ⇒ page 69 while the ignition is switched on.
How to know whether the front passenger airbag is disabled
Disabling of the front passenger airbag is only indicated by the PASSENGER
AIR BAG   control lamp that remains lit on the dash panel (  remains yellow) ⇒ page 69.
If the control lamp   on the dash panel does not remain lit or is lit in
combination with the control lamp  on the instrument panel, a child restraint system cannot be mounted on the front passenger seat for safety
reasons. The front passenger airbag may deploy during an accident.
WARNING
Only disconnect the front passenger airbag in special cases.
● Disconnect and connect the front passenger airbag when the ignition
is switched off to avoid damage to the airbag system.
● It is the driver's responsibility to ensure that the key operated switch
is set to the correct position.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Side airbags
75
In the event of a side-on collision, the side airbag will deploy in the side of
the vehicle affected ⇒ fig. 51, thus reducing the risk of injuries to passengers on the side of the body and the head facing the accident side.
WARNING
The airbag is deployed at high speed in fractions of a second.
● Always keep the deployment areas of the side airbags vacant.
● The deployment space between the front passengers and the airbags
must not in any case be occupied by other passenger, pets and objects.
● Do not mount accessories on the doors.
Fig. 50 On the side of
the front seat: location of
the side airbag.
● Only used protective covers for the seats that are approved for the vehicle. Otherwise, the side airbag would be obstructed when deployed.
WARNING
Incorrect handling of the driver's and front passenger's seat could prevent the side airbag from deploying properly and cause severe injuries.
● Never remove the front seats of the vehicle or modify any of their
components.
● Great forces must not be exerted on the backrest bolsters because
the side airbags might not deploy correctly, might not deploy at all or
might deploy unexpectedly.
● Any damage to the original seat upholstery or around the seams of
the side airbag units must be repaired immediately by a Specialised
workshop.
Fig. 51 On the left side
of the vehicle: deployment area of side airbag.
The side airbags are located in the outer cushion of the driver and front passenger seat backrests ⇒ fig. 50. Their position is indicated by the word “AIRBAG”. The area marked in red ⇒ fig. 51 indicates the side airbag deployment zone.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

76
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Child seats (accessories)
Introduction
Before transporting babies and children in a child seat placed in the front
passenger seat, first completely read the information regarding the airbag
system.
This information is extremely important for driver and passenger safety, particularly that of babies and children.
SEAT recommends the use of child seats from the SEAT accessory programme. These child seats have been designed and tested for use in SEAT
vehicles. You can purchase child seats with different mountings from a SEAT
dealership.
Additional information and warnings:
● Seat belts ⇒ page 57
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
WARNING
Make sure children are properly belted in and correctly secured to avoid
severe or fatal injuries while the vehicle is in motion.
● Never use a rear-facing child seat in the front passenger seat if the
front passenger airbag is enabled.
● Children up to 12 years old should always travel on the rear seat.
● Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint
system suited to their height and weight.
● Children must assume the proper sitting position and be properly belted in while travelling.
WARNING (Continued)
● Ensure the backrest of a seat is upright when a child seat is being
used on it.
● Do not allow the child's head or other part of his or her body to enter
the deployment area of the side airbags.
● Make sure the seat belt webbing is correctly positioned.
● Never hold children or babies on your lap or in your arms.
● Only one child may occupy a child seat.
● Please read and observe the child seat manufacturer's handling instructions.
WARNING
An empty or loose child seat could fly uncontrollably around the vehicle
interior and cause injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
● When not in use while the vehicle is in motion, always safely secure it
or store it in the luggage compartment.
Note
Replace the child seat after an accident, as it may have invisible damage.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
General information on transporting children in the vehicle
Legal regulations and provisions will always take priority over the descriptions of this instruction manual. There are different regulations and provisions for the use of child seats and their mountings (⇒ table on page 77).
In some countries, for example, the use of child seats on certain seats in the
vehicle may be forbidden.
The physical principles and the forces acting on the vehicle in the event of a
collision or other type of accidents also apply to children ⇒ page 57. However, unlike adults and youngsters, children do not have fully developed muscle and bone structures. In the event of an accident, children are subject to
a greater risk than adults of sustaining severe injuries.
Given that children's bodies are not yet fully developed, child restraint systems must be used that are especially adapted to their height, weight and
constitution. There are laws in force in many countries that determine the
use of approved seat systems for transporting babies and children.
Only used authorised, approved child seats that are suitable for the vehicle.
Always consult with a SEAT dealership or a Specialised workshop should
you have any doubts.
1)
¥
¥
Make sure the seat belt webbing is correctly positioned and that the
child is sitting properly.
¥
Do not leave toys or other loose objects on the child seat or on the
seat while the vehicle is in motion.
Follow the user instructions from the child seat manufacturer and always keep them in the vehicle.
If the child seat is secured using the seat belt, guide the seat belt
through or around the child seat according to the instructions of the
child seat manufacturer.
The child seat should be installed on the rear seat behind the front
passenger seat so that the child can exit the vehicle on the kerb
side.
Specific child seat regulations for each country (selection)
Child seats must comply with the ECE-R 441) regulation. You can consult additional information at your SEAT dealership at the internet address
www.seat.es.
Categorisation of child seats according to ECE-R 44
Weight of the child
Age
Group 0
children up to 10 kg up to approximately. 9 months
Observe the legal requirements specific to each country.
Group 0+
children up to 13 kg
up to approximately. 18
months
For safety reasons, SEAT recommends that children under 12 years of
age are transported on the rear seats.
Group 1
9 to 18 kg
approx. 8 months to 3 1/2
years
Group 2
15 to 25 kg
approx. 3 to 7 years
Group 3
22 to 36 kg
approx. 6 to 12 years
To transport children in the vehicle ⇒ ¥
Only one child may occupy a child seat.
Weight category
Checklist
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
:
Only if you have no alternative should a child travel on the front passenger seat ⇒ page 79. The safest place in the vehicle is on the
rear seat behind the front passenger seat.
Child must always use a child restraint system when travelling in the
vehicle. The child restraint system must be suitable for the height,
weight and constitution of the child.
Not all children fit in the seat of their weight group. Nor do all seats adapt to
the vehicle. Therefore, always check whether the child fits properly in the
child seat and whether the seat can be installed safely in the vehicle.

ECE-R: Economic Commission for Europe Regulation.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
77
78
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Different mounting systems
Child seats approved under the ECE-R 44 regulation are fitted with the corresponding approval symbol. The sign is an upper-case E in a circle with the
identification number below it.
WARNING
Not following the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to accidents and severe injuries.
● Always follow the check list and perform the necessary operations.
WARNING
In general, the rear seat is always the safest place for children, who are
belted correctly, in the event of an accident.
● A suitable child seat that is correctly installed and used on one of the
rear seats offer the most protection possible for babies and children up
to 12 years in most accidents.

Fig. 52 On the rear seats: figure A shows the basic child restraint system mounting
using lower retaining rings and the upper retaining strap. Figure B shows the child
restraint system mounting using the vehicle's seat belt.
Always secure child seats properly and safely in the vehicle according to the
child seat manufacturer's installation instructions.
Mounted child seats must rest correctly on the vehicle's seat and must not
move or rock more than 2.5 cm.
Child seats equipped for a Top Tether strap must also be secured using the
Top Tether retaining strap in the vehicle ⇒ page 83. Only attach the retaining strap to the corresponding retaining rings. Not all rings can be used
with the Top Tether system. Always tighten the Top Tether retaining strap so
that the child seat fits snugly against the corresponding seat in the vehicle. 
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Specific mounting systems for each country
Things to note if using a child seat on the front passenger seat:
Attachment variants ⇒ fig. 52:
● The front passenger airbag must be disabled  if using a rear-facing
child seat ⇒ page 67.
A
B
Europe: ISOFIX retaining rings and upper retaining strap ⇒ page 81
and ⇒ page 83.
● The backrest of the front passenger seat must be upright.
● Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible.
Three-point seat belt and upper retaining strap ⇒ page 80.
The systems include the child restraint system mounting with an upper retaining strap (Top Tether) and lower anchoring points on the seat.
● The backrest of the front passenger seat must be upright.

Suitable child seats
The child seat must be authorised by the manufacturer especially for use on
a front passenger seat with a frontal or side airbag.
Use of the child seat on the front passenger seat
Transporting children on the front passenger seat is not permitted in all
countries. Furthermore, not all child seats are approved for use on the front
passenger seat. Your SEAT dealership has an updated list of all approved
child seats. Only used child seats that are approved for each vehicle.
The frontal airbag on the front passenger side is highly dangerous for a
child. The front passenger seat is life-threatening to a child if he or she is
transported in a rear-facing child seat.
If a rear-facing child seat is secured to the front passenger seat, an inflating
airbag can strike it with such great force that severe or fatal injuries may result ⇒ . Therefore, rear-facing child seats must never be used on the front
passenger seat when the front passenger airbag is enabled.
Only use a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat if the front passenger airbag is disabled. When it is disabled, the yellow PASSENGER
AIR BAG   ⇒ page 67 control lamp on the dash panel will be lit. If you
cannot disable the front passenger airbag and it remains enabled, it is forbidden to transport children on the front passenger seat ⇒ .
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Universal seats for children can be fitted in the front passenger seat, in
groups 0, 0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.
WARNING
If a child seat is mounted on the front passenger seat, the risk of the
child sustaining severe or fatal injuries in the event of an accident increases. Rear-facing child seats must never be mounted on the front passenger seat when the front passenger airbag is enabled. This is life-threatening to the child should the frontal airbag deploy, as the child seat would
be struck by the inflated airbag and thrown against the backrest.
WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, a child must be transported in a rear-facing child seat on the front passenger seat, strictly observe the following:
● Always disable the front passenger airbag and leave it disabled.
● The child seat must be approved by the manufacturer for use on a
front passenger seat with frontal and side airbag.
● Follow the installation instructions of the child seat manufacturer and
observe the warnings.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
79
80
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
ISOFIX child seat, a list of vehicles for which the corresponding ISOFIX child
seat has been certified. If necessary, contact the child seat manufacturer for
an updated list of vehicles.
WARNING (Continued)
● Move the front passenger seat as far back as possible and adjust it to
its highest position to keep as far away as possible from the frontal airbag.
● Move the backrest to the upright position.
● Children must always be protected with an approved child restraint
system suited to their height and weight.
Use of the child seat on the rear seat
If a child seat is mounted on the rear seat, adapt the position of the front
passenger seat so that the child has enough space. Therefore, adapt the
front passenger seat to the size of the child seat and the height of the child.
Ensure the passenger is in the correct position  ⇒ page 48.
Suitable child seats
The manufacturer must authorise the child seat for use in the rear seats with
side airbags.
Universal seats for children can be fitted in the passenger seat, in groups 0,
0+, 1, 2 or 3 according to the ECE-R 44 regulation.
The rear seats are suitable for child seats with the ISOFIX system specially
designed for this type of vehicle in accordance with regulation ECE-R 44.
ISOFIX child seats approved for rear seats

Securing child seats with the seat belt

The seat belt may be used to secure child seats with the universal marking
(on the orange label) to the vehicle seats marked with a u in the table below.
Category
Front passenger
Rear seats
Group 0
Up to 10 kg
u
u
Category 0+
Up to 13 kg
u
u
Group 1
9 to 18 kg
u
u
Group 2
15 to 25 kg
u
u
Group 3
22 to 36 kg
u
u
Securing the child seat using the seat belt
● Please read and observe the child seat manufacturer's handling instructions.
ISOFIX child seats are divided into certified categories “universal”, “semiuniversal” or “specific categories for the vehicle”.
● Move the front passenger seat, or the rear seat bench back as far as possible and, in the case of an adjustable backrest, set it in the upright position ⇒ page 48.
● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “universal”, it must be supported by
the lower anchor points and the Top Tether retaining strap.
● Positioning the child seat on the seat according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
● If the ISOFIX child seat is certified “semi-universal” or “specific categories for the vehicle”, check that the child seat is certified for the vehicle before employing it. The child seat manufacturer supplies, in addition to the
● Fasten the seat belt or pass it around the child seat structure in the manner described in the manufacturer's instructions.

Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
● Make sure the seat belt is not twisted.
● Insert the latch plate into the buckle for the appropriate seat and push it
down until it is securely locked with an audible click.
81
WARNING
● Ensure that the upper belt web lies tightly on the child seat.
Unbuckling the seat belt while the vehicle is in motion can cause severe
or fatal injuries in the event of an accident or sudden braking.
● Pull the belt (it must be no longer possible to pull the lower belt webbing out).
● The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a
standstill.

Removing the child seat
The seat belt must not be unfastened until the vehicle has come to a standstill ⇒ .
● Press the red button on the buckle. The latch plate is released from the
buckle.
● Guide the belt back by hand so that it rolls up easily and the trim will not
be damaged.
● Remove the child seat from the vehicle.
Securing the child seat using the lower anchor points (ISOFIX, LATCH)
Each seat of the rear seat bench has two retainers named lower anchor
points.
Overview of ISOFIX installation
In compliance with the European directive ECE 16, The following table details the installation possibilities for ISOFIX child seats with the lower anchor points in each of the vehicle seats.
The allowed body weight for the child seat or information regarding size A
to G is indicated on the label on the child seat with certification “universal”
or “semi-universal”.

Fig. 53 On the vehicle
seat: Identification variants of the anchor points
for the child seats.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
82
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Group (weight category)
Group 0: children up
to 10 kg
Installation direction
Size
Group 1: 9 to 18 kg
Group 0+: children up to 13 kg
facing backwards
facing backwards
facing backwards
(in the direction oppo- (in the direction opposite to trav- (in the direction opposite to travel)
el)
site to travel)
F
G
installed on front passenger seat
Installed on the rear seat bench
Group 0: children up to 10 kg
C
D
E
C
D
facing forwards
(in the direction of travel)
A
B
B1
Seat does not have anchor points, it is not possible to secure with ISOFIX/LATCH
IL-SU
IL-SU
IL-SU
IUF/IL-SU
IL-SU: seat suitable for installing an ISOFIX child seat with certification
“semi-universal”, take note of the list of vehicles of the manufacturer of the
child seat.
Child seat with adjustable retaining straps
IUF: seat suitable for the installation of an ISOFIX child seat with certification “universal” and with Top Tether retaining strap.
● Place the child seat on the seat cushion and attach the retaining strap
hooks to the retaining rings ⇒ fig. 53.
Child seats with rigid mounting
● Tighten the straps evenly using the corresponding adjustment device.
The child seat must sit flush against the vehicle seat.
For the installation of a child seat with rigid mounting auxiliary introduction
elements can be used. Using auxiliary introduction elements facilitates installation and protects upholstery. Auxiliary introduction elements form part
of the supply volume of the child seat or can be acquired at a SEAT dealership. If necessary, auxiliary introduction elements are inserted in both anchor points of the vehicle ⇒ .
● Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing
the child seat ⇒ .
● Press the child seat onto the retaining rings ⇒ fig. 53 in the direction of
the arrow. Safely engage the child seat and click it audibly into place.
● Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure.
● Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing
the child seat ⇒ .
● Pull on both sides of the child seat to ensure that it is secure.
WARNING
The lower anchor points for child seats do not include rings. Only secure
booster seats to lower anchor points.
CAUTION
● To avoid making permanent marks in the padding, remove the auxiliary
introduction elements from the anchor points when the child seat is not installed in the vehicle anchor points.
● To prevent damage being done to the upholstery, the padding or the
auxiliary introduction elements, always remove the auxiliary introduction el
ements from the anchor points before folding the rear seat bench.
Ensuring you are correctly and safely seated
Securing a child seat using a Top Tether retaining strap
83
WARNING
Child seats with lower anchor points and with an upper retaining strap
must be installed in line with the manufacturer's instructions. Failure to
comply could result in severe injuries.
● Always secure just one retaining strap to a child seat with the luggage compartment retaining ring.
● Always use the correct retaining rings for the retaining strap.
● Never secure the retaining strap to a retainer.

Fig. 54 Example of a upper retaining strap connected.
● Observe the manufacturer's instructions when installing and removing
the child seat ⇒ .
● Unlock the seat backrest and fold it gently forward ⇒ page 55.
● Remove the head restraints situated behind the child seat and store
them safely in the vehicle ⇒ page 48.
● Guide the upper retaining strap from of the child seat back to the luggage compartment, feeding it through the seat backrest and the rear shelf.
● Fold back the seat backrest and push it firmly into the lock.
● Secure the child seat to the lower anchor points ⇒ page 81
● Hook the upper retaining strap in the luggage compartment, to the corresponding retaining ring ⇒ fig. 54.
● Tighten the strap so that the top of the child seat rests on the backrest.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
84
Lights and visibility
Lights and visibility
Lights
Warning lamps
lights up Possible cause
Introduction


Observe the legal requirements regarding the use of vehicle lights in each
country.
The driver is personally responsible for the correct use and adjustment of
the lights in all situations.
Rear fog light switched on.
⇒ page 86.
Fog lights switched on.
⇒ page 86.
Left or right turn signal.
control lamp flashes twice
  The
as fast when a vehicle turn sig-
Additional information and warnings:
If necessary, check the vehicle
lighting.
nal is faulty.
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6

● SEAT information system ⇒ page 22
● Changing bulbs ⇒ page 255
Main beam on or flasher on.
⇒ page 85.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the headlights are set too high and the main beam is not used correctly, there is a risk of dazzling or distracting other road users. This could
result in serious accident.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Always make sure that the headlamps are correctly adjusted.
● Never use the main beam or flashed headlamps as this could dazzle
other drivers.
Solution
● Never ignore the warning lamps.

● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
● Park the vehicle at a suitable distance away from the traffic ensuring
that the exhaust system is not in contact with inflammable material, for
example, dry grass, fuel, oil, etc.
● A faulty vehicle represents a risk of accident for the driver and for other road users. If necessary, switch on the hazard warning lamps and put
out the warning triangle to advise other drivers.

Lights and visibility
85
Push the lever all the way down to turn off the corresponding function.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Convenience turn signals

For the convenience turn signals, move the lever as far as possible upwards
or downwards and release the lever. The turn signal will flash 3 times.
The convenience indicators can be deactivated at a Specialised workshop.
Turn signal and main beam lever
WARNING
Incorrect use of the headlamps may cause accidents and serious injury,
as the main beam may distract or dazzle other drivers.
Note
The turn signal only works when the ignition is switched on. The hazard
warning lights system also works when the ignition is switched off
⇒ page 231.
Note
Fig. 55 Turn signal and
main beam lever in their
initial position.
Move the lever to the required position:
Note
The main beam headlights can only be switched on if the dipped beam
headlights are already on.
1
Right turn signal.
2
Left turn signal.
3
Switching on main beam ⇒ . When the main beam is switched on,
the warning lamp  is switched on in the instrument panel.
4
Switch on the flasher or switch off the main beam headlights. The flashed beam comes on if the lever is pressed. The warning lamp  will
light up during this process.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
If any of both turn signals fails, the warning lamp will start flashing twice
faster than normal.
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

86
Lights and visibility
Turning on and off lights
Fig. 56 Next to the steering wheel: diagram of some of
the types of light switch.
Observe the legal requirements regarding the use of vehicle lights in each
country.
● Switching on the fog lights : Turn the switch to position  or pull out
 to the first stop.
Turn the light switch to the required position ⇒ fig. 56:
● Switching on the rear fog light : turn the light switch to position  or
pull out  to the maximum.
when the ignition is turned off when the ignition is on



Fog lights, dipped beam and
side lights off.
Lights off, daytime driving light
on.
Side light on.
Side light on.
Dipped beam off; if necessary,
the side light comes on for a
Dipped beam switched on.
time.
Fog lights*
The control lamp  appears on the fog lights control connected.
● To switch off the fog lights, press the light switch or turn it to position .
Audible warnings to advise the driver that the lights have not been
switched off
If the key is not in the ignition and the driver door is open, an audible warning signal is heard in the following cases: This is a reminder to turn off the
lights.
● When the light switch is in position .
● When the light switch is in position .

Lights and visibility
87
WARNING
WARNING
If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is not clearly visible to other
drivers, there is a risk of accident.
The side lights or daytime driving lights are not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead and to ensure that other road users are able to see
you.
● Always use your dipped beam head lights if it is raining or if visibility
is poor.

● Never use the daytime driving light if the road is not well-lit as a result of the weather conditions and poor visibility. The daytime driving
lights are not bright enough to illuminate the road ahead and to ensure
that other road users are able to see you.
● The rear lights do not come on with the daytime driving light. A vehicle which does not have the rear lights on may not be visible to other
drivers in the darkness, if it is raining or in conditions of poor visibility.
Lights and visibility: functions
Parking light remains on both sides
If when switching off the ignition, the light control remains in the position  and the vehicle is closed from outside, both headlights, in addition
to the side lights and the rear lights will light up.
Note
The headlights, rear lights and turn signals may mist up temporarily on the
inside in cool or damp weather. This is normal and in no way effects the
useful life of the vehicle lighting system.

Daytime driving light
The daytime driving light consists of individual lights in the front headlamps.
When the daytime driving light is switched on, only the individual lights
come on ⇒ .
The daytime lights are switched on each time the ignition is turned on if the
light switch is in position .
Switching the daytime driving light on and off
To switch the daytime driving light on or off, it is necessary to fit or remove
the corresponding fuse. Ask for professional assistance for this.
Adjusting the headlights
In those countries where vehicles drive on the other side of the road to the
home country, the asymmetric dipped beam may dazzle drivers of oncoming vehicles.
For this reason, stickers may need to be used to cover the headlights when
driving abroad. For further information, please refer to a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Note
The use of stickers to cover headlights is only permitted over a short period.
To modify the direction of the headlamps more permanently, please take
the vehicle to a specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

88
Lights and visibility
Headlight range control, lighting of instruments and
controls
Instrument and switch lighting
When the side lights or dipped beam headlights are switched on, the lighting for instruments and controls lights up at a constant brightness.
WARNING
Heavy objects in the vehicle may mean that the headlights dazzle and
distract other drivers. This could result in serious accident.
● Adjust the light beam to the vehicle load status so that it does not
blind other drivers.

Reading light
Fig. 57 Next to the
steering wheel: Headlight range control.
Headlamp height adjustment
The headlight range control ⇒ fig. 57 is modified according to the value of
the headlight beam and the vehicle load status. This offers the driver optimum visibility and the headlights do not dazzle oncoming drivers ⇒ .
The headlights can only be adjusted when the dipped beam is switched on.
To reset, turn switch ⇒ fig. 57:
Value
a)
Vehicle load statusa)
–
Two front occupants, luggage compartment empty
1
All seats occupied, luggage compartment empty
2
All seats occupied, luggage compartment full.
3
Driver only, luggage compartment full.
If the vehicle load does not correspond to those shown in the table, it is possible to select
intermediary positions.
Button / Function
Switch



Switching off the reading light.
Switching on the reading light.
Switches door contact control on (central position).
The reading light comes on automatically when the vehicle is unlocked, a door is opened or the key is removed from the ignition.
The light goes off a few seconds after all the doors are closed,
the vehicle is locked or the ignition is switched on.
Note
The reading lights go out when the vehicle is locked, or a few minutes after
the key is removed from the ignition. This prevents the battery from discharging.

Lights and visibility
Sun blind
Options for adjusting driver and front passenger sun visors:
Introduction
● The sun visor can be pulled out of its mounting and turned towards the
door.
89
● Lower by unfolding towards the windscreen.
● Swing the sun visor towards the door, longitudinally backwards.
WARNING
Vanity mirror*
Folded sun blinds can reduce visibility.
● Always roll or fold sun blinds and visors away when not in use.

There may be a vanity mirror in the folded sun visor on the passenger side
and a cardholder in the driver sun visor.
Sun visors
Fig. 58 Sun visor.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

90
Lights and visibility
Heat-insulating glass windscreen
Fig. 59 Windscreen with reflective infrared and metal
coating and small window (red surface).
The heat-insulating windscreens include a reflective infrared coating. The
section above the rear vision mirror has been left uncoated (communication
window) to allow electric components from the accessories shop to operate
correctly ⇒ fig. 59.
CAUTION
When the uncoated surface is covered or has a sticker on the interior or exterior, malfunctions in the electronic components may occur. Never cover
the uncoated surface on the interior or exterior.

Lights and visibility
Window wash/wipe system
91
Windscreen wiper lever
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Air recirculation mode ⇒ page 158
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 188
WARNING
Water from the windscreen washer water bottle may freeze on the windscreen if it does not contain enough anti-freeze, reducing forward visibility.
Fig. 60 Using the windscreen wipers.
● In winter, ensure the windscreen washer contains enough anti-freeze.
● In cold conditions, you should not use the wash / wipe system unless
you have warmed the windscreen with the ventilation system. The antifreeze could freeze on the windscreen and reduce visibility.
WARNING
Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and increase the risk of accident and serious injury.
● Always replace damaged or worn blades or blades which do not clean
the windscreen correctly.
Fig. 61 Using the rear
window wipers.
CAUTION
In icy conditions, always check that the wiper blades are not frozen to the
glass before using the windscreen wipers for the first time. In cold weather,
it may help to leave the vehicle parked with the windscreen wipers in service position ⇒ page 93.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

92
Lights and visibility
Move the lever to the required position ⇒ :
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7








Windscreen wiper off.
Note
The interval wipe speed varies according to the vehicle speed. The faster
the vehicle is moving, the more often the windscreen is cleaned.
Windscreen interval wipe.
Slow wipe.
Note
The rear wiper is automatically switched on when the windscreen wiper is
connected and the vehicle is in reverse gear.

Continuous wipe.
Brief wipe - short wipe. Hold the lever down for more time to
increase the wipe frequency.
Automatic wipe for cleaning windscreens with the lever up.
Interval wipe for rear window. The wiper will clean the window approximately every 6 seconds.
Automatic wipe for cleaning rear windows with the lever
pressed.
Windscreen wiper functions
Windscreen wiper performance in different situations:
If the vehicle is at a standstill:
The activated position provisionally changes
to the previous position.
For the interval wipe:
The intervals between wipes vary according
to the speed of the vehicle. The higher the
vehicle speed the shorter the intervals.
CAUTION
If the ignition is switched off while the windscreen wipers are on, the windscreen wipers carry on wiping at the same level when the ignition is switched back on. Ice, snow and other obstacles may damage the windscreen wiper and the wiper motor.
● If necessary, remove snow and ice from the windscreen wipers before
starting your journey.
● Carefully lift the frozen windscreen wipers from the glass. SEAT recommends a de-icer spray for this operation.
Note
The windscreen wipers will only work when the ignition is switched on.
Note
The windscreen wiper will try to wipe away any obstacles that are on the
windscreen. The windscreen wiper will stop moving if the obstacle blocks its
path. Remove the obstacle and switch the windscreen wiper back on again. 
Lights and visibility
Windscreen wipers service position
93
CAUTION
● To prevent damage to the bonnet and the windscreen wiper arms, only
leave them in the service position.
● Before driving, always lower the windscreen wiper arms.

Checking and topping up the windscreen washer bottle
with water
Fig. 62 Windscreen wipers in service position.
The wiper arms can be raised when the wipers are in service position
⇒ fig. 62. To place the windscreen wipers in the service position, proceed as
follows:
● The bonnet must be closed ⇒ page 171.
● Switching the ignition on and off.
● Press the windscreen wiper lever downwards briefly ⇒ fig. 60
4
Before driving, always lower the wiper arms. When the ignition is switched
on, the windscreen wiper arms return to their initial position upon activating
the windscreen wiper lever.
Lifting and returning windscreen wiper arms
● Place the windscreen wiper arms in the service position ⇒ .
● Only hold the windscreen wiper arms at the point where the blade is
fixed.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Fig. 63 In the engine
compartment: windscreen washer bottle top.
.
Check the water level in the windscreen washer bottle regularly and top up
as required.
● Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
● The washer bottle is marked with the symbol  on the lid ⇒ fig. 63.
● Check there is enough water in the bottle.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
94
Lights and visibility
● To top up, mix water with a window cleaner recommended by SEAT ⇒ .
Please follow the instructions for use found on the packaging.
● In cold weather, a special antifreeze should also be added to prevent
the water from freezing ⇒ .
Bottle capacity
The washer bottle capacity is approximately. 3 litres.
WARNING
Never mix an unsuitable antifreeze or other similar products with the
windscreen washer water. A greasy layer may be formed on the windscreen which will impair visibility.
● Use clean water with a window cleaner recommended by SEAT.
● If necessary, add a suitable antifreeze to the water bottle.
CAUTION
● Do not mix cleaning products recommended by SEAT with other products. This could lead to flocculation and may block the windscreen washer
jets.
● When topping up service fluids, make absolutely certain that you fill the
fluids into the correct reservoirs. Using the wrong fluids could cause serious

malfunctions and engine damage!
Lights and visibility
Rear vision mirror
Exterior mirrors
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 128

Rear vision mirror
Fig. 65 In the front
doors: button to adjust
the mechanical exterior
rear vision mirror.
Fig. 64 Manual anti-dazzle function for rear vision mirror.
Fig. 66 In the driver
door: rotary control for
the exterior electric mirrors.
The driver should always adjust the rear vision mirror to permit adequate
visibility through the rear window.
Manual anti-dazzle function for rear vision mirror
Adjust the exterior mirrors by pressing the adjust button ⇒ fig. 65 or the rotary control* ⇒ fig. 66.

● Basic position: point the lever at the bottom of the mirror forwards.
● Pull the lever to the back to select the anti-dazzle function ⇒ fig. 64.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
95
96
Lights and visibility
Turn the rotary control ⇒ fig. 66 to the required position:




Switch on the exterior mirror heating.
Adjust the left-hand exterior rear vision mirror by turning the
knob forwards, backwards, to the left or to the right.
Zero position. Exterior mirror heating switched off, it is not
possible to adjust the exterior mirrors.
Adjust the right-hand exterior rear vision mirror by turning the
knob forwards, backwards, to the left or to the right.
Folding in the exterior mirrors and returning them to their original position
is possible through a mechanical system. Carefully fold the exterior rear vision mirror casing towards the side window or pull it away from the window
until it clicks into place.
WARNING
Fold and unfold the exterior rear vision mirror, taking care to avoid injuries.
● Only fold or unfold the exterior rear vision mirror when there is noone in the way of the mirror.
● When moving the rear vision mirror, take care not to trap fingers between the mirror and the mirror bracket.
WARNING
Failure to correctly estimate the distance of the vehicle behind could lead
to serious accident.
● Rear-view convex or aspheric mirrors increase the field of vision, however objects appear smaller and further away in the mirrors.
● The use of these mirrors to estimate the distance to the next vehicle
when changing lane is imprecise and could result in serious accident.
WARNING (Continued)
● If possible, use the rear vision mirror to estimate distances to vehicles behind you or in other circumstances.
● Make sure that the rear visibility is adequate.
For the sake of the environment
The exterior mirror heating should be switched off when it is no longer needed. Otherwise, it is an unnecessary fuel consumption.
Note
In the event of faults, the electric exterior mirrors can be adjusted manually
by pressing the edge of the mirror surface.

Transporting
97
Transporting
Driving tips
WARNING (Continued)
● Always secure objects with suitable rope or slings so that they cannot
enter the deployment areas around the frontal or side airbags in case of
sudden braking or an accident.
Introduction
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage compartment and place the
seat backs in a vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. Both the carrying capacity as well as the distribution of the load in the vehicle have effects on the driving behaviour and braking ability ⇒ .
Additional information and warnings:
● Rear lid ⇒ page 40
● To lower the front passenger seat backrest ⇒ page 55
● Always ensure that objects inside the vehicle cannot move into the
deployment area of the bags while driving.
● While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
● Remove all objects from the front passenger seat when this is followed down. When the seat backrest is folded down, it presses on small
and light objects and these are detected by the weight sensor on the
seat; this sends false information to the airbag control unit.
● Light ⇒ page 84
● While the backrest of the front passenger seat is folded, the frontal
airbag must remain disconnected and the PASSENGER AIRBAG OFF 
light on.
● Roof carrier ⇒ page 104
● Objects secured in the vehicle should never be placed in such a way
as to make passengers sit in an incorrect position.
● Luggage compartment ⇒ page 100
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 201
● If secured objects occupy a seat then this should not be occupied or
used by anybody.
WARNING
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can cause serious injury in case
of a sudden manoeuvring or breaking or in case of an accident. This is especially true when objects are struck by a detonating airbag and fired
through the vehicle interior. To reduce the risks, please note the following:
The driving behaviour and braking ability change when transporting
heavy and large objects.
● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always keep equipment and heavy
objects in the luggage compartment.
● Accelerate gently and carefully.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions.
● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
● Brake early.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance

If and when
Technical Data
98
Transporting
Transporting a load
WARNING (Continued)
● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Loose items could fall out of the vehicle and injure other road users or damage other vehicles.
Secure all objects in the vehicle
● Distribute the load throughout the vehicle and on the roof as uniformly
as possible.
● Drive particularly carefully and think ahead.
● Avoid sudden manoeuvres and braking given that this could cause an
uncontrolled movement of the open rear lid.
● Transport heavy objects as far forward as possible in the luggage compartment and lock the seat backs in the vertical position.
● When transporting objects that protrude out of the luggage compartment, indicate them suitably. Observe legal requirements.
● Check the headlight adjustment ⇒ page 84.
● Use the suitable tyre pressure according to the load being transported.
Read the tire pressure information label ⇒ page 201.
● If objects must project out of the luggage compartment, the rear lid
must never be used to “secure” or “attach” objects.
● If a baggage rack is fitted on the rear lid, it should be removed before
travelling with the rear lid open.
CAUTION
Objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating element in
the heated rear window and cause damage.
WARNING
Note
Please refer to the notes on loading the roof carrier ⇒ page 104.

Toxic gases may enter the vehicle interior when the rear lid is open. This
could cause loss of consciousness, carbon monoxide poisoning, serious
injury and accidents.
● To avoid toxic gases entering the vehicle always drive with the rear lid
closed.
Driving with the rear lid open
Driving with the rear lid open creates an additional risk. Secure all objects
and secure the rear lid correctly and take all measures possible to reduce
toxic gases from entering the vehicle.
● In exceptional circumstances, if you must drive with the rear lid open,
observe the following to reduce the entry of toxic gases inside the vehicle:
– Close all windows.
– Disable air recirculation mode.
– Open all of the air outlets on the instrument panel.
WARNING
– Switch on the blower to maximum.
Driving with the rear lid unlocked or open could cause serious injuries.
● Always drive with the rear lid closed.
CAUTION
An open rear lid changes the length and height of the vehicle.

Transporting
Driving a loaded vehicle
For the best handling when driving a loaded vehicle, note the following:
● Secure all objects ⇒ page 98.
● Accelerate gently and carefully.
● Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
● Brake early.
● If necessary, read the instructions for driving with a roof carrier system
⇒ page 104.
WARNING
A sliding load could considerably affect the stability and safety of the vehicle resulting in an accident with serious consequences.
● Secure loads correctly so they do not move.
● When transporting heavy objects, use suitable ropes or straps.
● Lock the seat backs in vertical position.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...

While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
99
100
Transporting
Loading luggage compartment
Introduction
Always transport heavy loads in the luggage compartment and place the
seat backs in a vertical position. Never overload the vehicle. Both the carrying capacity as well as the distribution of the load in the vehicle have effects on the driving behaviour and braking ability ⇒ .
Additional information and warnings:
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
● Light ⇒ page 84
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 201
WARNING
When the vehicle is not in use or being watched, always lock the doors
and the rear lid to reduce the risk of serious injury or death.
● Do not leave children unwatched, especially when the rear lid is open.
Children could climb into the luggage compartment, close the rear lid
from inside and be unable to escape themselves. This could lead to serious injury or death.
● Never allow children to play in or around the vehicle.
● Never transport people in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects can cause serious injury in case
of a sudden manoeuvring or breaking or in case of an accident. This is especially true when objects are struck by a detonating airbag and fired
through the vehicle interior. To reduce the risks, please note the following:
● Secure all objects in the vehicle. Always keep equipment and heavy
objects in the luggage compartment.
● Always secure objects with suitable rope or straps so that they cannot enter the deployment areas around the frontal or side airbags in case
of sudden braking or an accident.
● While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
● Do not place hard, heavy or sharp objects inside the interior, in open
storage compartments, the rear shelf or on the dash panel.
● Remove hard, heavy and sharp objects from clothes and pockets inside the vehicle and store securely.
WARNING
The transport of heavy object changes vehicle handling and increases
braking distance. Heavy loads that have not been stored or secured correctly could cause loss of control and result in serious injury.
● The vehicle handling changes when transporting heavy objects due
to a change in the centre of gravity.
● Distribute the load as uniformly and as low down on the vehicle as
possible.
● Store heavy objects in the luggage compartment as far from the rear
axle as possible.
CAUTION
Hard objects on the rear shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating
element in the heated rear window and cause damage.

Transporting
Folding up the rear seat backrest
Note
The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf
must not be covered so that used air can escape from the vehicle.
Folding and lifting up the rear seat bench backrest

● Lift back the backrest of the rear seat and push it firmly into the lock until it clicks securely into place ⇒ .
● The red marking on the unlock button
B
must not be seen.
● Make sure that the backrest of the rear seat is securely locked in position so that the seat belts can provide proper protection in the rear seats.
● If necessary, install and adjust the head restraints again ⇒ page 48.
WARNING
Folding and lifting the backrests of the rear seats carelessly without paying attention could cause serious injury.
● Never fold or lift the seats while driving.
● Do no trap or damage seat belts when raising the backrest.
● Keep hands, fingers, feet and other limbs away from the range of the
rear seat backrests when folding and lifting them.
Fig. 67 Rear seat: unlock
button A ; red marking
B .
● All backrests must engage correctly for the seat belts on the rear
seats to work properly. When the backrest of an occupied seat is not correctly locked in place, the passenger can be thrust forward with the rear
seat backrest in case of sudden braking, sudden manoeuvres or an accident.
The rear seat backrest can be folded forward to extend the luggage compartment.
● A red signal on the button B warns that the backrest is not engaged.
Always check that the red marking is not visible when the backrest of the
rear seat is in the upright position.
Folding the rear seat backrest forwards
● No seat must be occupied if the backrest of the rear seat is folded or
not correctly engaged.
● Push the head restraint down as far as it will go or remove it if necessary
⇒ page 48 and store it in a safe place.
● Pull the unlock switch ⇒ fig. 67
the rear seat backrest.
A
forwards whilst simultaneously lifting
● The rear seat backrest is engaged when the red marking of the button
B is visible.
CAUTION
Before folding the backrest of the rear seat, adjust the front seats so that
the head restraint or backrest do not hit them when it is folded. If necessary,

remove the head restraints ⇒ page 48 and store them safely.
● If the rear seat backrest is folded, people (including children) are not
permitted to travel in the rear folded seats.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
101
102
Transporting
Rear shelf*
WARNING
Unsecured or incorrectly secured objects or animals on the rear shelf
could cause serious injuries in case of a sudden manoeuvre or braking or
even an accident.
● Do not leave hard, heavy or sharp objects (loose or in bags) on the
rear shelf.
● Never transport animals on the rear shelf.
● Never drive with the rear shelf raised. Always lower it or remove it before the journey.
Fig. 68 In the luggage
compartment: removing
and installing the rear
shelf.
You may put light items of clothing on the rear shelf. Check that the rear
view is not limited.
CAUTION
To prevent the rear shelf from being damaged:
● Always check that the rear shelf is firmly engaged into the side supports.
● Regulate the height of the load in the luggage compartment to ensure
the rear shelf does not press down on the load with the rear lid closed.

Lifting up the rear shelf
Lift up the rear shelf and secure it into the side locks ⇒ fig. 68 1 . Check
that it is correctly engaged. To lower the rear shelf, press it until it is released from the locks.
Removing the shelf
Pull the rear shelf upwards, removing it from the side supports
Lifting up the rear shelf
Press the rear shelf downwards into the side supports
2
.
2
.
Fastening rings*
In the front part of the luggage compartment, there may be fastening rings
to secure the luggage.
In order to use the fastening rings, they must be lifted beforehand.

Transporting
103
Retaining hooks
WARNING
If unsuitable or damaged belts or retaining straps are used, they could
break in the event of braking or an accident. Objects could then be
launched across the passenger compartment and cause serious or fatal
injuries.
● It is important to always use belts or retaining straps that are suitable and in a good condition.
● Belts and retaining straps should be securely fastened to the fastening rings.
● Objects in the luggage compartment that are unsecured could move
suddenly and modify the handling of the vehicle.
● Small and light objects must also be secured.
Fig. 69 In the luggage
compartment: retaining
hooks.
● The maximum tensile load of the fastening ring for securing objects
should never be exceeded.
● A child seat should never be secured with the fastening rings.
There may be hooks in the upper left and right part of the luggage compartment.
Note
● The maximum tensile load that the fastening rings can support is 3.5
kN.
● Belts and securing systems for the appropriate load can be obtained
from specialised dealerships. SEAT recommends visiting a SEAT dealership
for this.
WARNING
Never use these hooks to secure objects. In case of sudden braking or an
accident, the hooks could rupture.

CAUTION
The hooks can support a maximum of 2.5 kg individually.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
104
Transporting
Roof carrier system
WARNING
Introduction
The risk of an accident is increased by transporting heavy or bulky loads
on the roof, which affects the vehicle's handling by shifting the centre of
gravity and increasing susceptibility to cross winds.
The vehicle roof has been designed to optimise aerodynamics. For this reason, conventional roof carrier systems cannot be secured to the water
drains.
● Always secure loads correctly with suitable and undamaged attachment rope or straps.
Given that the water drains have been incorporated into the roof for aerodynamic reasons, only the SEAT approved basic supports and roof carrier systems can be used.
● Avoid brusque manoeuvres and sudden braking.
When the roof carrier system should be removed:
● When it is not being used.
● When the vehicle is being washed in a car wash.
● When the vehicle height exceeds the maximum height, for example, in a
garage.
Additional information and warnings:
● Light ⇒ page 84
● Large, heavy, wide and flat loads negatively affect the vehicle aerodynamics, centre of gravity and handling.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions.
CAUTION
● Always remove the roof carrier system from the roof before entering a car
wash.
● The height of your vehicle is changed by the installation of the roof carrier and the load secured on it. Compare the vehicle height with the passage
height, for example in underground car parks or entering garage doors.
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● The roof antenna and the range of the rear lid should not be affected by
the roof carrier system and the load being transported.
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 201
● Take extra care not to let the rear lid strike the roof load when opening.
● Ecological driving ⇒ page 138
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
For the sake of the environment
The vehicle uses more fuel when the roof carrier system is fitted.

Transporting
Securing the base supports and roof carrier system
105
WARNING
If the base supports and the roof carrier system are incorrectly fitted or
used in an unsuitable manner, the entire system could break free causing
accident and injury.
● Always take the manufacturer assembly instructions into account.
● Only use base supports and roof carrier systems that are not damaged and are correctly fitted.
● The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the
diagram ⇒ fig. 70.
● Secure the base supports and roof carrier system correctly.
Fig. 70 Attachment
points for the basic support and the roof carrier
system.
The mounts are the basis of a complete roof carrier system. Special fixtures
must then be added in order to safely transport luggage, bicycles, skis, surf
boards or boats on the roof. The suitable accessories can be acquired at
SEAT dealerships.
Securing the base supports and roof carrier system
The roof carrier system must always be installed exactly according to the instructions provided.
The front attachment opening can be found in the lower part of the sides of
the roof and are fixed with plastic bolts ⇒ fig. 70 (left magnified image). The
openings can only be seen with the door open. The markings for attachment
in the lower part are found in the upper part of the rear side windows
⇒ fig. 70 (right magnified image).
The base support should only be fitted to the points indicated in the diagram.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
● Check the screw fittings and attachments before driving and after a
short distance. During each long journey, check the attachments during
every break.
● Always fit the roof carrier system correctly for wheels, skis and surfboards, etc.
● Never change or repair the basic supports or roof carrier system.
Note
Read and take into account the instructions included with the roof carrier
system fitted and keep them in the vehicle.

Loading the roof carrier system
Loads can only be correctly secured when the roof carrier system is correctly
fitted ⇒ .
Maximum authorised roof load
The maximum authorised roof load is 50 kg. The roof load includes the
weight of the base support, the roof carrier system and the load being
transported ⇒ .
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

106
Transporting
Always check the weight of the base support, the roof carrier system and
the weight of the load to be transported and, if necessary, weigh them. Never exceed the maximum authorised roof load.
If you are using a roof carrier with a lower weight rating, you cannot transport the maximum roof load. Do not exceed the maximum weight limit for
the roof carrier given in the fitting instructions.
Distributing a load
Uniformly distribute loads and secure them correctly ⇒ .
Check attachments
After fitting the base supports and the roof carrier system, always check the
attachments after a short trip or at regular intervals.
WARNING
Exceeding the maximum authorised roof load can result in accidents
and/or vehicle damage.
● Always respect the maximum authorised weight for the roof, the maximum authorised weight on the axles and the total maximum authorised
weight of the vehicle.
● Never exceed the capacity of the roof carrier system even if this is
less than the maximum authorised roof load.
● Secure heavy objects towards the front and distribute the load evenly.
WARNING
Loose and incorrectly secured loads can fall from the roof carrier system
causing accidents and injury.
● Always use suitable ropes and straps in good condition.
● Always secure loads correctly.

Transporting
Trailer coupling
Information about trailer coupling
The vehicle is not certified for trailer coupling. The vehicle is not equipped
in the manufacture with a towing bracket, nor is it possible to retrofit a towing bracket.
WARNING
Installing a towing bracket on the vehicle may cause accidents and serious injuries while operating the vehicle.
● Never install a towing bracket on the vehicle.
● The trailer may be released from the vehicle when the vehicle is moving.
CAUTION
Any type of towing bracket installed on the vehicle can cause serious and
costly damage that are not covered under the SEAT guarantee.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
107
108
Practical equipment
Practical equipment
Storage compartments
Introduction
Storage compartments must only be used to store light or small objects.
Additional information and warnings:
● Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior ⇒ page 196
● ⇒ Booklet Radio system
WARNING
In the event of sudden braking movements or turns, loose objects may be
thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious injuries to
passengers and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Do not transport animals or place hard, heavy or sharp objects in the
interior of the vehicle in: open storage compartments, dash panel, storage tray, items of clothing or bags.
● While driving, always keep object compartments closed.
WARNING
Objects falling into the driver's footwell could prevent use of the pedals.
This could lead the driver to lose control of the vehicle, increasing the
risk of a serious accident.
● Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling
underneath them.
● The floor mat should always be secured to the floor.
WARNING (Continued)
● Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by
the factory.
● Make sure that no objects can fall into the driver's footwell while the
vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
● Objects on the shelf could chafe against the wires of the heating element in the heated rear window and cause damage.
● Do not keep temperature-sensitive objects, food or medicines inside the
vehicle. Heat and cold could damage them or render them useless.
● Light-transparent objects placed inside the vehicle, such as lenses,
magnifying glasses or transparent suction caps on the windows, could concentrate the sun's rays and cause damage to the vehicle.
Note
The ventilating slits between the heated rear window and the rear shelf
must not be covered so that used air can escape from the vehicle.

Practical equipment
Storage compartment on the driver side
Compartment on the centre console
Fig. 72 In the front part
of the centre console:
storage compartment.
Fig. 71 On the driver
side: storage compartment.
The storage compartment ⇒ fig. 72 may be used as a drink holder
⇒ page 113 or as an ashtray* ⇒ page 115 or to store small objects.
There may be a storage compartment on the driver side.
WARNING
Note
In the event of sudden braking movements or turns, loose objects may be
thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious injuries to
passengers and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Do not leave animal or objects of a material that is hard, heavy or
sharp in the open storage compartment.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
109
While driving
A 12 volt electrical socket ⇒ page 118 can be found in the storage compartment.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

110
Practical equipment
Storage compartment with cover on the passenger side*
Fig. 73 Storage compartment with cover on the passenger side.
There may be a storage compartment with cover on the passenger side.
Opening and closing the storage compartment cover
Pull the lever to open ⇒ fig. 73
1
.
To close, press the cover upwards until it clicks into place.
Sunglasses storage compartment.
Sunglasses can be stored in the passenger side storage compartment.
The sunglasses storage compartment is in the upper area of the storage
compartment 2 .
Supports
Next to the sunglasses storage compartment is a notebook holder 3 and in
the interior of the storage compartment there is a pen holder 4 , a map
storage area and a purse 5 .
WARNING
The risk of serious injuries in the event of an accident during a sudden
braking manoeuvre or turn is increased if the storage compartment is left
open.
● Keep the storage compartment closed while the vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
For structural reasons, some model versions will have gaps behind the
glove compartment into which small objects may fall. This could lead to
strange noises and damage to the vehicle. Therefore, do not store small objects in the storage compartment, apart from those stored in the spaces
provided.

Practical equipment
Open storage compartment on the passenger side*
Storage compartment in the back of the centre console
Fig. 75 In the back part
of the centre console:
storage compartment.
Fig. 74 Open storage
compartment on the passenger side.
The drink holder in the back part of the centre console ⇒ page 113 can be
used as a storage compartment.
There may be an open storage compartment on the passenger side.
Support
In the open storage compartment there is a hook for bags ⇒ fig. 74
1
.
WARNING
In the event of sudden braking movements or turns, loose objects may be
thrown around the vehicle interior. This could cause serious injuries to
passengers and cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.
● Do not leave animal or objects of a material that is hard, heavy or
sharp in the open storage compartment.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
111

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

112
Practical equipment
Other storage compartments
Other storage compartments:
● In the front door trims ⇒ page 9.
● In front of the rear seats ⇒ fig. 76.
● Rear shelf for light items of clothing*.
● Bag hook in the luggage compartment ⇒ page 100.
● In the upper part of the centre console, in place of the radio ⇒ fig. 6
5
.
WARNING
Clothing hung on the coat hooks could restrict the driver's view and lead
to serious accidents.
Fig. 76 In front of the
rear seats: storage compartment.
Fig. 77 In the centre pillars: coat hooks.
Coat hooks
In the centre pillars there are coat hooks ⇒ fig. 77 (arrow).
● Hang the clothes from the hooks so that driver's view is not restricted.
● The coat hook is suitable for light items of clothing. Never place
heavy, hard or sharp objects in the bags.

Practical equipment
Drink holders
CAUTION
Do not leave open drinks containers in the drink holders when the vehicle is
in motion. They could spill during braking, for example, and cause damage
to the vehicle and the electrical system.
Introduction
Drink holders
The drink holders are in the open storage compartments in the driver and
passenger doors.
Additional information and warnings:
● Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior ⇒ page 196
WARNING
Improper use of the drink holders can cause injury.
● Do not place containers with hot drinks in a drink holder. During sudden braking or driving manoeuvres, the hot drink could be spilled and
lead to scalding.
● Ensure that bottles and other object is dropped in the driver footwell,
as it could get under the pedals and obstruct their working.
● Never place heavy containers, food or other heavy objects in the drink
holder. In the event of an accident, these heavy objects could be thrown
around the interior and cause serious injuries.
WARNING
Closed bottles inside the vehicle could explode or crack due to the heat
or the cold.
● Never leave a closed bottle in the vehicle if the inside temperature is
too high or too low.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
113
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

114
Practical equipment
Centre console drink holders
Place the drink container in the drink holder so that it surrounds it securely.
Fig. 78 In the front part
of the centre console:
drink holder.
Fig. 79 In the back part
of the centre console:
drink holder.
There are drink holders in the front and rear parts of the centre console.
Securing the drink container in the front drink holder
Fold the drink holder ⇒ fig. 78 forward.

Practical equipment
Ashtray and Lighter
Opening and closing the ashtray
Introduction
To close, push the ashtray lid down.
115
To open, lift the lid of the ashtray in the direction of the arrow ⇒ fig. 80.
Emptying the ashtray
Additional information and warnings:
● Remove the ashtray from the storage compartment lifting it up.
● Power socket ⇒ page 117
● After emptying the ashtray, insert it into the drink holder from above.
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
WARNING
Cigarette lighter*
Undue use of the ashtray and cigarette lighter may cause a fire or burns
and other serious injuries.
● Never put paper or other flammable objects in the ashtray.


Ashtray*
Fig. 81 In the front part
of the centre console:
lighter.
● Push the button on the cigarette lighter inwards with the ignition on
⇒ fig. 81.
● Wait for the cigarette lighter to pop out slightly.
Fig. 80 In the front part
of the centre console:
Opening the ashtray.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
● Pull out the cigarette lighter and light the cigarette on the glowing coil
⇒ .
● Replace the cigarette lighter in its insert.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
116
Practical equipment
WARNING
Undue use of the cigarette lighter may cause a fire or burns and other serious injuries.
● The cigarette lighter must only be used to light cigarettes or similar.
● Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The cigarette lighter
can be used when the ignition is switched on.
Note
The cigarette lighter can also be used with the 12 Volt socket.

Practical equipment
Electrical power socket*
● To avoid damage due to voltage variations, switch off all appliances connected to the 12 V socket before switching the ignition on or off and before
starting the engine.
Introduction
● Never connect an appliance to the 12 Volt socket that consumes more
than the power indicated in watts. Exceeding the maximum power absorption could damage the vehicle's electrical system.
Electrical equipment can be connected to the socket in the vehicle.
Connected equipment must be in perfect condition and show no signs of
faults.
Additional information and warnings:
● Cigarette lighter ⇒ page 115
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
117
For the sake of the environment
Do not leave the engine running when the vehicle is at a standstill.
Note
Using electrical appliances with the engine stopped and the ignition switched on will drain the battery.
WARNING
Improper use of the socket or electrical devices could lead to a fire and
cause serious injuries.
● Never leave children unsupervised in the vehicle. The socket and
equipment connected to it can be used when the ignition is switched on.
● Should a connected electrical device overheat, switch it off and unplug it immediately.
Note
Unshielded equipment can cause interference on the radio system equipment and the vehicle's electrical system.
Note
If electrical equipment is used near an aerial, you may observe interference
in the reception of AM stations.
CAUTION
● To avoid damage to the vehicle's electrical system, never connect equipment that generates electrical current, such as solar panels or battery chargers, to the 12 Volt sockets in order to charge the vehicle's battery.
● Only use accessories with approved electromagnetic compatibility according to current regulations.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

118
Practical equipment
Vehicle socket
To prevent voltage variations from causing damage, switch off the electrical
consumer connected to the 12 Volt socket before switching the ignition on
or off and before starting the engine.
CAUTION
● Always follow the operating instructions for the appliances to be connected!
● Never exceed the maximum power rating as this could damage the vehicle's general electrical system.
● 12 volt socket:
Fig. 82 Front centre console: 12 Volt socket in
the storage compartment.
Maximum power consumption
Socket
Maximum power consumption
12 Volts
120 Watts
The maximum capacity of the socket must not be exceeded. The power consumption is indicated on the rating plate of each appliance.
Where 2 or more appliances are connected at the same time, the total rating
of all the connected devices must never exceed 190 Watts ⇒ .
12 volt socket
The 12 volt socket is found in the storage compartment in the front part of
the centre console ⇒ fig. 82 and only functions when the ignition is switched on.
Using electrical appliances with the engine stopped and the ignition switched on will drain the battery. Therefore, electrical consumers connected to
the socket must only be used when the engine is running.
– Only use accessories with approved electromagnetic compatibility according to current regulations.
– Never power the socket.

Starting, changing gears, parking
119
While driving
Starting, changing gears, parking
Stopping and starting the engine
WARNING
Switching off the engine while driving makes stopping the vehicle difficult. As a consequence you may lose control of the vehicle and there is a
risk of serious accident.
Introduction
Immobilizer display
When an invalid key is used or in the event of a system fault,  is displayed on the instrument panel. The engine cannot be started.
Pushing or towing
For technical reasons, the vehicle must not be push- or tow-started. Jump
starting is preferable.
Additional information and warnings:
● The assisted braking and steering systems, the airbag system, safety
belts and certain safety equipment are only active while the engine is
running.
● The engine should only be switched off when the vehicle is at a
standstill.
WARNING
While the engine is running or starting it could help reduce the risk of serious injury.
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Changing gear ⇒ page 124
● Never start or leave the engine running in poorly ventilated or closed
spaces. Exhaust gas contains carbon monoxide, a toxic, colourless and
odourless gas. Carbon monoxide can cause people to lose consciousness. It can also cause death.
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 128
● Steering ⇒ page 141
● Refuelling ⇒ page 165
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 234
● Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running. The vehicle could move off suddenly or something unexpected could happen resulting in damage and serious injury.
● Tow-starting and towing away ⇒ page 267
● Never use start boosters. Cold start sprays could explode or increase
the engine speed unexpectedly.
● Fuel ⇒ page 169
● Jump starting ⇒ page 264
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

120
Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled
fuel, dried grass, etc).
● Never apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust system.

Ignition lock
Fig. 83 Vehicle key positions.
Vehicle keys ⇒ fig. 83
Key not authorised for the vehicle
No key in the ignition lock: The steering lock may be activated.
If a key which is not authorised for this vehicle is inserted in the ignition
lock, it can be removed as follows:
0
Ignition switched off. Key can be removed from the vehicle.
1
Ignition is switched on. The steering lock can be unlocked.
2
Switch on the engine. Release the key when the engine has started. When it is released, the key returns to position 1 .
● Manual gearbox: Remove the key from the ignition.

Starting, changing gears, parking
121
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
WARNING
Unsuitable or careless use of the vehicle key could result in serious injury.
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. The
engine could accidentally be started and electrical equipment such as
the windows could accidentally be operated resulting in serious injury.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They
could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the
year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely
high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even
death, particularly for young children.
When the engine has started, release the key in the ignition
lock.
5.
If the engine does not start, stop the process and try again after one minute.
6.
Release the handbrake when you want to begin driving
⇒ page 128.
WARNING
Never leave the vehicle unattended if the engine is running. The vehicle
could move off suddenly, especially if it is in gear, resulting in an accident and serious injury.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.
WARNING
Note
If the key is left in the ignition lock with the engine off for long periods, the
vehicle battery will run flat.
4.
Cold start sprays could explode or cause a sudden increase in the engine
speed.

● Never use start boosters.
CAUTION
Starting the engine
● An attempt to start the engine while driving or starting the engine immediately after turning it off can cause damage to the engine or starter motor.
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
● When the engine is cold, avoid high revs and heavy acceleration and do
not make the engine work hard.
1.
Press the brake pedal and keep pressed until step 5 has been
completed.
1 a.
In vehicles with a manual gearbox: Press the clutch pedal all
the way and keep pressed until the engine starts.
2.
Move the gear lever into the neutral position.
3.
Turn the key in the ignition lock to position ⇒ fig. 83
not press the accelerator.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
● Do not push or tow start the engine. Sunburnt fuel could damage the
catalytic converter.
For the sake of the environment
2
; do
Do not warm the engine at idle speed; start driving immediately if the visibility is OK. This helps the engine reach operating temperature faster and
reduces emissions.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

122
Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING (Continued)
Note
● As the power steering does not work if the engine is not running, you
will need more strength to steer than normally.
Electrical components with a high power consumption are switched off temporarily when the engine starts.
● If the key is removed from the ignition, the steering may lock and it
will not be possible to steer the vehicle.
Note
When the engine is started cold, there may be strong vibrations for a few
moments for technical reasons. This is quite normal, and no cause for concern.
Stopping the engine
2.
Stopping the vehicle completely ⇒ 4.
5.
.
Press the brake pedal and keep pressed until step 4 has been
completed.
Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 128.
3.
If the engine has been driven at high speed for a prolonged period of time,
it may overheat when turned off. To avoid engine damage, allow the engine
to run for approximately 2 minutes in neutral before switching it off.
Note
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
1.
CAUTION

Turn the key in the ignition lock to position ⇒ fig. 83
0
.
With a manual gearbox, put the vehicle in first or reverse gear.
WARNING
Never switch off the engine while the vehicle is moving. You may lose
control of the vehicle and there is a risk of serious accident.
● The airbags and belt tensioners do not work when the ignition is
switched off.
● The brake servo does not work when the engine is not running. To
stop, the brake pedal must be pressed with more force.
After stopping the engine, the engine compartment fan may continue running for a few minutes, even when the ignition has been switched off or the
key removed. The radiator fan is automatically switched off.

Electronic immobilizer
The gear lock prevents the engine from being started with an unauthorised
key and the vehicle being moved.
The vehicle key has a built-in chip. It automatically deactivates the immobilizer when the key is inserted into the ignition lock.
The electronic immobilizer will be activated again automatically as soon as
you remove the key from the ignition lock.
For this reason, the vehicle can only be used with a genuine SEAT key with
the correct code. Coded keys can be obtained from SEAT dealerships
⇒ page 28.
If an unauthorised key is used, the signal  appears on the instrument
panel display. The vehicle cannot be started in this case.

Starting, changing gears, parking
Note
The correct operation of the vehicle is only guaranteed when original SEAT
keys are used.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
123
124
Starting, changing gears, parking
Changing gear
Introduction
When reverse gear is engaged and the ignition is switched on the following
takes place:
WARNING
Do not allow the brakes to “rub” for a prolonged period of time, or press
the brake pedal frequently or for long periods of time. Continuous braking heats up the brakes. This could significantly reduce braking power,
increase braking distance or even result in the total failure of the brake
system.
● Reverse lights light up.
● The rear wiper blade performs one movement when the windscreen wiper is activated.
● If necessary, connect the parking distance warning system.
Additional information and warnings:
● Detail of the centre console ⇒ page 12
● Instruments ⇒ page 17
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 128
● Parking distance warning system ⇒ page 143
● Electronic power control and exhaust gases purification system
⇒ page 227
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 234
WARNING
Rapid acceleration can cause loss of traction and skidding, especially on
slippery ground. This could cause loss of control of the vehicle resulting
in an accident and considerable damage.
● Use rapid acceleration only when visibility, weather, road conditions
and traffic permit.
CAUTION
● Never make the brakes “slip” by pressing the pedal gently, if it is not
really necessary to brake. This will increase wear.
● Reduce speed or reduce the gear when faced with steep and long
slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce the
strain on the brake system. Otherwise, the brakes may overheat and fail.
Only use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop.

Starting, changing gears, parking
Pedals
125
WARNING (Continued)
● Never place other mats or rugs on top of the original mat supplied by
the factory.
● Ensure that no objects can fall into the driver's footwell while the vehicle is in motion.
CAUTION
The pedals must always have free and unobstructed passage to the floor.
For example, in case of a fault in the brake circuit, the brake pedal will need
to be pressed further to stop the vehicle. To press the brake pedal down further will require more force than usual.
Fig. 84 Pedals: 1 accelerator; 2 brake; 3
clutch.

Manual gearbox: Engaging gears
Do not allow floor mats or other objects to obstruct the free passage of the
pedals.
Floor mats should leave the pedal area vacant and unobstructed and be correctly secured in the footwell zone.
In the event of failure of a brake circuit, the brake pedal must be pressed
harder than normal to brake the vehicle.
WARNING
Objects falling into the driver's footwell could prevent use of the pedals.
This could lead the driver to lose control of the vehicle, increasing the
risk of a serious accident.
● Make sure the pedals can be used at all times, with no objects rolling
underneath them.
● Always secure the mat in the footwell.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Fig. 85 Gear shift pattern of a 5-speed manual
gearbox.
The position of each of the gears is shown on the gear stick ⇒ fig. 85.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

126
Starting, changing gears, parking
● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down.
● Move the gearbox lever to the required position ⇒ CAUTION
.
If, at high speeds or high engine speeds the gear lever is shifted down to a
gear that is too low, serious damage can be caused to the clutch and gearbox. This also applies if you press the clutch pedal and it does not engage.
● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.
In some countries, it is necessary to press the clutch pedal to the floor to
start the engine.
CAUTION
Selecting reverse gear
To prevent damage and avoid premature wear, please observe the following:
● Engage reverse gear only when the vehicle is stopped.
● Keep the clutch pedal pushed all the way down ⇒ .
● While driving, do not leave your hand resting on the gear stick. The pressure applied by your hand is transmitted to the gearbox selector forks.
● Move the gear lever into the neutral position.
● Move the gear stick to the right and then backwards to reverse gear
.
● Release the clutch pedal to engage clutch.
● Always ensure that the vehicle is completely stopped before engaging
the reverse gear.
Shifting down a gear
● When changing gear, always make sure the clutch pedal is pushed right
to the floor.
R
Shifting down a gear while driving must be carried out gear by gear, i.e. to
the gear immediately preceding the current gear and at an engine speed
that is not excessive ⇒ . At high speeds, or high engine speeds, skipping
one or various gears when shifting down a gear can cause damage to the
clutch and the gearbox, even if the clutch is not engaged during the process
⇒ .
WARNING
When the engine is running, the vehicle will start to move as soon as a
gear is engaged and the clutch released.
● Never engage the reverse gear when a vehicle is moving forward.
WARNING
As a consequence of shifting down a gear incorrectly, you may lose control of the vehicle and cause an accident with serious consequences.
● Never hold the vehicle “on the clutch” on hills.

Recommended gear display
In some vehicles, the recommended gear for reducing fuel consumption is
displayed on the instrument panel display:
Display



Meaning
Optimum gear.
Recommendation to change up a gear.
Recommendation to change down a gear.

Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING
The recommended gear display is intended as a guideline only; it should
never replace the driver's attention to driving carefully.
● Responsibility for selecting the correct gear for each situation continues to lie with the driver, for example when overtaking or climbing a hill.
For the sake of the environment
Selecting the most appropriate gear for the situation will help you to save
fuel.
Note
The recommended gear display is switched off when the clutch pedal is
pressed.
Note
On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 213 the recommended gear can also be seen.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
127
128
Starting, changing gears, parking
Braking, stopping and parking
Introduction
The assisted braking systems are the electronic distribution of the brake
force (EBV), the anti-lock brake system (ABS), the brake assist system (BAS),
the electronic differential lock (EDL), the traction control (TC), the traction
control system (ASR) and the electronic stabilisation programme (ESC*).
Additional information and warnings:
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 201
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
WARNING
Driving with worn brake pads or a faulty brake system may lead to serious accident.
● If you believe the brake pads to be worn or the brake system to be
faulty, immediately refer to a specialised workshop to check the brake
pads and replace the worn brake pads.
WARNING
Careless parking can cause serious injury.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering lock may engage and locked the steering wheel making the vehicle impossible to control.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled
fuel, dried grass, etc).
WARNING (Continued)
● Always apply the handbrake when you leave your vehicle and when
you park.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They
may release the handbrake, operate the gear lever and set the vehicle in
motion. This could result in serious accident.
● Always take all the keys with you whenever you leave the vehicle. The
engine could accidentally be started and electrical equipment such as
the windows could accidentally be operated resulting in serious injury.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They
could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety. For example, depending on the time of the
year, temperatures inside a locked and closed vehicle can be extremely
high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even
death, particularly for young children.
CAUTION
● Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or
fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper
or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop before the wheels touched the barrier or kerb.
● Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over
ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards
and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as

you drive over these objects.
Starting, changing gears, parking
Warning and control lamps
flashPossible cause
es
lights
up
Possible cause ⇒ Solution

Handbrake applied.
⇒ page 130.
Fault in the brake system.
 Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
⇒ page 132.
Brake fluid level inadequate.
 Do not drive on!
Check brake fluid level
⇒ page 136.
Together with the ABS control
lamp : ABS and EBV do not
function.
 Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
⇒ page 132.

Switching the ignition on and off.
ESC* disconnected by system. If necessary, drive for a short distance.



Vehicle diagram
Fault in ESC*.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
Together with the ABS control
lamp : Fault in ABS.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
The vehicle can be braked without ABS.
The battery has been reconnected.
⇒ page 184.
Traction Control faulty or
switched off by the system.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
Together with the ESC* control
The vehicle can be braked withlamp : Fault in ABS.
out ABS.
Together with the warning
lamp : ABS and EBV do not
function.
Prior to a journey...
 Do not drive on!
Seek professional advice
⇒ page 132.
While driving
Solution
Take your foot off the accelerator.
Adjust your driving style to the
road conditions.

ESC* or ASR regulating.

Take your foot off the accelerator.
Traction Control regulator operAdjust your driving style to the
ating.
road conditions.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
WARNING
Driving with brakes in bad condition could result in a serious accident.
● If the brake warning lamp  does not go out, or if it lights up when
driving, the brake fluid level in the reservoir is too low or there is a fault
in the brake system. Obtain professional assistance immediately
⇒ page 135, Brake fluid.
● If the brake warning lamp  lights up together with the ABS warning
lamp , the regulation function of the ABS could be malfunctioning. As a
result, the rear wheels can lock relatively easily when braking. If the rear
wheels lock this could result in loss of vehicle control! If possible, reduce 
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
129
130
Starting, changing gears, parking
Using the handbrake
WARNING (Continued)
● Pull firmly in an upwards direction on the handbrake lever while pressing the button.
your speed and drive carefully to a Specialised workshop close by to
check the brake system. During the following journey, avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
● The handbrake is applied when the control lamp  lights up on the instrument panel ⇒ page 129 when the ignition is switched on.
● If the ABS warning lamp  does not go out or if it lights while driving, the ABS is malfunctioning. The vehicle can only be stopped using
normal braking without ABS. The protection provided by the ABS is not
available. Visit a specialised workshop as soon as possible.
Releasing the handbrake
● Pull gently in an upwards direction on the handbrake lever and press the
lock button ⇒ fig. 86 (arrow).
● Move the handbrake lever downwards keeping the lock button pressed.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.

WARNING
The incorrect use of the handbrake may result in a serious accident.
● Never use the handbrake to brake the vehicle except in an emergency.
The braking distance is considerably longer, because braking is only applied to the rear wheels. Always use the foot brake.
Handbrake
● Never drive with the handbrake gently applied. This can overheat the
brake, affecting the brakes system. This also causes premature wear on
the rear brake pads.
● Never accelerate from the engine compartment with the engine running and a gear engaged. The vehicle could move, even if the handbrake
is applied.
Note
If the vehicle moves at a speed superior to 6 km/h (4 mph) with the handbrake applied, an audible warning is sounded.
Fig. 86 Between the
front seats: Handbrake.

Parking
When parking your vehicle, all legal requirements should be observed.

Starting, changing gears, parking
To park the vehicle
CAUTION
Complete operations only in the sequence given.
● Park the vehicle on a suitable surface ⇒ 131
.
● Press and hold the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a standstill.
● Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 130.
● Switch off the engine and release the brake pedal.
● Remove the key from the ignition.
● If necessary, turn the steering wheel slightly to lock the steering.
● Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or
fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper
or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres. To avoid damage, stop before the wheels touched the barrier or kerb.
● Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over
ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards
and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as

you drive over these objects.
● With a manual gearbox, engage the 1st gear on flat ground and slopes,
or even the reverse gear on hills, and release the clutch pedal.
● Ensure that all passengers leave the vehicle, especially children.
Information about the brakes
● When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with you.
● Locking the vehicle.
Additional information for steep slopes and hills
Before switching off the engine, rotate the steering wheel so that if the vehicle should move then it will be held by the kerb.
● On slopes, turn the front wheels so that they are against the edge of the
kerb.
● Uphill, turn the wheels towards the centre of the road.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as wood, leaves, spilled
fuel, dried grass, etc).
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
For the first 200 to 300 km, the new brake pads have not yet reached their
maximum braking capacity, and need to be “run in” first ⇒ . The slightly
reduced braking effect can be compensated for by increasing pressure on
the brake pedal. While running in, the full braking distance or emergency
braking distance is larger then when the brake pads have been run in.
While running in, avoid full power braking or situations requiring braking
performance. For example, in heavy traffic.
The rate of wear of the brake pads depends to a great extent on the conditions in which the vehicle is used and the way the vehicle is driven. If the
vehicle is used frequently in city traffic or for short trips or driven sport style,
visit a Specialised workshop regularly more frequently than advised in the
Maintenance Programme to have the brake pads checked.
If you drive with wet brakes, for example, after crossing areas of water, in
heavy rainfall or even after washing the vehicle, the effect of the brakes is
lessened as the brake discs are wet or even frozen (in winter). At higher
speed, “dry” the brakes as quickly as possible by braking gently several
times. Only do this without endangering vehicles behind you or any other
road users ⇒ .
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

132
Starting, changing gears, parking
A layer of salt on the discs and brake pads will reduce brake efficiency and
increase braking distance. If you drive for a prolonged period on salted
roads without braking then brake carefully several times to eliminate the
layer of salt on the brakes ⇒ .
If the vehicle remains parked for considerable lengths of time, is used little,
or if the brakes are not used, there may be corrosion on the brake discs and
a build-up of dirt on the brake pads. If the brakes are not used frequently, or
if rust has formed on the discs, SEAT recommends cleaning the pads and
discs by braking firmly a few times at a moderately high speed. Only do this
without endangering vehicles behind you or any other road users ⇒ .
Faults in the brake system
During braking, if you notice that the vehicle does not react as usual (that
the braking distance has increased suddenly) it may be possible that there
is a fault in the braking system. This is indicated by the warning lamp .
Take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop immediately and have the fault
repaired. Drive at a moderate speed and be prepared to use more pressure
on the brake pedal, and allow for longer braking distances.
Brake servo
The brake servo only operates when the engine is running and the pressure
applied by the driver on the brake pedal increases.
If the brake servo does not operate or the vehicle must be towed, then the
brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force given that the braking
distance will be increased when the brake servo does not operate ⇒ .
WARNING
New brake pads do not brake to full efficiency.
● For the first 320 km, new brake pads have not yet reached their maximum braking capacity, and need to be “run in” first. For this, to compensate for reduced braking efficiency the brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force.
WARNING (Continued)
● To avoid losing control of the vehicle and causing serious accidents,
always take great care when driving with new brake pads.
● When running in new brake pads, always respect the safety distances
between you and other vehicles and do not cause situations requiring extreme braking performance.
WARNING
When brakes overheat, braking is less efficient and braking distances increase.
● When driving on slopes, brakes can be overloaded and overheat
quickly.
● Reduce speed or reduce the gear when faced with steep and long
slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce
the strain on the brake system.
● Non-standard or damaged front spoilers could restrict the airflow to
the brakes and cause them to overheat.
WARNING
Wet, frozen or salt-covered brakes take time to brake and this increases
braking distances.
● Test the brakes carefully.
● Dry the brakes, free them of ice and salt by braking gently several
times, when visibility, weather, and road and traffic conditions permit.

Starting, changing gears, parking
Assisted braking systems
WARNING
The assisted braking systems ESP*, ABS, EBV, BAS, ASR, TC and EDL only
operate when the ignition is switched on. They contribute significantly to increasing active safety.
Driving without the brake servo may significantly increase the braking
distance and result in a severe accident.
● Never allow the vehicle to move forwards when the engine is switched
off.
Electronic Stabilisation Programme (ESP)*
● If the brake servo does not operate or the vehicle must be towed,
then the brake pedal will have to be pressed with more force given that
the braking distance will be increased when the brake servo does not operate.
ESP* reduces the risk of skidding and increases the vehicle stability by
braking individual wheels under specific driving conditions. ESP* detects
critical handling situations, such as understeer, oversteer and wheelspin on
the driven wheels. The system stabilises the vehicle by braking individual
wheels or by reducing the engine torque.
CAUTION
The ESP* has limits. It is important to realise that the ESP* is also subject to
the laws of physics. ESP* will not be able to deal with all situations with
which drivers may be faced. For example, if the road surface changes suddenly then ESP* will not be useful in all cases. If the vehicle suddenly enters
a section covered by water, mud or snow then ESP* will not provide assistance in the same way as on dry ground. If the vehicle loses its grip on the
ground and moves on a film of water (“aquaplaning”), the ESP* will not be
able to assist the driver to control the vehicle due to the loss of adherence
with the road surface preventing braking and steering. If the vehicle is driven through series of bends at high speed, the ESC* will not always be as
effective: the vehicle reaction to aggressive driving is not the same as at reduced speeds.
● Never make the brakes “slip” by pressing the pedal gently, if it is not
really necessary to brake. Continuously pressing on the brake pedal will
heat the brakes. This could significantly reduce braking power, increase
braking distance or even result in the total failure of the brake system.
● Reduce speed or reduce the gear when faced with steep and long
slopes. This allows you to use the engine braking effect and to reduce the
strain on the brake system. Otherwise, the brakes may overheat and fail.
Only use the brakes to reduce speed or to stop.
Note
Make use, when having the front brake pads checked, and have the rear
pads checked also. The thickness of the brake pads should be checked visually and regularly, by looking through the openings in the wheel rims or
from underneath the vehicle. If necessary, remove the wheels to check them
thoroughly. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Adjust your speed and driving style to suit visibility, and weather, road and
traffic conditions. ESP* cannot push the limits of the laws of physics; improve the transmission available or maintain the vehicle on the road if a
lack of driver attention creates an inevitable situation. Otherwise, ESP* assists in maintaining vehicle control in extreme situations and uses the
movements of the steering made by the driver to maintain the vehicle moving in the desired direction. If the vehicle is driven at such a speed that it
will leave the road before ESP* can intervene then the system cannot provide assistance.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
133
134
Starting, changing gears, parking
The ABS, BAS, ASR and EDL systems are incorporated into the ESP*. The
ESP* is always on1).
Anti-lock brake system (ABS)
ABS can prevent the wheels from locking during braking until just before
the vehicle stops thus helping the driver to steer the vehicle and maintain
control. This means that, even during full braking, the risk of skidding is reduced:
● Press and hold the brake pedal fully. Do not remove your foot from the
brake pedal or reduce braking force!
● Do not “pump” the brake pedal, or reduce braking force!
● Maintain vehicle direction when braking fully with the brake pedal.
● When the brake pedal is released or when the brake force is reduced,
ABS is turned off.
ABS control can be observed by vibration of the brake pedal and noise. You
should never expect the ABS to reduce the braking distance under any circumstances. Braking distances will increase when driving on gravel, recent
snow or on icy and slippery ground.
Brake assist system (BAS)
The brake assist system may reduce the required braking distance. The
brake assist system boosts the braking force if you press the brake pedal
quickly in an emergency. As a result, the braking pressure increases rapidly,
the braking force is multiplied and the braking distance is reduced. This enables the ABS to be activated more quickly and efficiently.
¡Do not lift your foot off the brake pedal! When the brake pedal is released
or when the brake force is reduced, braking assist automatically turns off
the brake servo.
1)
According to version
Traction control system (ASR) or Traction Control (TC)
In the event of wheelspin, the traction control system ASR or TC reduces the
engine torque to match the amount of grip available. The ASR or TC makes
some situations easier, for example, when starting, accelerating or going
uphill, even in unfavourable road conditions.
Electronic differential lock system (EDL)
EDL is available when driving in straight lines under normal conditions.
When the EDL detects wheelspin, it brakes the spinning wheel and directs
the power to the other driven wheel. To prevent the disc brake of the braked
wheel from overheating, the EDL cuts out automatically if subjected to excessive loads. The EDL will switch on again automatically when the brake
has cooled down.
WARNING
Driving at high speed on icy, slippery wet ground can result in loss of vehicle control and serious injury to the driver and passengers.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions. Even though the braking assist systems, ABS, BAS,
EDL, ASR, TC and ESP*, provide more security, do not take unnecessary
risks while driving.
● Braking assist systems can not overcome the laws of physics. Even
with ESP* and other systems, slippery and wet roads will always be dangerous.
● Driving to quickly on wet ground can result in the wheels losing contact with the ground in an effect known as “aquaplaning”. Without adherence, it is impossible to brake, steer or control the vehicle.
● Braking assist systems cannot avoid accidents if, for example, the
driver does not respect safety distances or drives to quickly in difficult
conditions.

Starting, changing gears, parking
WARNING (Continued)
135
Note
● Even though braking assist systems are extremely effective and help
control the vehicle in difficult situations, remember that the vehicle stability depends on tyre grip.
● When accelerating on a slippery surface, for example on ice and
snow, press the accelerator carefully. The wheels can still slip even with
braking assist systems resulting in loss of vehicle control.
Noises may be heard while any of the above systems are operating.

Brake fluid
WARNING
The effectiveness of the ESP* can be considerably reduced if other components and systems affecting driving dynamics are not maintained or
are not functioning correctly. This includes, among others, brakes, tyres
and other systems already mentioned.
● Remember that changing and fitting other components to the vehicle
can affect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR TC, EDL and ESP*.
● Changes to the vehicle suspension or using unapproved wheel/tyre
combinations can affect operation of the ABS, BAS, ASR, TC, EDL and
ESP* and their effectiveness.
Fig. 87 In the engine
compartment: brake fluid
reservoir, lid
● Likewise, the effectiveness of ESP* depends on the use of suitable
tyres ⇒ page 201.
Note
To ensure that the ESP*, ASR and TCS work properly, all four wheels must be
fitted with identical tyres. Any differences in the rolling radius of the tyres
can cause the system to reduce engine power when this is not desired.
Note
If a malfunction should occur in the ABS, the ESP*, ASR, TC and EDL will also be affected.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
In the course of time, the brake fluid absorbs water from the ambient air. If
there is too much water contained in the brake fluid, the brake system could
be damaged. In addition, the boiling point of the brake fluid is significantly
lowered. When the brake fluid contains too much water and the brakes are
subject to considerable forces, bubbles of water vapour can form in the system. These bubbles of water vapour can significantly reduce braking power,
notably increasing braking distance, and could even result in the total failure of the brake system. Ensuring that the brake system is always functioning correctly is essential for your own safety and the safety of other road
users ⇒ .

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
136
Starting, changing gears, parking
Brake fluid specifications
SEAT have developed a special brake fluid optimised for the brake systems
of their vehicles. To ensure the optimum working of the brake system, SEAT
recommends the use of brake fluid in accordance with the VW 501 14
standard. If this brake fluid is not available or another brake fluid is used for
different reasons, use a brake fluid that complies with the United States
standard FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or the German standard DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4
⇒ .
Brake fluids conforming to the standard VW 501 14, fulfil the American requirements of the FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard and the German
DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. However, fluids that comply with the American FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or the German DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4
standard do not necessarily comply with the VW 501 14 standard. Always
check the information on the brake fluid container and ensure that you are
using suitable brake fluid.
A suitable brake fluid can be obtained from SEAT dealerships.
Brake fluid level
The level of the brake fluid should always be between the MIN and MAX
marks, or above the MIN mark ⇒ .
It is not always possible to check the level of the brake fluid, as in some
models the engine components make it difficult to see the brake fluid reservoir. If you cannot read the exact brake fluid level, consult a specialist.
WARNING
If the brake fluid level is low or unsuitable/old brake fluid is used, the
brake system may fail or braking power will be reduced.
● Check the brake system and the brake fluid level regularly!
● The brake fluid should be changed regularly in accordance with the
instructions given in the Maintenance Programme.
● When the brake fluid is used and brakes are subjected to extreme
braking forces, bubbles of vapour form in the brake system. These bubbles of water vapour can significantly reduce braking power, notably increasing braking distance, and could even result in the total failure of the
brake system.
● Always ensure that you use suitable brake fluid. Only used brake fluid
that conforms to the VW 501 14 standard, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 standard or
even the DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standard. Other types of brake fluid
could affect brake operation and reduce braking power. Do not use a
brake fluid if the container does not specify compliance with the
VW 501 14, FMVSS 116 DOT 4 or DIN ISO 4925 CLASS 4 standards.
● The replacement brake fluid must be new.
WARNING
Brake fluid is poisonous.
The brake fluid level drops slightly when the vehicle is being used due to
wear of the brake pads and the automatic readjustment of the brake.
● To reduce the risk of poisoning, do not keep brake fluid in drinks bottles/containers or similar. Other people could drink from these recipients
even if the contents are clearly marked.
Changing the brake fluid
● Always keep brake fluid in the original container; keep it correctly
sealed and out of reach of children.
The brake fluid should be changed in accordance with the instructions given in the Maintenance Programme. Have the brake fluid changed by a Specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service. This
means that only brake fluid complying with the required specifications will
be used.
CAUTION
Brake fluid could damage the paintwork. Wipe off any brake fluid from the
paintwork immediately.

Starting, changing gears, parking
For the sake of the environment
Brake fluid is an environmental pollutant. Collect any spilt service fluids and

allow a professional to dispose of them.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
137
138
Starting, changing gears, parking
Ecological driving
Vehicles with a gear display help to achieve an economical driving style as
the display indicates the best moment to change gear.
Introduction
Let the vehicle roll
If you take your foot off the accelerator, the fuel supply is stopped and consumption is reduced.
Fuel consumption, environmental impact and engine, brake and tyre wear
depend largely on 3 factors:
Allow the vehicle to roll without accelerating, for example when approaching a red traffic light. However, if the vehicle is rolling too slowly or the distance is too long, the clutch pedal should be pressed to declutch. The engine will then operate at idle speed.
● Personal driving style.
● Conditions of use (weather, road surface).
● Technical requirements.
If the vehicle is going to be at a standstill for a period of time, switch off the
engine; for example, while waiting at a level crossing.
Savings of up to 25% in fuel consumption are possible with an appropriate
driving style and the adoption of certain simple tips.
Think ahead and “flow” with the traffic
Frequent acceleration and braking considerably increase fuel consumption.
If you think ahead as you drive and keep a safe distance from the vehicle in
front, it is possible to slow down by simply lifting your foot off the accelerator. This eliminates the need for constant braking and acceleration.
WARNING
Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in line
with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the traffic situation.

Calm and steady driving
Constancy is more important than speed: The more you drive at a constant
speed, the lower the fuel consumption.
Economic driving style
Changing gear early
General instructions: The highest gear is always the most economical gear.
As a guideline, for the majority of vehicles: At a speed of 30 km/h (19 mph),
drive in third gear, at 40 km/h (25 mph) in fourth gear and at 50 km/h
(31 mph) in fifth gear.
When driving on the motorway, it is more efficient to drive at a constant and
more moderate speed than to be continuously accelerating and braking. As
a general rule, you will reach your destination just as quickly when you drive
at a constant speed.
The cruise control function helps you to achieve a constant style of driving.
Moderate use of additional electrical appliances
In addition, “skipping” gears when shifting up helps to save fuel, weather
and traffic conditions permitting.
It is important to travel in comfort, but convenience systems should be used
in an ecological manner.
Do not wait until the last moment before changing gear. Only use first gear
when you move off and change to second gear quickly.
Some equipment, when connected, increase fuel consumption considerably, for example:

Starting, changing gears, parking
● Air conditioning cooling system: If the air conditioning system is required to cool to significantly lower temperatures than the true outside temperature, it will require a large quantity of energy from the engine. Therefore, we recommend that the selected temperature for the vehicle is not too
different to the outside temperature. It is a good idea to open all the windows of the vehicle before starting your journey, and to drive a short distance with all the windows open to allow the vehicle to cool down slightly.
Only then should you close all the windows and switch on the air conditioning system. Keep windows closed when travelling at high speeds. Driving
with the windows open increases fuel consumption.
By adopting an economical driving style and anticipating the traffic situation ahead, you can easily reduce fuel consumption by 10-15%.
A vehicle uses most fuel when accelerating. By anticipating the traffic situation ahead, you will brake and therefore accelerate less. Wherever possible,
let the vehicle roll slowly to a stop, for instance when you can see that the
next traffic lights are red.
Avoid short journeys
Fuel consumption is much higher when the engine is cold, immediately after it has been started. It takes a few kilometres of driving for the engine to
warm up and to normalise consumption.
● Switch off the seat heating when the seats have warmed up.
● Switch off the heated rear window when it is not moist or covered in ice.
The engine and catalytic converter need to reach their proper working temperature in order to minimise fuel consumption and emissions. The ambient
temperature has a decisive influence.
Other factors which increase fuel consumption (examples):
● Fault in engine management.
● Driving on hills.
139

fig. 88 shows the difference in consumption for the same journey at +20°C
(+68°F) and at -10°C (+14°F).
Unnecessary short journeys should be avoided. Try to combine trips.
Saving fuel while driving
The vehicle uses more fuel in winter than in summer, even when other conditions are the same.
“Warming” the engine is not only forbidden in some countries, but in practice it is technically superfluous as it is a waste of fuel.
Adjusting type pressures.
Having the correct pressure in your tyres helps to reduce rolling resistance
and, as a result reduces fuel consumption. Increasing the tyre pressure
slightly (+ 0.2 bar / + 3 psi / + 200 kPa) can help to save fuel.
Fig. 88 Fuel consumption in litres per 100 km
at 2 different outside
temperatures.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
When you buy new tyres, make sure they are optimised for minimum rolling
resistance.
Use low friction engine oil
The use of low viscosity totally synthetic oils, known as low friction engine
oil, help to reduce fuel consumption. Low friction engine oils reduce the
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

140
Starting, changing gears, parking
resistance caused by friction in the engine, they flow around the engine
more quickly and efficiently, particularly in cold starts. The effect is particularly noticeable in vehicles frequently used for short journeys.
Always check the engine oil level and observe service intervals (engine oil
change intervals).
When purchasing engine oil, always observe legal requirements and ensure
that the oil is approved by SEAT.
Avoid carrying unnecessary loads
The lighter the vehicle, the more economical and ecological the driving
style. For example, an additional weight of 100 kg will increase fuel consumption up to 0.3 ltr/100 km.
Remove any unnecessary objects or loads from the vehicle.
Remove optional equipment and unnecessary accessories
The more aerodynamic the vehicle, the lower the fuel consumption. Optional equipment and accessories (such as roof racks or bike carriers) reduce
the aerodynamic benefits of the vehicle.
Therefore, we recommend you remove all optional and unnecessary equipment and racks, especially if you intend to drive at high speeds.

Starting, changing gears, parking
Steering
Control and warning lamps
lights up
Introduction

The power steering* is not hydraulic but electromechanical. The advantage
of this steering system is that it disposes of hydraulic tubes, hydraulic oil,
the pump, filter and other components. The electromechanical system
saves fuel. While a hydraulic system requires oil pressure to be maintained,
electromechanical steering only requires energy when the steering wheel is
turned.

With the electromechanical steering system, the power steering function automatically adjusts according to the vehicle speed, the steering torque and
the wheel turning angle. The electromechanical steering only works when
the engine is running.
Additional information and warnings:

● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 184
The steering system should be
Electromechanical steering
checked by a Specialised
faulty.
workshop as soon as possible.
(yellow)
The steering system should be
checked by a Specialised
workshop as soon as possible.
If, after restarting the engine
Electromechanical steering
and driving for a short disoperation reduced.
tance, the yellow warning light
no longer comes on, it will not
be necessary to take the vehicle to a specialised workshop.
(red)
● Tow-starting and towing away ⇒ page 267
Possible cause

● The power steering only works when the engine is running.
● Never allow the vehicle to move when the engine is switched off.
● Never remove the key from the ignition if the vehicle is in motion. The
steering may lock and it will not be possible to turn the steering wheel.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
(yellow)
Solution
Fault in the steering column  Do not drive on!
electronic lock.
Seek professional advice.
Steering column deviation.
Gently turn the steering wheel
to and fro.
Steering wheel not unlocked or locked.
Remove the key from the ignition and then switch the ignition back on. If necessary,
check the messages displayed
on the instrument panel display.
Do not drive on, if the steering
column remains locked after
the ignition has been switched
on. You should obtain professional assistance.

WARNING
If the power steering is not working then the steering wheel is much
more difficult to turn and the vehicle more difficult to control.
Solution
(red)
flashes
● Start and stop the engine ⇒ page 119
Possible cause

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
141
142
Starting, changing gears, parking
Electromechanical steering
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
With the electromechanical steering system, the power steering function automatically adjusts according to the vehicle speed, the steering torque and
the wheel turning angle. The electromechanical steering only works when
the engine is running.
WARNING
You should remember that you will need considerably more power than normal to steer the vehicle if the power steering is not working correctly or not
at all.
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
Information on the steering
To prevent theft, we recommend you lock the steering before leaving the vehicle.
Mechanical steering lock
Lock the steering column by removing the key from the ignition when the
vehicle is stopped.
Please engage steering lock
Unlocking the steering
Parking the vehicle ⇒ page 128.
Insert the key in the ignition lock.
Remove the ignition key from the ig- Turn the steering wheel slightly to
nition.
release the steering lock.
Turn the steering wheel slightly until Hold the steering wheel in this posiyou hear the steering lock.
tion and switch on the ignition.


Driver assistance systems
143
Driver assistance systems
Parking distance warning system*
Introduction
The parking distance warning system assists the driver when parking. If the
rear of the vehicle is approaching an obstacle, an intermittent audible warning is emitted. The shorter the distance, the shorter the intervals between
tones. If the vehicle is too close to the obstacle, the audible warning becomes constant.
If you continue to approach an obstacle when the sound is continuous, this
means the system can no longer measure the distance.
Sensors situated on the rear bumper transmit and receive ultrasound. Using
the ultrasound signal (transmission, reflection from the obstacles and reception), this system continuously calculates the distance between the
bumper and the obstacle.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
WARNING
The parking distance warning system cannot replace the driver's assessment of the situation.
● The sensors have blind spots in which obstacles and people are not
registered.
● Always observe the area around the vehicle, as the sensors do not always detect small children, animals or objects.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
WARNING (Continued)
● The surface of certain objects and some clothing do not reflect the ultrasound signals from the parking distance system. The system cannot
detect or incorrectly detects these objects and people wearing these
types of clothes.
● External sound sources can affect the parking distance aid signals. In
this case, under certain circumstances, people and objects will not be detected.
CAUTION
● The sensors may not always be able to detect objects such as trailer
draw bars, thin rails, fences, posts, trees and open boots, etc. This could result in damage to your vehicle.
● Although the parking distance warning system detects and warns of the
presence of an obstacle, the obstacle could disappear from the angle of
measurement of the sensors if it is too high or low and the system would no
longer indicate it. Therefore, it will not warn you of these objects. Ignoring
the warnings of the parking distance warning system could cause considerable damage to the vehicle.
● The bumper sensors may become damaged or misaligned, for example,
when parking.
● To ensure that the system works properly, the bumper sensors must be
kept clean, free of ice and snow and uncovered.
● When cleaning the sensors with high-pressure or steam cleaning equipment, spray the sensors briefly at a distance of no less than 10 cm.
● Different sources of noise can produce errors in the parking distance
warning system, i.e. parking distance warning systems from other vehicles,
inductive loops or construction works machines.
● Retrofitting of components to the vehicle, such as a bicycle carrier, may
interfere with the function of the parking distance warning system.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

144
Driver assistance systems
Parking distance warning system
● When the vehicle moves away from the obstacle, the beeping sound automatically switches off. On approaching the obstacle again, the beeping
sound will automatically switch back on.
● Your SEAT dealership can adjust the volume of the warning signals.
Note
A fault in the parking distance warning system is indicated through a brief
audible warning that is constant for about 3 seconds when switching on for
the first time. Check the parking distance warning system at a Specialised
workshop as soon as possible.
Fig. 89 Parking distance
warning system sensors
on the rear bumper.

Optical parking system* (OPS)
The 3 sensors of the parking distance warning system are situated on the
rear bumper ⇒ fig. 89.
Switching the parking distance warning system on and off
● Switching on: With the ignition switched on, select reverse gear. A short
audible warning confirms that the parking distance warning system is
switched on and functioning.
● Switching off: release reverse gear.
Things to note on the parking distance warning system
● The parking distance warning system sometimes registers water on the
sensors as an obstacle.
● If the distance does not change, the warning signal will sound less loudly after a few seconds. If the continuous signal sounds, the volume will remain constant.
Fig. 90 On-screen OPS
display: A an obstacle
has been detected in the
collision zone. B an obstacle has been detected
in the segment. C zone
recorded behind the vehicle.
The optical parking system is an extension of the parking distance warning
system ⇒ page 144.
On the screen of the SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) the area behind the vehicle is shown registered by the sensors. Any obstacles are display in relation to the vehicle ⇒ .

Driver assistance systems
Function
Necessary operations
Switching the display
on:
Switching on the ⇒ page 144 parking distance
warning system. The OPS switches on automatically.
Switching the display
off manually:
Press the
System.
Switching the display
off manually:
release reverse gear.

button on the Portable Navigation
145
Note
SEAT recommends practising using parking distance warning system in a
traffic free zone or in a car park to familiarise yourself with the system and
its operation.
Note
Representation of the registered area on the screen of the portable navigation system may take up to 5 seconds.
Zones explored
Behind the vehicle ⇒ fig. 90 C , the zone analysed reaches a distance of up
to 150 cm and around 60 cm to the sides.
Screen display
The image displayed represents the supervised zones in several segments.
As the vehicle moves closer to an obstacle, the segment moves closer to the
vehicle displayed A or B . When the penultimate segment is displayed,
this means that the vehicle has reached the collision zone. Stop the vehicle!
Distance from the vehicle
to the obstacle
Audible warning
Displayed in colour on the
screen: colour of the segment if an obstacle is recognised
behind:
approx. 31 – 150 cm
beeping sound
yellow
permanent
sound
red
behind:
approx. 0 – 30 cm
Note
Note the Instruction Manual provided for the device of the additional information relating to the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 213.
WARNING
Do not be distracted from the traffic when looking at the screen.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

146
Driver assistance systems
Cruise control* (Cruise control system - CCS)
Control lamp
lights up
Introduction

The cruise control system (CCS) is able to individually maintain the set
speed when driving forwards from approx. 20 km/h (15 mph).
This cruise control system maintains the set speed of
the vehicle.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
The CCS only slows down by reducing the accelerator but not by braking
⇒ .
Additional information and warnings:
WARNING
● Changing gear ⇒ page 124
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
WARNING
Use of the cruise control could cause accidents and severe injuries if it is
not possible to drive at a constant speed maintaining the safety distance.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
● Do not use the cruise control in heavy traffic, if the distance from the
vehicle in front is insufficient, on steep roads, with several bends or in
slippery circumstances (snow, ice, rain or loose gravel), or on flooded
roads.
● Never use the CCS when driving off-road or on unpaved roads.
● Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in
line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the
traffic situation.
● To avoid unexpected operation of the cruise control system, turn it off
every time you finish using it.
● It is dangerous to use a set speed which is too high for the prevailing
road, traffic or weather conditions.
● When travelling down hills, the CCS cannot maintain a constant
speed. The vehicle tends to accelerate under its own weight. Select a
lower gear or use the brake pedal to slow the vehicle.
Possible cause


Driver assistance systems
Cruise control system operation
Function
Fig. 91 Turn signal and
main beam headlights
lever on the left of the
steering column: CCS
buttons and controls.
Function
Control position, control
operations ⇒ fig. 91
Switching on the
Control
cruise control sys.
tem.
B
in the position
Switching on the
Press button
cruise control sysarea .
tem.
Temporarily
switching off the
cruise control system.
Switching the
speed setting
back on.
Vehicle diagram
A
in the
Action
The system is switched on.
After switching on, no
speeds are stored and no
regulator has yet been
placed.
The current speed is stored and maintained.
Place control B in the position .
OR:. Press the brake or
clutch pedal.
The cruise control system
is switched off temporarily. The speed setting will
remain stored.
Press button
area .
The stored speed is
reached again and maintained.
A
in the
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Control position, control
operations ⇒ fig. 91
Action
Press the button A in the
area  briefly to increase speed in shot
measures of about. 1 km/
Increasing the
The vehicle accelerates ach (1 mph) and store.
stored speed (durtively until it reaches the
A pressed in
ing CCS setting). Keep button
new stored speed.
the area  for a long
time to continually increase speed until releasing and storing.
Press the button A in the
area  briefly to reduce
the stored speed in shot
measures of about. 1 km/ Reduce speed without
Reducing the stor- h (1 mph) and store.
braking, by interrupting
ed speed (during
Keep button A pressed in the accelerator until reachCCS setting).
ing the new stored speed.
the area  for a long
time to continually decrease stored speed until
releasing and storing.
Switching off the
Control
cruise control sys.
tem.
B
in the position
The system is switched off.
The stored speed is deleted.
Travelling down hills with the CCS
When travelling down hills the CCS cannot maintain a constant speed. Slow
the vehicle down using the brake pedal and reduce gears if required.
Automatic off
The cruise control system (CCS) is switched off automatically or temporarily: 
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
147
148
Driver assistance systems
● If the system detects a fault that could affect the working order of the
CCS.
● If you increase the stored speed by pressing the accelerator pedal for a
certain time.
● If the brake or clutch pedal is depressed.
● If the gear is changed with the manual gearbox.
● If the airbag is triggered.

Driver assistance systems
City Safety Assist function*
149
WARNING
Introduction
The City Safety Assist function covers driving situations at a distance of
about 10 metres in front of the vehicle, in a speed range of approximately
5 – 30 km/h (3 – 19 mph).
When the system detects a possible collision with a vehicle in front, the vehicle prepares for a possible emergency braking ⇒ .
If the driver does not react to an imminent collision, the system can automatically brake the vehicle in order to reduce speed faced with a possible
collision. The system can help to reduce the consequences of an accident.
The intelligent technology in the City Safety Assist system cannot change
the limits imposed by the laws of physics and by the system itself. The
increased comfort offered by the City Safety Assist system should never
prompt you to take risks. The driver always assumes the responsibility of
braking in time.
● The City Safety Assist function can not individually prevent accidents,
nor serious injury.
● The City Safety Assist system may carry out unwanted brake interventions in complex driving situations i.e. when a vehicle crosses at a short
distance.
WARNING
If the City Safety Assist function determines that the driver braked insufficiently faced with an imminent collision, the system can increase the brake
force in order to reduce speed. The system can help to reduce the consequences of an accident.
Including the role of the City Safety Assist system in driving conduct may
cause accidents and serious injury. The system is not a replacement for
driver awareness.
Additional information and warnings:
● Always adapt your speed and the distance to the vehicles ahead in
line with visibility, weather conditions, the condition of the road and the
traffic situation.
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Centre console, lower section ⇒ page 12
● The City Safety Assist function does not react to people, animals or
vehicles that cross or move in the opposite direction in the same lane.
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
● If after switching on the City Safety Assist function the vehicle begins
to move, slow the vehicle with the foot brake.
● Instrument panel ⇒ page 15
CAUTION
If you suspect that the laser sensor of the City Safety Assist function is damaged, switch off the City Safety Assist function. This will avoid additional
damage.
● Any reparation of the laser sensor requires specialist knowledge. SEAT
recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

150
Driver assistance systems
flashes
Note
If the City Safety Assist function activates a brake, the brake pedal range is
reduced. This makes the brake pedal seem “harder”.


If the vehicle is stopped, switch
off the engine and switch it on
again. If necessary, inspect the
slow: City Safety Assist funclaser sensor (dirt, frozen) ⇒ .
tion is not currently available.
If it still does not function, refer
to a Specialised workshop to
have the system inspected.


within the operating area of
5 – 30 km/h (3 – 19 mph):
The City Safety Assist function has been switched off
manually using the button
  ⇒ fig. 94.
Note
During the automatic braking by the City Safety Assist function you may
hear unusual noises. This is normal and is produced in the brakes system.
Warning and control lamps
The City Safety Assist function is switched on every time the ignition is
switched on. No special indication is produced.
If the City Safety Assist function is switched off, functions or there is an error
in the system, this will be shown by a control lamp on the instrument panel
display.
lights up Possible cause ⇒  
The City Safety Assist function has been switched on
manually using the button
  ⇒ fig. 94.
Solution
The control lamp turns off after
about 5 seconds.
Solution
fast: The City Safety Assist
system function brakes auto- Control lamp turns off automatimatically or has braked auto- cally.
matically.
Note
Automatic brake intervention by the City Safety Assist function can be cancelled by pressing the clutch pedal, the accelerator pedal or by a corrective
intervention.
Possible cause ⇒ 
Switch on the City Safety Assist
function manually using the button   ⇒ fig. 94.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.

Driver assistance systems
Laser sensor
WARNING
The laser beam on the laser sensor can produce serious injuries to the
eyes.
● Never focus optical devices, i.e. a camera, a microscope or a magnifying glass closer than 100 mm from the laser sensor.
● Note that the laser beam can stay active when the City Safety Assist
system is switched off or unavailable. The laser beam is not visible to the
human eye.
CAUTION
Fig. 92 On the windscreen: City Safety Assist
function laser sensor.
If the windscreen is dirty or frozen in the area of the laser sensor, i.e. due to
rain, mist or snow, the City Safety Assist system may subsequently fail to
operate.
● Always keep the laser sensor area free of dirt and freezing.
● Use a small brush to remove snow and a de-icer spray to remove ice.
CAUTION
A damaged windscreen in the laser sensor area may cause the City Safety
Assist function to fail to operate.
● Replace the windscreen if it is scratched, cracked or chipped by stones
in the laser sensor area. Only use a windscreen authorised by SEAT. Carrying
out repairs is not permitted (i.e. in the case of damage suffered in an impact
from a stone).
● When replacing the windscreen wipers, only use windscreen wipers authorised by SEAT.
Fig. 93 Laser sensor detection area.
● Do not paint the laser sensor area on the windscreen, or cover it with ad
hesives, or sedimentation, etc.
A laser sensor on the windscreen ⇒ fig. 92 allows the system to detect driving situations in front of the vehicle.
Vehicles ahead can be detected up to a distance of about 10 m.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
151
152
Driver assistance systems
Function
Switch off the City Safety Assist function in the following situations
Switching off the City Safety Assist function is recommended in the following situations ⇒ :
● While the vehicle is being towed.
● If the vehicle has been taken to an automatic car wash.
● If the vehicle is above a test bed.
● If the laser sensor is faulty.
● After the laser sensor has been involved in a collision.
● When driving off road (overhanging branches).
Fig. 94 In the lower part
of the centre console:
Button for the City Safety
Assist function.
Switching on and off the City Safety Assist function
● Press the ⇒ fig. 94 button on the centre console.
When the City Safety Assist function is switched on, the control lamp  
lights up on the instrument panel within the operational range, i.e. for
speeds between 5 – 30 km/h (3 – 19 mph).
● If objects are protruding above the bonnet, i.e. a load carried on the roof
that protrudes at the front.
● If the windscreen is damaged in the laser sensor area.
WARNING
Failure to switch off the City Safety Assist function in the above situations, may result in accidents and serious injury.
● Switch off the City Safety Assist function in critical situations.

Driver assistance systems
153
Special driving situations
Fig. 95 A: Vehicle on a bend. B: Motorcyclist driving
ahead out of range of the laser sensor.
For example, the following driving situations require special attention:
Driving through a bend
When entering or leaving a “long” bend, the vehicle may decelerate when
the laser sensor detects a vehicle travelling in the opposite lane ⇒ fig. 95 A.
To interrupt the deceleration you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or
press the clutch.
Narrow vehicles in front
The laser sensor will only detect narrow vehicles in front if they are in the
sensor detection zone ⇒ fig. 95 B. This applies especially to narrow vehicles
such as motorbikes.
Fig. 96 Other vehicles
changing lanes.
The City Safety Assist function has physical limits, and has limits determined by the system itself. In certain circumstances, this may produce reactions from the City Safety Assist system, that are late or unexpected by the
driver. For this reason, always pay due attention and if necessary, intervene.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Other vehicles changing lanes
Vehicles changing lane in close proximity can cause an unexpected brake
from the City Safety Assist system ⇒ fig. 96. To interrupt the deceleration
you can accelerate, turn the steering wheel or press the clutch.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

154
Driver assistance systems
● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 184
Malfunction in the laser sensor
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 201
If the laser sensor operation is impaired, for example due to heavy rain,
spray, snow or dirt, the City Safety Assist system function is temporarily
switched off. On the instrument panel display the control lamp  flashes.
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
● Hill hold ⇒ page 264
When the fault in the laser sensor has been rectified, the City Safety Assist
system function automatically becomes available. The control lamp 
switches off.
WARNING
The following conditions could prevent the City Safety Assist system from
functioning:
The smart technology included in the hill hold cannot change the laws of
physics. Do not let the extra convenience afforded by the hill hold tempt
you into taking any risks when driving.
● Tight bends.
● Any accidental movement of the vehicle could result in serious injury.
● Accelerator pressed all the way down to the floor.
● The hill hold is not a replacement for driver awareness.
● If the City Safety Assist system is switched off or there is a fault
⇒ page 150.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, weather, road and
traffic conditions.
● In the event of snow, heavy rain or dense fog.
● The hill hold cannot always keep the vehicle at a standstill on a slope
or brake sufficiently when travelling downhill (e.g. on slippery or frozen
surfaces).
● If the laser sensor is dirty, covered or overheated ⇒ page 151.
● If there are vehicles in front.

● Vehicles changing lanes.
● Vehicles moving in the opposite direction in the same lane.
Warning lamps
● Very dirty vehicles with a low degree of reflection.
● Presence of thick dust.

lights up
Hill hold
● SEAT information system ⇒ page 22
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 128
Solution

The Start-Stop system is enabled.

The Start-Stop system is enabled but the engine cannot be
automatically stopped.
Contact a Specialised
workshop.
The Start-Stop system cannot
start the engine.
Start the engine by hand
using the vehicle's key
⇒ page 120.
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
Possible cause

There is a fault in the alternator. ⇒ page 184

Driver assistance systems
flashes

Possible cause
Solution
The Start-Stop system is not
available.
Contact a Specialised
workshop.
155
Start-Stop system
Some warning and control lamps will light up briefly when the ignition is
switched on to check certain functions. They will switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored when they light up, the vehicle may
stall in traffic and cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
Fig. 97 At the top of the
centre console: StartStop system button.
● Stop the vehicle at the next opportunity.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the control lamps when they light up may result in damage
to the vehicle.

With the Start-Stop system enabled, the engine is automatically stopped
when the vehicle is at a standstill. It will start again automatically as required.
This function remains enabled while the ignition is switched on. The instrument panel display shows information on the current status ⇒ page 154.
Disconnect the Start-Stop system by hand whenever crossing water.
Vehicles with a manual gearbox
● When the vehicle is stopped, put it into neutral and release the clutch
pedal. The engine will stop.
● To restart, simply engage the clutch.
Important conditions for the engine to stop automatically
● The driver's seat belt must be fastened.
● The driver door must be closed.
● The bonnet must be closed.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
156
Driver assistance systems
● The engine must have reached a minimum temperature.
● The vehicle must have moved since the last time the engine was stopped.
● The vehicle's battery must be sufficiently charged.
● The battery temperature must not be too low or too high.
● The vehicle must not be on a very steep slope.
Conditions for the engine to restart automatically
WARNING
The brake servo and the electromechanical steering do not work when
the engine is switched off.
● The vehicle must never be allowed to move with the engine switched
off.
● Disconnect the Start-Stop system before working in the engine compartment.
The engine can be automatically restarted in the following cases:
● If the vehicle starts to moves.
● If the battery voltage drops.
CAUTION
The vehicle's battery could be damaged if the vehicle is used for long periods at very high outside temperatures.
Conditions requiring engine start-up using the key
The engine must be started by hand using the vehicle's key in the following
cases:
● If the driver unbuckles his/her seat belt.
Note
In some cases, it may be necessary to start the engine by hand using the
key. Refer to the corresponding control lamp on the instrument panel.

● If the driver door is opened.
● If the bonnet is opened.
Switching the Start-Stop system on and off
● Press the button  situated in the centre console ⇒ fig. 97.
● The button will light up when the Start-Stop system is switched off.
The engine will start immediately if the vehicle is in Stop mode when the
system is switched off by hand.
Hill-start aid*
This function is only included in vehicles with ESP.
This device helps when starting uphill.
These are the basic operation conditions: doors closed, brake pedal pressed down and vehicle in neutral. The system gets activated on engaging
gear.
After removing your foot from the brake pedal, the braking force is maintained for a few seconds to prevent the vehicle from moving backward when
putting into gear. This short space of time is enough to start the vehicle
with ease.

Driver assistance systems
This system also works when reversing uphill.
WARNING
● If you do not start the vehicle immediately after taking your foot off
the brake pedal, the vehicle may start to roll back under certain conditions. Depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake immediately.
● If the engine stalls, depress the brake pedal or use the hand brake
immediately.
● When following a line of traffic uphill, if you want to prevent the vehicle from rolling back accidentally when starting off, hold the brake pedal
down for a few seconds before starting off.
Note
The Official Service or a specialist workshop can tell you if your vehicle is
equipped with this system.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
157
158
Air control
Air control
Heating, Ventilation and Air conditioning
system
Introduction
Dust and pollen filter
The dust and pollen filter with its activated charcoal cartridge serves as a
barrier against impurities in the interior ambient air.
For the air conditioner to work with maximum efficiency, the dust and pollen
filter must be replaced at the intervals specified in the Maintenance Programme.
If the filter loses efficiency prematurely due to use in areas with very high
levels of air pollution, the filter must be changed more frequently than stated in the Service Schedule.
Additional information and warnings:
● SEAT information system ⇒ page 22
● Windscreen wash system ⇒ page 91
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 188
WARNING
Reduced visibility through the windows increases the risk of serious accidents.
● Ensure that all windows are free of ice and snow and that they are not
fogged up preventing a clear view of everything outside.
WARNING (Continued)
● The maximum heat output required to defrost windows as quickly as
possible is only available when the engine has reached its normal running temperature. Only drive when you have good visibility.
● Always ensure that you use the heating system, ventilation, air conditioner and the heated rear window to maintain good visibility.
● Never leave the air recirculation on for a long period of time. If the
cooling system mode is switched off and air recirculation mode switched
on, the windows can mist over very quickly, considerably limiting visibility.
● Switch air recirculation mode off when it is not required.
WARNING
Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver concentration
possibly resulting in a serious accident.
● Never leave the air fan turned off or use the air recirculation for long
periods of time; the air inside the interior will not be refreshed.
CAUTION
● Switch the air conditioner off if you think it may be broken. This will
avoid additional damage. Have the air conditioner checked by a Specialised
workshop.
● Repairs to the climate air conditioner specialist knowledge and special
tools. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.

Air control
Note
Note
When the cooling system is turned off, air coming from the outside will not
be dehumidified. To avoid fogging up the windows, SEAT recommends leaving the cooler (compressor) on. To do this, press the AC button. The button
indicator should light up.
Keep the air vents in front of the windscreen free of snow, ice and leaves to
ensure heating and cooling are not impaired and to prevent the windows
from misting over.
Note
The maximum heat output required to defrost windows as quickly as possible is only available when the engine has reached its normal running temperature.
Vehicle diagram
159
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

160
Air control
Controls
Fig. 98 In the centre console: Heating and ventilation
system rotary control.
Fig. 99 In the centre console: Air conditioning system
controls.

Air control
Control Additional information. Heating and ventilation system
button ⇒ fig. 98 and air conditioning system ⇒ fig. 99.
Temperature.
 ...  Rotate the control to adjust the temperature accordingly.
1
2
 ... 
3





4

Air fan.
setting 0: Air fan and air conditioning system switched off, setting 4: Air fan maximum setting.
Air distribution.
Rotate the continuous control to direct the airflow to the desired
area.
Heating and ventilation system: defrost function. Distribution of
air to the windscreen and the side windows in the exterior rear
vision mirror area.
Air conditioning system: defrost function. Distribution of air to
the windscreen and the side windows in the exterior rear vision
mirror area. Press the AC button, increase the air fan speed and
switch on the air recirculation ⇒ page 163 to clear the windscreen of condensation as soon as possible.
Heated rear window
The heated rear window button  is located on the centre console. The
heated rear window only works when the engine is running and switches off
automatically after a maximum of 10 minutes.
WARNING
Never turn off the air fan for a long time or the air in the interior will not
be refreshed.
● Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver and passenger concentration possibly resulting in a serious accident.
Temperature
The desired temperature for the interior cannot be lower than that of the exterior air temperature, as the heating and ventilation system cannot cool or
dehumidify the air.
Air distribution towards the footwell.
Setting for conditions of optimal visibility
Air conditioner: press the button to turn off/on the cooling system ⇒ page 161.

Heating and ventilation system user instructions
Air distribution towards the body.
Air distribution towards the windscreen and the footwell.
161
● Set the fan ⇒ fig. 98
2
to setting 1 or 2.
● Turn the temperature control ⇒ fig. 98
1
to the centre position.
● Open and direct the air outlets in the dash panel ⇒ page 163.
● Turn the air distribution control ⇒ fig. 98
3
to the required position.

Air conditioner: sliding control for air recirculation ⇒ page 163.
Switch off
Turn the air fan switch
2
User instructions for the air conditioner*
to position 0.
The interior cooling system only works when the engine is running and fan
is switched on.

Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
162
Air control
The air conditioning operates most effectively with the windows closed.
However, if the vehicle has heated up after standing in the sun for some
time, the air inside can be cooled more quickly by opening the windows
briefly.
● The engine is not running.
Setting for conditions of optimal visibility
● The air conditioner compressor has been temporarily switched off because the engine coolant temperature is too high.
When the air conditioning system is switched on, the temperature and the
air humidity in the vehicle interior drop. Hence, when the outside air humidity is high, the windows do not mist over and comfort for the vehicle occupants is improved:
● Disable air recirculation mode ⇒ page 163.
● Set the fan to the required setting.
● Turn the temperature control to the centre position.
● The fan is switched off.
● The air conditioner fuse has blown.
● The outside temperature is lower than approximately +2°C (+36°F).
● Another fault in the vehicle. Have the air conditioner checked by a Specialised workshop.
Things to note
If the humidity and temperature outside the vehicle are high, condensation
can drip off the evaporator in the cooling system and form a pool underneath the vehicle. This is normal and does not indicate a leak!
● Open and direct the air outlets in the dash panel ⇒ page 163.
● Turn the air distribution control to the defrost position.
● Press the
AC
button to turn on cooling. The button will light up.
The cooling system does not switch on
If the air conditioning system cannot be switched on, this may be caused by
the following:
Note
After starting it, any residual humidity in the air conditioner could mist over
the windscreen. Switch on the defrost function as soon as possible to clear
the windscreen of condensation.

Air control
163
Air vents
Fig. 100 Dash panel: Air vents.
Air vents
Air recirculation
Never close the air vents ⇒ fig. 100 A completely to ensure heating, cooling and ventilation inside the vehicle.
Important
● To open the air vents press the recess with one slat.
Air recirculation mode prevents the ambient air from entering the interior.
● Change the air direction by turning the slats.
When the outside temperature is very high or very low, selecting manual air
recirculation mode for a short period refreshes or heats the interior more
quickly.
● To close the air vents, fold the slats.
There are additional air vents in the centre of the dash panel and in the footwell area.
● Switch off air recirculation mode by turning the air distribution control to
the  ⇒ position.
CAUTION
Switching the air recirculation mode on and off 
Never place food, medicines or other heat-sensitive objects close to the air
vents. Food, medicines and other heat-sensitive objects may be damaged
or made unsuitable for use by the air coming from the air vents.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Switching on: Move the sliding control ⇒ fig. 99
mum.
4
to the right to maxi-
Switching off: Move the sliding control ⇒ fig. 99
4
as far left as possible.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

164
Air control
WARNING
Stuffy or used air will increase fatigue and reduce driver concentration
possibly resulting in a serious accident.
● Never use recirculation mode for long periods as it does not refresh
the air inside the vehicle.
● If the cooling system mode is switched off and air recirculation mode
switched on, the windows can mist over very quickly, considerably limiting visibility.
● Switch air recirculation mode off when it is not required.
CAUTION
Do not smoke when the air recirculation is activated. The smoke taken in
could lie on the cooling system vaporiser and on the dust and pollen filter,
leading to a permanently unpleasant smell.

At the filling station
At the filling station
Refuelling
WARNING (Continued)
Introduction
The fuel tank plug is on the rear right of the vehicle.
Additional information and warnings:
● Never enter the vehicle while refuelling. If it is absolutely necessary
to enter the vehicle, close the door and touch a metal surface before
touching the filler nozzle again. This will prevent the generation of static
electricity. Sparks could cause a fire when refuelling.
● Never handle fuel close to open flames, sparks or objects with slow
combustion (e.g. cigarettes).
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Avoid static electricity and electro-magnetic radiation when refuelling.
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● Observe the safety regulations of the service station.
● Fuel ⇒ page 169
WARNING
Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can cause an explosion or fire resulting in serious burns and injuries.
● Always make sure that you correctly close the fuel tank flap to avoid
evaporation and fuel spillage.
● Fuels are highly explosive and inflammable substances that can
cause serious burns and injuries.
● Fuel could leak out or be spilt if the engine is not switched off or if the
filler fuel nozzle is not fully inserted into the tank filler neck when refuelling. This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
● When refuelling, turn off the engine and turn off the ignition for safety reasons.
● Always turn off mobile telephones, radio system apparatus and other
radio wave emitting equipment before refuelling. Electromagnetic waves
could cause sparks and lead to a fire.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
● Never spill fuel on the vehicle or in the luggage compartment.
WARNING
For safety reasons, SEAT does not recommend carrying a spare fuel canister in the vehicle. Fuel could be spilled and catch fire, above all in case of
an accident and this applies to a full container as well as empty containers. This could lead to explosions, fires and injuries.
● Observe the following if you exceptionally have to carry fuel in a canister:
– Never place a fuel container, to fill it, inside the vehicle or on the
vehicle, for example, in the luggage compartment. Filling in these circumstances could create an electrostatic charge and spark that could
ignite fuel fumes.
– Always place the canister on the ground to fill it.
– Insert the fuel nozzle into the mouth of the canister as far as possible.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
165
166
At the filling station
Control lamps and fuel gauge
WARNING (Continued)
– If you are using a metal fuel canister, the nozzle must always touch
the canister while it is being filled to avoid static electricity.
– Follow the legal requirements for the use, storage and transport of
spare fuel canisters.
– Insure that the fuel container complies with manufacturing standards, for example, ANSI or ASTM F852-86.
CAUTION
● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.
● Refuelling a petrol engine with diesel can cause serious engine and fuel
system damage; the resulting malfunctions are not covered by the SEAT
warranty. If you refuel with the wrong type of fuel, never start the engine.
This applies to even the smallest amount of the wrong fuel. You should obtain professional assistance. With the engine running, the composition of
the wrong fuel could significantly damage the fuel system and the engine
itself.
Fig. 101 On the instrument panel: fuel gauge
for petrol.
For the sake of the environment
Fuels can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service fluids and
allow a professional to dispose of them.

Fig. 102 Instrument
panel display: fuel gauge
for petrol.
The fuel gauge can vary depending on the vehicle equipment ⇒ fig. 101
or ⇒ fig. 102.

At the filling station
lights up
a)
a)
Gauge position
Possible cause ⇒ ⇒ fig. 101
Red mark (arrow)
This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the instrument panel ⇒ fig. 101.
flashes
for about
10 seconds
CAUTION
● Always pay attention to any lit lamps and to the corresponding descriptions and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
● Never run the fuel tank completely dry. An irregular fuel supply may lead
to ignition faults and unburnt fuel could enter the exhaust system. This
could damage the catalytic converter.
Note
State of the
Possible cause ⇒ bars ⇒ fig. 102
 and
Reserve zone
the seg(four small segments rements)
maininga)
a)
Solution
The fuel tank is almost
empty.
Refuel as soon as
The reserve tank is being possible ⇒ .
used ⇒ page 278.
167
Solution
The fuel tank is almost
empty.
Refuel as soon as
The reserve tank is being possible ⇒ .
used ⇒ page 278.
The arrow next to the fuel pump symbol on the instrument panel ⇒ fig. 101
indicates the side of the vehicle on which the fuel tank plug is located.

Refuelling with petrol
This only applies to vehicles with the fuel gauge on the instrument panel display
⇒ fig. 102.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
WARNING
Driving with insufficient fuel reserve could result in the vehicle breaking
down in traffic and a serious accident.
● If the fuel level is too low then the fuel supply to the engine can become irregular especially on slopes.
● If the engine “is choked” or stalls due to lack of or irregularity of the
fuel supply, the power steering as well as all of the driver assistance systems including braking assistance will stop working.
● Always refuel when there is only one quarter of the fuel tank left to
avoid running out of fuel.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Fig. 103 Open fuel tank
flap with tank plug attached to the holder.
Before refuelling, always turn off the engine, the ignition, mobile telephones, auxiliary heating and keep them off during refuelling.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

168
At the filling station
Unscrewing the fuel tank plug
● The fuel tank plug is at the rear of the vehicle on the right.
● Pull the rear zone of the fuel tank flap to open.
● Unfold the key shaft if necessary ⇒ page 28.
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug and turn
the key in an anti-clockwise direction.
● Take out the fuel tank plug by turning it in an anti-clockwise direction
and rest it on the upper part of the fuel tank flap ⇒ fig. 103.
CAUTION
● Always remove any fuel spilled anywhere on the vehicle to avoid damage to the wheel housing, the tyre and vehicle paintwork.
For the sake of the environment
Fuels can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service fluids and
allow a professional to dispose of them.

Refuelling
The correct petrol type for the vehicle is located on a sticker inside the fuel
tank flap ⇒ page 169.
Refuelling precautions
● If the automatic filler nozzle is operated correctly, it will switch itself off
as soon as the fuel tank is full ⇒ .
Checklist
● Do not continue to refuel if it is turned off! Otherwise, this will fill the expansion chamber and fuel may leak out if the ambient conditions are warm.
Closing the fuel tank flap
● Screw on the fuel tank filler plug in a clockwise direction until it is fully
inserted with a click.
● Insert the vehicle key into the lock cylinder of the fuel tank plug, turn the
key in a clockwise direction and remove the key.
● Press the tank flap until it clicks into place. The fuel tank flap must be
flush with the body contour.
WARNING
Do not continue refuelling once the fuel nozzle has switched itself off.
The fuel tank may be filled too much. As a result, fuel may spurt out and
spill. This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
Never work on the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not familiar with the operations to be carried out, the applicable safety standards
and if you do not have the instruments, liquids and tools necessary
⇒ page 171, Working in the engine compartment! In such a case, have any
work carried out by a Specialised workshop. Check the following regularly,
preferably when you refuel:
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
Windscreen washer fluid level ⇒ page 91
Engine oil level ⇒ page 176
Engine coolant level ⇒ page 180
Brake fluid level ⇒ page 128
Tyre pressure ⇒ page 201
Vehicle lighting required to guarantee road safety:
– Turn signals
– Side lights, dipped beam and main beam headlights
– Rear lights
– Brake lights
– Rear fog light ⇒ page 84
Information on bulb replacement ⇒ page 255.

At the filling station
Fuel
Possible types of
fuel
Introduction
You will find a factory-fitted sticker containing information on the type of
fuel for your vehicle on the inside of the fuel tank flap.
Normal petrol, normal unleaded petrol
95a) RON
Premium unleaded petrol (95
RON)
98a) RON
Premium unleaded petrol (98
RON)
Additional information and warnings:
● ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme
Alternative names
91a) RON
a)
169
Further information
⇒ page 169

RON = Regulation Octane Number
● Refuelling ⇒ page 165
● Electronic power control and exhaust gases purification system
⇒ page 227
Petrol
Petrol types
WARNING
Vehicles with petrol engines must refuel using unleaded petrol according to
European norm EN 228 ⇒ .
Refuelling or handling fuel carelessly can cause an explosion or fire resulting in serious burns and injuries.
● Fuel is a highly explosive, easily flammable substance.
● Observe current safety instructions and local regulations concerning
the handling of fuel.

Petrol types are categorised according to their octane number (e.g. 91, 95,
98 or 99 RON (RON = “Research Octane Number”). You may use petrol with
a high octane number than the one recommended for your engine. However, this has no advantage in terms of fuel consumption and engine power.
SEAT recommends refuelling with a low sulphur content or sulphur-free fuel
to reduce fuel consumption for petrol engines.
Types of fuel
Petrol additives
The type of fuel to use when refilling will depend on the vehicle's engine.
You will find a factory-fitted sticker containing information on the type of
fuel for your vehicle on the inside of the fuel tank flap.
SEAT recommends the use of sulphur-free or low sulphur fuel to reduce consumption and prevent engine damage.
The quality of the fuel influences running behaviour, performance and service life of the engine. Therefore, it is recommended to refuel with good quality petrol containing the corresponding petrol additives. These additives will
help to prevent corrosion, keep the fuel system clean and prevent deposits
from building up in the engine.
If good quality petrol with additives are not available or engine problems
arise, the necessary additives must be added when refuelling ⇒ .
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

170
At the filling station
Not all petrol additives have been shown to be effective. The use of unsuitable petrol additives could seriously damage the engine and the catalytic
converter. Petrol additives with metal additives must never be used.
Available petrol additives for improvements in Anti-detonation ratings or octane ratings may contain metal additives ⇒ .
SEAT recommends “Genuine SEAT Additives for petrol engines”. These additives are available from Specialised workshops, who will inform you of their
application.
CAUTION
● Only use fuel with an octane rating that is in line with the norm EN 228,
otherwise significant damage could be caused to the engine and fuel system. Furthermore, it could lead to a loss of performance with the consequent engine fault.
● The use of unsuitable petrol additives could seriously damage the engine and the catalytic converter.
● If, in exceptional circumstances, petrol with a lower octane rating to that
recommended is used, only use moderate engine speeds and a light throttle. Avoid using full throttle and overloading the engine. Otherwise engine
damage may occur. Fill up with fuel of a suitable octane rating as soon as
possible.
● Do not refuel if the filler indicates that the fuel contains metal. LRP (lead
replacement petrol) fuels also contain high concentrations of metal additives. This could damage the engine!
● Just filling one full tank of leaded fuel or with other metal additives
would seriously impair the efficiency of the catalytic converter and could
damage it.

In the engine compartment
Care, cleaning and maintenance
In the engine compartment
Working in the engine compartment
WARNING
If the vehicle moves unexpectedly, this could cause serious injury.
Introduction
Before working in the engine compartment, make sure that the vehicle is
parked on horizontal and firm ground.
The engine compartment of the vehicle is a hazardous area. Never work on
the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not familiar with the operations to be carried out, the applicable safety standards and especially if
you do not have the instruments, liquids and tools necessary ⇒ ! In such
a case, have any work carried out by a Specialised workshop. Negligent
work can cause serious injury.
Additional information and warnings:
● Never work underneath the vehicle if it is not secured against moving.
If you must work underneath the vehicle with the wheels in contact with
the ground then it should be parked on flat ground, the wheels should be
prevented from moving and the key must be removed from the ignition.
● If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable
stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of accident!.
The jack is not intended for this kind of work and its failure could lead to
severe injuries.
● Disconnect the Start-Stop system.
WARNING
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Windscreen wash system ⇒ page 91
The engine compartment is a dangerous area capable of causing serious
injury.
● Brake fluid ⇒ page 128
● For all type of work, always take the utmost precautions, work carefully and note the general safety standards in force. Never take personal
risks.
● Start and stop the engine ⇒ page 119
● Checks when filling up ⇒ page 165
● Never work on the engine or in the engine compartment if you are not
familiar with the necessary operations. If you are not sure about procedures then visit a Specialised workshop to carry out the necessary work.
Incorrect work can cause serious injuries.

● Engine oil ⇒ page 176
● Engine coolant ⇒ page 180
● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 184
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
171
172
In the engine compartment
WARNING (Continued)
● Never open the bonnet if you see steam or coolant escaping from the
engine compartment. Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious burns.
Always wait until you cannot see or hear the sound of steam or coolant
coming from the engine compartment.
● Always allow the engine to cool down before opening the bonnet.
● Contact with hot elements of the engine and the exhaust system can
cause burns.
● Once the engine has cooled, follow the instructions below before
opening the bonnet:
– Apply the handbrake and position the gearbox lever in neutral.
– Remove the key from the ignition.
– Keep children away from the engine compartment and never leave
them unsupervised.
● When the engine is warm or hot, the cooling system is pressurised.
Do not unscrew the cap on the coolant expansion tank when the engine
is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out under pressure causing burns
and serious injury.
– After cooling, carefully and slowly unscrew the cap anti-clockwise,
gently pressing down on it.
– Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and
steam using a large, thick cloth.
● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them on parts of the engine and
the exhaust system. Spilled liquids could cause a fire.
WARNING
The high voltages of the electrical system can give electric shocks as well
as causing burns and serious injury and possibly even death!
● Never cause short circuits in the electrical system. The battery could
explode.
● To minimise the risk of electric shock and serious consequences
while the engine is running or starting the engine, note the following:
– Never touch the electrical wiring of the ignition system.
WARNING
In the engine compartment, there are rotating parts that could cause serious injury.
● Never place your hands directly on or near the radiator fan. Touching
the rotor blades could seriously harm you. The ventilator works according to the engine temperature and could start suddenly even when the ignition is turned off and the key is removed.
● If any work has to be performed when the engine is started or with
the engine running, there is an additional, potentially fatal, safety risk
from the rotating parts, such as the drive belts, alternator, radiator fan
etc as well as from the high-voltage ignition system. Always work with
the utmost caution.
– Always make sure that no parts of your body, jewellery, ties, loose
clothing and long hair can be trapped by the rotating parts of the engine. Before any work, remove ties and jewellery ( necklaces, etc), tie
longhair back and tie all items of loose clothing to your body to make
sure that they cannot be trapped by engine components.
– Take extreme caution when operating the accelerator and remain
attentive. The vehicle could move, even if the handbrake is applied.
● Always make sure you have not left any objects, such as cloths or
tools, in the engine compartment. If any object is left in the engine compartment, this could cause malfunctions, engine faults and even a fire.

In the engine compartment
Preparing the vehicle for work in the engine compartment
WARNING
Checklist
Refill liquids and certain materials can catch fire easily in the engine
compartment, causing a fire and serious injury!
Carry out the operations below in the order indicated before starting work in
the engine compartment ⇒ :
● Never smoke.
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
¥
● Never work close to places exposed to flames or sparks.
● Never pour service fluids over the engine. These fluid may ignite hot
engine parts and cause injuries.
● If it is necessary to work on the fuel system or the electrical system,
please follow the instructions below:
– Always disconnect the vehicle battery.
– Never work close to heaters, heat sources or places exposed to
flames or sparks.
● Always keep a recently serviced and perfectly working fire extinguisher close by.
CAUTION
Press and hold the brake pedal until the vehicle comes to a standstill.
Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 128.
Move the gear lever into the neutral position ⇒ page 124.
Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition ⇒ page 119.
Wait for the engine to cool down.
Always keep children and other people far from the engine compartment.
Ensure that the vehicle can not move off unexpectedly.
Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe the
general rules of safety.
● Ignoring this checklist, drawn up for your own safety, could result in
serious injury.
For the sake of the environment
Service fluids leaks are harmful to the environment. For this reason you
should make regular checks on the ground underneath your vehicle. Take
the vehicle to a Specialised workshop to be checked if you see stains, oil or
other fluids on the ground. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a professional to dispose of them.
Prior to a journey...
Park the vehicle on an even and solid surface.
WARNING
When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids
into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause serious
malfunctions and damage the engine!
Vehicle diagram
173
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

174
In the engine compartment
Opening and closing the bonnet
Fig. 104 A: Release lever in the footwell on the driver
side. B: Release lever on the bonnet.
Fig. 105 C: Bonnet securing rod in the bonnet. D: Bonnet supported by the bonnet securing rod.

In the engine compartment
Opening the bonnet
● Before opening the bonnet, make sure that the windscreen wiper arms
are in place against the windscreen ⇒ .
● Pull the release lever 1 in the direction of the arrow ⇒ fig. 104 A. The
bonnet is released from the lock carrier by a spring mechanism ⇒ .
● Lift the bonnet up slightly while pressing the release lever
direction of the arrow to completely open the bonnet.
2
B in the
CAUTION
● To avoid damage to the bonnet and to the windscreen wiper arms, only
open the bonnet when the windscreen wipers are in place against the windscreen.
● Before driving, always lower the windscreen wiper arms.
● Take out the bonnet support rod from its clip in the direction of the arrow 3 C and place it in the corresponding open position 4 D (arrow).
Closing the bonnet
● Slightly lift the bonnet ⇒ .
● Take out the bonnet support rod from the opening catch
it into its clip 3 C in the opening catch.
4
D and insert
● Let the bonnet fall from a height of 30 cm into its clip; Do not apply pressure!
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, open it once again and close it correctly.
The bonnet is correctly closed when it is flush with the corresponding parts
on the bodywork.
WARNING
If the bonnet is not correctly closed, it could suddenly open while driving
leaving the driver without visibility. This could result in serious accident.
● After closing the bonnet, always check that it is properly secured by
the locking mechanism in the lock carrier piece. The bonnet must be
flush with the surrounding body panels.
● While driving, if you notice that the bonnet is not correctly closed
then stop immediately and close it correctly.
● Only open and close the bonnet when there is nobody within its
range.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
175
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

176
In the engine compartment
Engine oil
Warning and control lamps
Introduction
flashes Possible cause
Solution

 Stop the vehicle!
Switch off the engine. Check the
engine oil level, and if necessary, refill with ⇒ page 177.
engine oil - If the warning indicator flashes although the oil level
is correct, do not continue driving or leave the engine running.
Otherwise, the engine could be
damaged. You should obtain
professional assistance.
Additional information and warnings:
● ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
Engine oil pressure too low.
WARNING
Incorrectly handling engine oil can cause injury and serious burns.
● Always protect your eyes when handling engine oil.
● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the reach of children.
WARNING
● Engine oil must only be kept closed in its original container. The same
applies to use oil until it has been disposed of.
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never store engine oil in empty food containers or bottles as other
people may accidentally drink it.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
● Regular contact with engine oil can be bad for the skin. If you come
into contact with engine oil, wash your skin with soap and water.
● With the engine running, the engine oil gets extremely hot and can
cause severe skin burns. Always wait until the engine has fully cooled.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.

For the sake of the environment
Similar to the other service liquids, spilled engine oil can be bad for the environment. Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers and dispose of in
accordance with legislation and with the utmost respect for the environment.
Engine oil specifications

Replacement engine oil must strictly comply with the specifications.

In the engine compartment
177
Checking the engine oil level and topping up
The correct oil must be used to ensure the correct operation and long service life of the engine. The engine comes with a high-quality multigrade oil
that can generally be used all year round.
Only use an engine oil that complies to SEAT standards whenever possible
⇒ . Only refill engine oil using approved engine oil in accordance with the
corresponding SEAT standard (⇒ table on page 177). All oils indicated are
synthetic multigrade oils.
Engine oils are being continuously further developed. Technical Services
are permanently informed of any modifications. SEAT therefore recommends
that you have the engine oil changed by a Technical Service.
Engines
Petrol engines 44 kW – 55 kW
Specifications of engine oil with a
service dependent on time/distance travelled
(QG0, QG2, QG3)
Fig. 106 Marked engine
oil dipstick.
VW 504 00, VW 502 00
CAUTION
● Only use engine oils whose specifications are expressly approved by
SEAT. The use of any other type of engine oil could cause engine damage!
● No additives should be used with engine oil. Any damage caused by the
use of such additives would not be covered by the factory warranty.

Fig. 107 In the engine
compartment: Engine oil
filler cap.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

178
In the engine compartment
Preparations
● Park the vehicle on flat ground so that the engine oil reading is correct.
● The engine must be hot to be able to check the engine oil level. Stop the
engine and wait a few minutes for the oil to drain back into the sump.
● Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
● The engine oil filler opening can be recognised by the symbol  on the
cap ⇒ fig. 107 and the dipstick by its coloured handle.
Check the engine oil level
● Pull out the dipstick and wipe it on a clean cloth.
● Replace the dipstick, pushing it in as far as it will go. If the dipstick to
measure engine oil has a mark, when you reintroduce it this mark should
slot into the corresponding groove located on the upper end of the tube.
● Remove the dipstick again and check the engine oil level ⇒ table on
page 178.
● After reading the oil level, replace the dipstick in the tube completely.
Engine oil topping up ranges
fig. 106
Operations required depending on the engine oil topping
up level:
Area
A
Do not top up oil ⇒ .
Area
B
Oil can be added (about 0.5 ltr) The oil level can be in the
zone A , but never above A .
Area
C
:
Oil must be added (about 1.0 ltr) Make sure that, after refilling the oil, the level is approximately in the centre of
zone B .
Adding oil after checking the level
Only add engine oil in small quantities and in steps.
● Unscrew the cap from engine oil filler opening on the cylinder head
⇒ fig. 107. If you are not sure where the cap is, request help from a specialist.
● Only refill using approved SEAT engine oil in small quantities (no more
than 0.5 ltr) ⇒ page 176.
● To avoid adding too much oil, each time you add a quantity, wait until
the oil has flowed into the crankcase so that it can be measured with the
dipstick.
● Check the oil level before adding any more oil. Do not top up with too
much engine oil ⇒ .
● When the oil level is in at least the ⇒ fig. 106 B zone, insert the dipstick into the tube fully to avoid engine oil escaping when the engine is running.
● After topping up the oil, ensure that the cap is screwed on to the filler
mouth correctly.
WARNING
Oil could catch fire if it comes into contact with hot engine components.
This could lead to a fire, explosion and severe injuries.
● Always ensure that after topping of oil, the engine oil filler cap is correctly tightened. This will avoid engine oil spilling onto hot engine parts
when the engine is running.
CAUTION
● If the engine oil level is above the area A do not start the engine. You
should obtain professional assistance. Otherwise catalytic converter and
engine damage may occur.
● When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause serious malfunctions and damage the engine!

In the engine compartment
Engine oil additives make new oil darker after the engine has been running
for a short period. This is normal and does not mean more frequent oil
changes are required.
For the sake of the environment
The oil level must never be above area A . Otherwise oil can be drawn in
through the crankcase breather and escape into the atmosphere via the exhaust system.

WARNING
If, in exceptional circumstances, you must change the engine oil yourself,
please note the following:
Engine oil consumption
● Wear eye protection.
● Always wait until the engine has completely cooled to avoid being
burned.
The consumption of engine oil can be different from one engine to another
and can vary during the useful life of the engine.
● Always keep your arms horizontal when unscrewing the oil drainage
bolt so that the oil does not run down your arms when it begins to drain.
Depending on how you drive and the conditions in which the vehicle is
used, oil consumption can be up to 1 ltr./2000 km. In the case of new vehicles, the consumption can exceed this figure over 5000 kilometres. For this
reason the engine oil level must be checked at regular intervals, preferably
when filling the tank and before a journey.
When the engine is working hard, for instance during sustained high-speed
motorway cruising in summer, or when climbing mountain passes, the oil
level should preferably be kept within area ⇒ fig. 106 A .
● Use a suitable and large enough container to collect all of the used oil
in the engine.
● Never collect engine oil in empty food containers, cans, bottles and
other containers as not all people are able to identify engine oil.
● Oil is toxic and must be kept out of the reach of children.

For the sake of the environment
Before changing the engine oil, find a suitable location or service for proper
disposal.
Changing the engine oil
The engine oil must be changed regularly according to the specifications of
the Maintenance Programme.
Due to the problems linked with disposing of used oil and the need for suitable tools and special knowledge, always visit a Specialised workshop to
have the engine oil and filter changed. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
For the sake of the environment
Always dispose of engine oil with the utmost respect for the environment.
Never dispose of used engine oil in places such as a garden, woods, drains,
roads, paths, rivers and drainage systems.
Detailed information on the service intervals are shown in the Maintenance
Programme.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
179
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

180
In the engine compartment
Engine coolant
Introduction
Never work on the engine cooling system or if you are not familiar with the
operations to be carried out, the applicable safety standards and especially
if you do not have the instruments, liquids and tools necessary ⇒ ! In
such a case, have any work carried out by a Specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Negligent work can cause serious injury.
Additional information and warnings:
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
For the sake of the environment
Coolants and additives can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt
fluids in suitable containers and dispose of in accordance with legislation
and with the utmost respect for the environment.
Coolant warning lamp
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
lights
Possible cause
up
Engine coolant is toxic!

● Never store engine coolant in empty food containers or bottles as
other people may accidentally drink it.
● If the outside temperature is extremely low, the engine coolant could
freeze causing the vehicle to stop. As this would also cause the heating
to stop working, vehicle occupants without sufficient clothing could
freeze.
 ¡Stop the vehicle!
Insufficient engine cool- Check the engine coolant when the engine has cooled and, if it is low, refill
ant level.
with engine coolant ⇒ page 182.
Engine coolant system
faulty.
● Always keep engine coolant out of reach of children.
● Ensure that the proportion of engine coolant additive corresponds to
the lowest outside temperature to which the vehicle will be exposed.
Solution
 Stop the vehicle!
Excessive engine coolant Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Switch off the engine and let it
temperature.
cool.
WARNING
● Only keep engine coolant in its original container, tightly shut and in
a safe place.

flashPossible cause
es

Engine coolant system
faulty.
 Do not drive any further.
Obtain professional assistance.
Solution
You should obtain professional assistance.

In the engine compartment
181
exceed 60 %, as this would reduce the frost protection and, in turn, decrease the cooling capacity.
WARNING
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
When adding coolant, a mixture of distilled water and at least 40 % of the
additive G 12 plus-plus must be use to ensure optimum rust protection
⇒ .
● Always observe any lit warning lamps.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
WARNING
In the event of insufficient antifreeze protection in the engine liquid cooling system, the engine could be damaged and severe injuries caused.
CAUTION
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.
● Ensure that the proportion of engine coolant additive corresponds to
the lowest outside temperature to which the vehicle will be exposed.
Note
On the display of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by SEAT)
⇒ page 213 an engine coolant temperature gauge can be seen.

● If the outside temperature is extremely low, the engine coolant could
freeze causing the vehicle to stop. As this would also cause the heating
to stop working, vehicle occupants without sufficient clothing could
freeze.
CAUTION
Engine coolant specifications
The engine cooling system comes with a special mixture of water and at
least 40% G 12 plus-plus (TL-VW 774 G) or G 12 plus (TL-VW 774 F) engine
coolant additive. Both are easily recognisable because they are purple in
colour.
This mixture gives the necessary frost protection down to -25°C (-13°F) and
protects the alloy parts of the cooling system against corrosion. It also prevents scaling and raises the boiling point of the coolant.
To protect the engine cooling system, the proportion of additive must always be at least 40%, even if frost protection is not required in countries
with a warm climate.
If greater frost protection is required in very cold climates, the proportion of
additive can be increased. However, the percentage of additive should not
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Never mix genuine additives with other additives that are not approved by
SEAT. Otherwise, you run the risk of causing severe damage to the engine
and the engine cooling system.
● The engine coolant G 12 plus-plus can be mixed with G 12 plus and
G 11.
● If the fluid in the expansion tank is not purple but, for example, brown,
this means that you have mixed G 12 plus-plus or G 12 plus with another
coolant. The coolant must be changed as soon as possible if this is the
case! Using the wrong fluids could cause serious malfunctions and engine
damage!
For the sake of the environment
Coolants and additives can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt
fluids in suitable containers and dispose of in accordance with legislation
and with the utmost respect for the environment.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

182
In the engine compartment
Checking the engine coolant level and refilling
Preparations
● Park the vehicle on even, flat and firm ground.
● Allow the engine to cool ⇒ .
● Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
● The coolant expansion tank is easily recognisable because of the symbol  on the cap ⇒ fig. 109.
Checking the engine coolant level
● When the engine is cold, check the coolant level using the side marking
on the expansion tank ⇒ fig. 108.
Fig. 108 In the engine
compartment: Marking
on coolant expansion
tank.
● If the level is below the “MIN” mark, top up with coolant. When the engine is hot it may be slightly above the marked area.
Topping up the engine coolant level
● Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and steam
using a large, thick cloth over the coolant expansion tank cap.
● Remove the cap very carefully ⇒ .
● Only refill using new engine coolant according to SEAT specifications
(⇒ page 181) ⇒ .
● The engine coolant level should be between the marks on the coolant
expansion tank ⇒ fig. 108. Do not exceed the top level of the marked area
⇒ .
● Screw on the cap tightly.
Fig. 109 In the engine
compartment: Coolant
expansion tank cap.
If the coolant level is low, the coolant warning indicator will light.
● If, the event of an emergency, you have no coolant that is compliant to
the required specifications (⇒ page 181), never use another type of additive. Instead, first top up with distilled water ⇒ only. Then re-establish
the correct proportion of the mixture with the correct additive as soon as
possible ⇒ page 181.

In the engine compartment
CAUTION
WARNING
● Never open the coolant expansion tank if steam or coolant is coming
from the engine compartment. Wait until you cannot see or hear any
steam or coolant escaping.
● Top up with distilled water only. Any other type of water may lead to considerable rusting in the engine due to its chemical components. This could
consequently damage the engine. If you have not used distilled water but
another type of water to top up the coolant, a Specialised workshop must
immediately replace all of the fluid in the engine cooling system.
● Always wait until the engine has completely cooled before very carefully opening the expansion tank cap. Contact with hot elements of the
engine can cause skin burns.
● Only top up coolant to the top level of the marked area ⇒ fig. 108. Otherwise the excess coolant will be forced out of the cooling system when the
engine is hot, causing damage.
● Once the engine has cooled, follow the instructions below before
opening the bonnet:
● If a lot of liquid coolant has been lost, wait for the engine to cool down
completely before adding coolant. Extensive coolant loss is an indication of
leaks in the engine cooling system. Have the engine cooling system inspected immediately by a Specialised workshop. Otherwise engine damage may
occur.
Hot vapours and coolant can cause serious burns.
– Apply the handbrake and position the gearbox lever in neutral.
– Remove the key from the ignition.
– Keep children away from the engine compartment and never leave
them unsupervised.
● When the engine is warm or hot, the cooling system is pressurised.
Do not unscrew the cap on the coolant expansion tank when the engine
is hot. Otherwise, coolant may spray out under pressure causing burns
and serious injury.
● When refilling or changing service liquids, ensure that you put the liquids into the right tank. Making a mistake when refilling could cause serious malfunctions and damage the engine!
– Carefully and slowly unscrew the cap anticlockwise, gently pressing down on it.
– Always protect your face, hands and arms from hot coolant and
steam using a large, thick cloth.
● When refilling liquids, avoid spilling them on parts of the engine and
the exhaust system. Spilled liquids could cause a fire. Under specific circumstances, the ethylene glycol can catch fire.
Vehicle diagram
183
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

184
In the engine compartment
Vehicle battery
Introduction
The battery is a component of the vehicle's electrical system.
Never work on the electrical system without fully understanding the operations required, the applicable safety standards and without the correct tools
⇒ ! In such a case, have any work carried out by a Specialised workshop.
SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service. Negligent work can cause
serious injury.
Location of the vehicle battery
The battery is located in the engine compartment.
Explanation of the warning indications on the vehicle's battery
Symbol





WARNING
Working on the vehicle battery and the electrical system can cause corrosion, fire and electric shocks. Always read and take into account the following warnings and safety standards before carrying out any work:
● Before working on the battery, switch off the engine, the ignition and
all electrical devices then disconnect the negative connection on the battery.
● Keep children away from acid and the battery itself!
● Wear eye protection.
● Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It can burn skin and cause
blindness. When handling the battery, protect yourself from splashes of
acids, above all your hands, arms and face.
● Do not smoke and never work close to places exposed to flames or
sparks.
Meaning
● Avoid sparks and electrostatic discharges when working with cables
and electrical devices.
Wear eye protection!
● Never short the battery terminals.
Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. Always wear
protective gloves and eye protection!
Fires, sparks, open flames and smoking are prohibited.
A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when
the battery is under charge.
Keep children away from acid and batteries!
Additional information and warnings:
● ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
● Never use a damaged battery. It can explode. Replace a damaged battery immediately.
● Replaced damaged or frozen batteries as soon as possible. A flat battery can freeze at temperatures around 0°C (+32°F).
CAUTION
● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the engine is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic components.
● Do not expose the battery to direct sunlight over a long period of time,
as the intense ultraviolet radiation can damage the battery housing.
● If the vehicle is left standing for long periods, protect the battery from
extreme cold temperature so that it does not “freeze up” and become damaged.

In the engine compartment
Warning lamp
lights
up

185
Checking the electrolyte level of the vehicle battery
Possible cause
Solution
Faulty generator.
Contact a Specialised workshop.
Have the electrical system
checked.
Disconnect any unnecessary
electrical consumers. The generator does not charge the battery
while the vehicle is in motion.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
Fig. 110 In the engine
compartment: Remove
the cover from the vehicle's battery.
WARNING
The battery's electrolyte level should be checked regularly in high-mileage
vehicles, in hot countries and in older batteries. Other batteries do not require maintenance.
If the warning lamps are ignored, the vehicle may stall in traffic, or may
cause accidents and severe injuries.
● Never ignore the warning lamps.
Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are equipped with special batteries. For technical reasons, the electrolyte level cannot be checked in these
batteries.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible.
CAUTION
Preparations
Failure to heed the warning lamps when they appear may result in faults in
the vehicle.

● Prepare the vehicle for work in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
● Press on the tabs ⇒ fig. 110 (arrows) in the direction of the arrows and
lift the battery cover up.
Checking the battery electrolyte level
● Make sure there is sufficient lighting to clearly recognise the colours.
Never use open flames or sparklers as a light source.
● Depending on the level of acid, the Magic eye on the top of the battery
will change colour.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

186
In the engine compartment
Colour indicator
Necessary operations
Replacing a vehicle battery
light yellow or colourless
The electrolyte level of the vehicle's battery is too low.
Have the battery checked and, where applicable, replaced by a Specialised workshop.
black
The electrolyte level of the vehicle's battery is correct.
The battery has been developed to suit the conditions of its location and
has special safety features. If the battery must be replaced, consult a Technical Service for information on electromagnetic compatibility, the size and
maintenance, performance and safety requirements of the new battery in
your vehicle before you purchase one. SEAT recommends you have the battery replaced by a Technical Service.
WARNING
Use only maintenance-free genuine batteries conforming to TL 825 06 and
VW 7 50 73 Standards. These standards must be dated April 2008 or later.
Working with the vehicle battery involves a risk of corrosion, explosions
and electric shock.
Vehicles fitted with the Start-Stop system are equipped with a special battery. Therefore, this battery must only be replaced by another of the same
specifications.
● Always wear protective gloves and eye protection.
● Battery acid is very corrosive and caustic. It can burn skin and cause
blindness. When handling the battery, protect yourself from splashes of
acids, above all your hands, arms and face.
Disconnecting the vehicle's battery
If you must disconnect the battery from the electrical system, please note
the following:
● Never tilt the vehicle battery. Battery acid could spill out of the openings to release gases and cause corrosion damage.
● Never open the vehicle battery.
● Switch off the ignition and all electrical equipment.
● If battery acid splashes on you, immediately rinse your eyes and skin
abundantly with water for several minutes. Then seek medical care immediately.
● If acid is swallowed by mistake, consult a doctor immediately.
● The vehicle must be unlocked before disconnecting the battery, otherwise the alarm will be triggered.

● First disconnect the negative cable and then the positive ⇒ .
Connecting the vehicle's battery
Charging, replacing and connecting or disconnecting the
battery
Charging the battery
The vehicle battery should be charged by a Specialised workshop only, as
batteries using special technology have been installed and they must be
charged in a controlled environment ⇒ . SEAT recommends visiting a
Technical Service.
● Before reconnecting the battery, switch off the engine, the ignition and
electric devices.
● First reconnect the positive cable and then the negative ⇒ .
Different control lamps may light up after connecting the battery and switching the ignition on. They will be turned off after a short trip at a speed of
between 15 - 20 km/h (10 - 12 mph). If the warning indicators remain lit,
please visit a specialised workshop to have the vehicle checked.
If the battery has been disconnected for a long time, it is possible that the
next service date is not displayed or calculated correctly ⇒ page 17. Respect 
In the engine compartment
the maximum service intervals permitted ⇒ Booklet Maintenance
Programme.
Automatic consumer disconnection
The intelligent vehicle electrical system automatically implements a range
of measures to prevent the battery from discharging when high demands
are made on it:
● the idling speed is increased so that the alternator provides more electricity.
● where necessary, the power of the most powerful consumers is reduced
or even completely disconnected.
● On starting the engine, the power supply from the 12-volt socket and
the cigarette lighter may be interrupted for a short time.
The on-board management program cannot always prevent the battery from
running flat. For example, if the ignition is left on for a long period with the
engine off or if the side lights or parking lights are left on while the vehicle
is stationary.
Why the battery runs flat:
● When stationary for a long time without starting the engine, particularly
if the ignition is switched on.
● Use of electrical consumers with the engine switched off.
WARNING
Incorrectly securing the battery or using the wrong battery can cause
short-circuits, fire and serious injuries.
● Always use only maintenance free batteries, protected to prevent a
leak, and whose properties, specifications and size correspond to the
standard battery.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
187
WARNING
A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is under
charge.
● The batteries should be charged in a well-ventilated room only.
● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed battery. A flat battery can
freeze at temperatures around 0°C (+32°F).
● Always replace a battery which has frozen.
● Battery cables not correctly connected may cause a short circuit. Reconnect first the positive cable and then the negative cable.
CAUTION
● Never disconnect the battery if the ignition is switched on or if the engine is running. This could damage the electrical system or electronic components.
● Never plug accessories supply current, such as solar panels or a battery
charger, to the 12-volt socket or the cigarette lighter. This could damage the
vehicle's electrical system.
For the sake of the environment
Dispose of the battery in an environment-friendly manner. Batteries contain
toxic substances such as sulphuric acid and lead.
For the sake of the environment
Battery acid can contaminate the environment. Collect any spilt service fluids and allow a dispose of them correctly.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

188
Vehicle care and maintenance
Vehicle care and maintenance
Care and cleaning the vehicle exterior
Introduction
Regular maintenance and washing help to maintain the value of the vehicle.
This may also be one of the requirements for acknowledging warranty
claims in the event of bodywork corrosion or paint defects.
Products suitable for the care of your vehicle are available at any Technical
Service.
Additional information and warnings:
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior ⇒ page 196
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
WARNING
Vehicle care products may be toxic and hazardous. If vehicle care products are not suitable or are used inappropriately, this could result in accident, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
● Vehicle care products must always be stored in the original container
which should be kept closed.
● Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
● To prevent confusion, never store vehicle care products in empty food
cans, bottles or other containers.
● Keep all care products out of reach of children.
WARNING (Continued)
● Harmful vapours may be produced when using vehicle care products.
Therefore, care products should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or
in the open air.
● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile
liquid to wash, clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly
flammable.
WARNING
Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle components may effect the vehicle safety equipment, increasing the risk of severe injury.
● Vehicle components should only be cleaned and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
● Only use approved or recommended care products.
CAUTION
Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
For the sake of the environment
Only wash the vehicle in areas allocated for this purpose, to prevent dirty
water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, from entering the
drains. In some districts, washing vehicles outside wash bays is prohibited.
For the sake of the environment
Where possible, always use products which respect the environment.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Then clean the vehicle with a soft sponge, glove or brush using only slight
pressure. Start at the roof and work downwards. Special vehicle shampoo
should only be used for very persistent dirt.
For the sake of the environment
The remains of vehicle care products should not be disposed of with ordinary household waste. Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
The longer substances such as insects, bird droppings, resinous tree sap,
road dirt, industrial deposits, tar, soot or road salt and other aggressive materials remain on the vehicle, the more damage they do to the paintwork.
High temperatures (for instance due to strong sunlight) further intensify the
corrosive effect. The vehicle undercarriage should also be thoroughly washed at regular intervals.
Rinse the sponge or glove thoroughly and often.
WARNING
Sharp components on the vehicle may cause injury.
● Protect arms and hands from sharp edges when cleaning the vehicle
undercarriage or the interior of the wheel hubs.
WARNING
Automatic car washes
Always observe the instructions provided at the automatic car wash. The
standard precautionary measures prior to entering the car wash should be
taken to avoid damage to the vehicle (close all windows, fold in exterior mirrors). If the vehicle is fitted with additional components (spoiler, roof-rack,
aerial...), check with the car wash supervisor whether these can enter the
car wash ⇒ .
The vehicle paintwork is so durable that the vehicle can normally be washed
without problems in an automatic car washing tunnel. However, wear and
damage to the paintwork will depend on the type of car wash used. SEAT
recommends the use of car washes without brushes.
To remove traces of wax on windows and to prevent wiper blades from
scratching, please observe the following ⇒ page 191, Cleaning windows
and exterior mirrors.
Washing the vehicle by hand
When washing the vehicle by hand, use plenty of water to soften the dirt
first, and rinse off as well as possible.
Prior to a journey...

Wheels, sills and similar should be cleaned last. Use a second sponge for
this.
Washing the vehicle
Vehicle diagram
189
While driving
After the vehicle has been washed, the braking effect will be reduced
(and the braking distance increased) due to moisture (and ice in winter)
on the brakes.
● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking carefully. Ensure that you
are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in
the process.
CAUTION
● The temperature of the water must not exceed +60°C (+140°F).
● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not wash the vehicle in full sun.
● Do not use rough sponges or similar which could damage the surface to
clean away the traces of insects.
● Never wipe the headlights with a dry cloth or sponge, always moisten
first. It is best to use soapy water.
● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: When washing the vehicle
with a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around
the doors, rear lid, or sunroof. Locks and seals could freeze!
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

190
Vehicle care and maintenance
CAUTION
WARNING
To prevent damage to the vehicle, please observe the following before entering an automatic car wash:
The incorrect use of high pressure cleaning equipment could result in
permanent damage, visible or invisible, to the tyres or other materials.
This could result in serious accident.
● Compare the distance between the vehicle wheels and the distance between the guide-rails of the car wash to prevent damage to the wheels and
tyres!
● Ensure there is a suitable distance between the nozzle and the tyres.
● Never wash tyres with a concentrated jet or so-called “dirt blasters”.
Even at large spraying distances and short cleaning times, you may damage the tyres.
● Switch off the rain sensor before taking the vehicle to an automatic car
wash.
● Compare the height and width of your vehicle with the available height
and width when entering and driving through the car wash!
WARNING
● Fold in exterior mirrors Electrically retractable exterior mirrors must NOT
be folded in or out by hand. Always use the electrical power control.
After the vehicle has been washed, the braking effect will be reduced
(and the braking distance increased) due to moisture (and ice in winter)
on the brakes.
● To avoid damaging the bonnet paintwork, rest the windscreen wipers on
the windscreen after drying the wiper blades. Do not let them fall!
● Lock the rear lid to prevent it from opening unexpectedly while inside
the car wash.
Washing the vehicle with high pressure cleaning apparatus

● “Dry the brakes and remove ice” by braking carefully. Ensure that you
are not endangering other road-users or breaking traffic regulations in
the process.
CAUTION
● The temperature of the water must not be above +60°C (+140°F).
When cleaning the vehicle with a high-pressure cleaner, always follow the
operating instructions for the equipment. Pay special attention to the required pressure of the jet and the distance between the jet and the vehicle
⇒ .
Keep a suitable distance from soft materials, such as rubber hoses or insulating material, and from the parking distance warning system sensors. The
sensors of the parking distance warning system are situated on the rear
bumper ⇒ .
Do not use a nozzle that sprays the water out in a direct stream or one that
has a rotating jet for forcing off dirt ⇒ .
● To avoid damage to the paintwork, do not wash the vehicle in full sun.
● To ensure that the system functions well, the sensors located on the
bumper must be kept clean and free from ice. When cleaning with pressure
hoses and steam cleaners, the sensors should be sprayed only briefly. A
distance of 10 cm between the sensors and the steam / hose nozzle must
be observed.
● Do not use a high pressure cleaner to remove ice or snow from windows
● Washing the vehicle in low temperatures: When washing the vehicle
with a hose, do not direct water into the lock cylinders or the gaps around
the doors, rear lid, or sunroof. Locks and seals could freeze!

Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors
191
● For the hottest time of the year: the window cleaner for summer
use G 052 184 A1. Proportion 1:100 (1 part detergent, 100 parts water) in
the windscreen washer bottle.
Cleaning windows and exterior mirrors
Spray windows and exterior windows with a standard window cleaner containing alcohol.
● All year round: the window cleaner G 052 164 A2; Proportion 1:2 in
windscreen washer bottle (1 part concentrate, 2 parts water) in winter, up to
-18°C (-0,4°F), or 1:4, during the rest of the year.
Dry the windows with a clean chamois leather or a lint-free cloth. The chamois leathers used on painted surfaces are not suitable for cleaning windows because they are soiled with wax deposits which could smear the windows.
● Window cloths G 052 522 A1 for all windows and exterior mirrors.
Use window cleaner or a silicone remover to clean rubber, oil, grease and
silicone deposits off ⇒ .
Removing ice
Removing wax deposits
Automatic car washes and certain vehicle care products may leave wax deposits on the windows. These deposits can only be removed with a special
product or cleaning cloths. If wax deposits are left on the windscreen and
the rear window, the blades can scratch the glass. SEAT recommends you
wipe the wax deposits off the windscreen and the rear window with a soft
cloth each time after you have washed the vehicle.
A window cleaning detergent which helps to dissolve the wax may be added
to the windscreen washer fluid to prevent the wiper blades from scratching
the windscreen. Please ensure the you add the cleaning product in the correct proportions. Products for removing grease do not eliminate the wax deposits ⇒ .
Special cleaning products or window cloths are available at any Technical
Service. To remove wax deposits, SEAT recommends the following products:
Removing snow
Use a small brush to remove snow from the windows and exterior mirrors.
If possible, use a de-icing spray to remove ice. If you use an ice scraper,
push it in one direction only without swinging it. If you pull the scraper
backwards, the dirt may scratch the window.
WARNING
Dirty or misted windows reduce visibility in all directions and increase
the risk of accident and serious injury.
● Do not drive unless you have good visibility through all windows!
● Remove ice and snow from the windows and demist inside and out.
CAUTION
● Never mix our cleaning products with other products not recommended
by SEAT in the windscreen washer bottle. This could lead to flocculation and
may block the windscreen washer jets.
● Do not use hot or warm water to remove ice or snow from the windows
and exterior mirrors. The glass could crack!
● The heating element for the rear window is located on the inner side of
the window. Do not stick adhesive labels over the heating elements and
never clean the inside of the rear window with corrosive or acid products or
other similar chemical cleaning products.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

192
Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning and changing windscreen wiper blades
Check the condition of the wiper blades regularly. If the wipers scrape
across the glass they should be changed if they are damaged, or cleaned if
they are dirty ⇒ .
Damaged wiper blades should be replaced immediately. Blades are available from Specialised workshops.
Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms
The wiper arm may only be lifted at the point where it is fastened to the
blade.
For windscreen wipers, please note: the windscreen wiper should be in
service position before unfolding it ⇒ page 91.
Fig. 111 Changing the
front windscreen wiper
blades
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades
● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.
● Use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from the windscreen wiper
blades.
● If the blades are very dirty, a sponge or damp cloth may be used ⇒ .
Changing the front windscreen wiper blades
● Lifting and unfolding the wiper arms.
● Hold down the release button ⇒ fig. 111
er blade in the direction of the arrow.
1
while gently pulling the wip-
● Fit a new wiper blade of the same length and design on to the wiper arm
and hook it into place.
● Rest the wiper arms back onto the windscreen.
Changing the rear wiper blade
Fig. 112 Changing the
rear wiper blade.
The windscreen wiper blades are supplied as standard with a layer of graphite. This layer is responsible for ensuring that the wipe is silent. If the graphite layer is damaged, the noise of the water as it is wiped across the windscreen will be louder.
● Lift the windscreen wiper arm and fold it at an angle of approximately
60° ⇒ fig. 112.
● Press and hold the release button
1
.
● Fold the wiper blade towards the windscreen wiper arm ⇒ fig. 112 (arrow A ) while simultaneously pulling in the direction of arrow B . This may
require some strength.

Vehicle care and maintenance
● Insert a new blade of the same length and type in the windscreen wiper
arm in the opposite direction to the arrow B and hook into place. This feature is operational when the blade is in position (arrow A ).
Even if a wax solution is used regularly in the automatic car wash, SEAT recommends protecting the paint with a hard wax coating at least twice a year.
Polishing
● Return the windscreen wiper arm to the windscreen. Do not let it simply
drop down!
Polishing is only necessary if the paint has lost its shine, and the gloss cannot be brought back by applying wax.
WARNING
If the polish does not contain wax, a wax product should be applied after
polishing.
Worn or dirty wiper blades reduce visibility and increase the risk of accident and serious injury.
CAUTION
● Always replace damaged or worn blades or blades which do not clean
the windscreen correctly.
● To prevent damage, vehicle polish or hard wax should not be used on
components painted in matt paint, plastic components and the glass headlamp and tail light covers.
CAUTION
● Do not polish your vehicle in a sandy or dusty environment.
● Damaged or dirty windscreen wipers could scratch the glass.
● If products containing solvents, rough sponges or sharp objects are
used to clean the blades, the graphite layer will be damaged.

Care and cleaning of chrome and aluminium wheel rims
● Never use fuel, nail varnish remover, paint thinner or similar products to
clean the windows.
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free, smooth cloth to clean anodized surfaces.
● If there is a lot of dirt, use a special cleaning product which does not
contain solvents.
Note
If wax deposits, other cleaning products from the automatic car wash, or
other care products, are left on the windscreen and the rear window, the
blades can scratch the glass. Remove wax deposits with a special product
or cleaning cloths.
193
● Then, polish the chrome and aluminium wheel trims with a smooth dry
cloth.

CAUTION
In order to prevent damage to the aluminium and chrome wheel trims:
Caring for and polishing the vehicle paintwork
● Do not clean or polish them in direct sunlight.
Waxing
● Do not use abrasive cleaning agents such as home cream cleaners.
Regular waxing protects the paintwork. It is time to apply a good coat of wax
when water no longer forms droplets and rolls off the clean paintwork.
● Do not use insect sponges, scouring pads, or similar products to clean
insect deposits.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
● Do not clean or polish them in sandy or dusty environments.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

194
Vehicle care and maintenance
Caring for rubber seals
● Do not polish dirty surfaces.
● Do not use products containing solvents.
The rubber seals on doors, windows, etc., remain flexible, provide a better
seal and last longer if they are regularly treated with a product specifically
designed for use on rubber.
● Do not use hard wax.
CAUTION
Chrome hub caps or wheel covers may have been painted additionally. Do
not treat them with aluminium or chrome wax products, nor chrome or aluminium polish. Instead, use commercial paint wax or polish.
Before applying the product, use a soft cloth to remove dust and dirt from
the rubber seals.


De-icing the door lock cylinder
Cleaning wheels
Cleaning steel wheels
Use an industrial cleaner to remove brake dust. Therefore, clean wheel rims
regularly with a separate sponge.
Any damage to the paint on steel wheel rims should be touched up before
the metal starts to rust.
To de-ice the lock cylinders, SEAT recommend the use of genuine SEAT spray
with lubricating and anti-corrosive properties.
CAUTION
The use of products containing degreasing agents to de-ice the locks may
rust the lock cylinder.

Caring for and cleaning alloy wheels
Remove road salt and brake dust by washing the wheels approximately
once a fortnight. Use an acid free detergent to clean the wheel rims. SEAT
recommends treating the wheel rims thoroughly with a hard wax about
once every three months.
It is important to remove road salt and brake dust by washing the wheels at
regular intervals, otherwise the finish will be impaired.
Always use an acid-free detergent for alloy wheel rims. Vehicle polish or other abrasive agents should not be used.
If the protective coating on the paint has been damaged (for example, hit by

a stone), it should be repaired immediately.
Protection of vehicle undercarriage
The vehicle underbody is coated to protect it from chemical and mechanical
damage. The protective coat on the undercarriage may wear through use
while driving. Therefore, SEAT recommends that the protective coating on
the undercarriage and on the running gear should be regularly checked, and
repaired if necessary.

Vehicle care and maintenance
WARNING
WARNING
When working on the engine or in the engine compartment, there is a
risk of injury, burns, accident or fire.
Additional underseal or anti-corrosion products could catch fire due to
the high temperatures reached by the exhaust gas system and other engine components.
● Do not apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion products to the
exhaust pipes, catalytic converters, heat shields or other parts of the vehicle which reach high temperatures.
● Before starting work, please ensure you are familiar with the required
procedure and the safety precautions ⇒ page 171.

● SEAT recommends you have this work performed by a specialised
workshop.
CAUTION
Cleaning the engine compartment
The engine compartment of any motor vehicle is a potentially hazardous
area ⇒ page 171.
The engine compartment should only be cleaned by qualified personnel. If
it is not correctly cleaned, the anti-corrosion coating and consequently electrical components may be damaged. Moreover, water may filter directly into
the vehicle interior through the water chamber ⇒ .
If the engine compartment is very dirty, always take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop for professional cleaning. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
If water is manually poured into the water box (for example, using a high
pressure cleaning appliance), this could cause significant damage to the vehicle.
For the sake of the environment
Only wash the engine compartment in areas allocated for this purpose, to
prevent dirty water which may be contaminated by oil, grease or fuel, from
entering the drains. In some districts, the engine compartment may not be
washed outside the wash bays provided for this purpose.
Water box
The water box is in the engine compartment, between the windscreen and
the engine, and beneath a perforated cover. Air is taken in through the water box from outside to the vehicle interior via the heating and air conditioning system.
Leaves and other loose objects should be regularly cleaned away from the
water box either by hand or with a vacuum.
Vehicle diagram
195
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

196
Vehicle care and maintenance
Caring for and cleaning the vehicle interior
Introduction
The dye from many items of modern clothing (e.g. dark jeans) is not always
solid enough. Seat upholstery (material and leather), especially when lightcoloured, may visibly discolour if the dye comes out of clothing (even when
used correctly). This is not an upholstery defect but indicates that the dye in
the item of clothing is not solid enough.
WARNING
Inappropriate care and cleaning of vehicle components may effect the vehicle safety equipment, increasing the risk of severe injury.
● Vehicle components should only be cleaned and maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.
● Only use approved or recommended care products.
CAUTION
Additional information and warnings:
● Cleaning products which contain solvents will damage the material.
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 188
● To avoid damage, stubborn stains should be removed by a specialised
workshop.
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
WARNING
Vehicle care products may be toxic and hazardous. If vehicle care products are not suitable or are used inappropriately, this could result in accident, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
● Vehicle care products must always be stored in the original container
which should be kept closed.
● Observe information provided by the manufacturer.
● To prevent confusion, never store vehicle care products in empty food
cans, bottles or other containers.
● Keep all care products out of reach of children.
● Harmful vapours may be produced when using vehicle care products.
Therefore, care products should only be used in well-ventilated spaces or
in the open air.
● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile
liquid to wash, clean or care for the vehicle. These are toxic and highly
flammable.
Note
Suitable vehicle care products are available from your Technical Service.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Treating your upholstery
Padding and fabric trim cleaning
Check list
Normal cleaning
For information on how to treat and care for the vehicle upholstery, please
bear the following in mind ⇒ :
● Before applying cleaning products, please read the instructions for handling and the warnings shown on the container.
¥
● The upholstery, textile covers, and carpet should be regularly vacuumed
(with vacuum brush).
Before entering the vehicle, fasten all Velcro fastenings which could
come into contact with upholstery and coverings. If the Velcro fastenings on upholstery and material covers are not securely fastened,
this could damage them.
● We recommend that you use a soft sponge or lint-free, micro-fibre cloth
for normal cleaning ⇒ .
¥
To prevent damage, do not allow the upholstery or covers to come
into contact with sharp or decorative objects. Decorative objects
such as zips, rivets and rhinestones on clothing and belts.
General superficial dirt on upholstery and textile covers can be cleaned with
a normal foam cleaning product.
¥
¥
Dust and grit in the pores and seams should be removed regularly to
prevent them scratching and damaging the surface.
If the upholstery and the material trims are very dirty, we recommend you
have them cleaned by a specialist cleaning form.
Always check that the dyes used in clothing are fast to prevent them
from staining the upholstery. This is particularly true for clear-coloured upholstery.
Cleaning stains
It may be necessary to clean the whole surface and not only the stain itself.
Especially if the surface has been dirtied through normal use. Otherwise,
the stained area may become lighter than the rest of the surface after treatment.

CAUTION
Failure to observe the instructions in the check list for caring for your upholstery could result in damage or discolouration of the upholstery and covers.
● Always follow the check list and perform the necessary operations.
Note
SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop to treat
any stains on the upholstery caused by the discolouration of clothing.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
197
198
Vehicle care and maintenance
Type of stain
Cleaning storage compartments, drinks holders and
ashtray
Cleaning the vehicle
Water-based stains, – Use a sponge and wipe with a solution of water
e.g. coffee or fruit
and wool wash.
juice.
– Dry with a dry, absorbent cloth.
Persistent stains,
e.g. chocolate or
make-up.
– Apply a washing pastea) directly to the stain and
allow it to work.
– Apply clean water using a sponge or damp cloth to
remove the cleaning product deposits.
– Dry with a dry absorbent cloth.
Grease-based
– Apply neutral soap or cleaning pastea) and allow it
stains, e.g. oil or lip- to work.
stick.
– Remove dissolved grease or colour particles with
an absorbent cloth.
– Then apply clean water. Take care not to soak the
upholstery.
a)
Fig. 113 In the front part
of the centre console:
Storage compartment
with cup holder.
Bile soap can be used as a cleaning paste.
CAUTION
Brushes should only be used to clean the mats and floor mat! Other surfaces may be damaged if a brush is used.
CAUTION
Do not use steam cleaning equipment, as the dirt becomes more encrusted
in the material when steam is applied.
CAUTION
Never use brushes for cleaning damp material as they could damage the
surface.

Fig. 114 Ashtray removed and open with
area to stub cigarettes.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Cleaning storage compartments and drinks holders
199
CAUTION
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean parts.
When cleaning the instrument panel, be careful not to dampen the Portable
Navigation System connections as this can damage the electrical installation.
● If this does not provide satisfactory results, we recommend using a special solvent-free plastic cleaning product.

Cleaning the ashtray
● Extract the ashtray and empty it.
Cleaning seat belts
● Clean the ashtray with a dishcloth.
Use a toothpick or similar to remove ash from the area where cigarettes are
stubbed out ⇒ fig. 114.

If the seat belt is very dirty, the belt retractor may not work correctly thus
preventing the seat belt from operating correctly.
The seat belts should never be removed from the vehicle for cleaning.
Care and cleaning of plastic parts, wooden trim and the
dash panel
● Use a soft brush to remove the worst dirt ⇒ .
● Pull the seat belt right out and leave it out.
● Clean dirty seat belts with a gentle soap and water solution.
● Use a clean, damp, lint-free cloth to clean parts.
● Wait until they are completely dry.
● Clean plastic parts (inside and outside the vehicle) and the dash panel
with a special solvent-free product for the care and cleaning of plastic, approved by SEAT ⇒ .
● Only allow the seat belt to retract when it is completely dry.
● Wash wooden trims with a mild soap and water solution.
● Clean the Portable Navigation System housing (Supplied by SEAT) with a
dry cloth only.
WARNING
Solvents cause the surfaces of the airbag modules to become porous. If
an airbag is accidentally triggered, the detachment of plastic parts could
cause serious injury.
● Never clean the dash panel and the surfaces of the airbag modules
with cleaners containing solvents.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
WARNING
Check the condition of all the seat belts at regular intervals. If the webbing or other parts of the seat belt are damaged, the vehicle should be
taken to a Specialised workshop immediately and the belts should be replaced. It is extremely dangerous to drive using damaged seat belts and
could result in serious injury or loss of life.
● Seat belts and their components must never be cleaned with chemical products, nor should they be allowed to come into contact with corrosive liquids, solvents or sharp objects. This could affect the strength of
the seat belt webbing.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
200
Vehicle care and maintenance
WARNING (Continued)
● Seat belts should be completely dry before retracting. Damp could
damage the belt retractor so that it is does not operate correctly.
● Do not allow liquids or foreign bodies to enter the buckle fastenings.
This could damage the buckles and seat belts.
● Never attempt to repair, modify or remove a seat belt yourself.
● Always have damaged seatbelts replaced immediately by seat belts
approved for the vehicle in question by SEAT. Seat belts which have been
worn in an accident and stretched must be replaced by a Specialised
workshop. Renewal may be necessary even if there is no apparent damage. The belt anchor points should also be checked.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Wheels and tyres
WARNING (Continued)
● Check tyre pressures regularly and ensure they are maintained at the
pressures indicated. If the tyre pressure is too low, the tyres could overheat, resulting in tread detachment or even burst tyres.
Introduction
SEAT recommend that all work on tyres and wheels is carried out by a Specialised workshop. They have the necessary special tools and replacement
parts, trained personnel and facilities for disposing of the old tyres. SEAT
recommends visiting a Technical Service.
Additional information and warnings:
● Never drive on damaged (punctured, cut, cracked or dented) or worn
tyres. Driving on damaged or worn tyres could result in burst tyres, serious accidents or damage. Worn or damaged tyres must be replaced immediately.
● Never exceed the maximum permitted speed or loads specified for the
type of tyre fitted on your vehicle.
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● The efficiency of driver and brake assist systems also depends on the
grip of the tyres.
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 188
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 224
● If you notice unusual vibration or if the vehicle pulls to one side when
driving, stop the vehicle immediately and check the tyres and wheels for
damage.
● Wheel trims ⇒ page 239
● To minimise the risk of losing control of the vehicle or causing a serious accident, never undo the bolted joints of beadlock wheels.
● Anti-puncture kit ⇒ page 247
● Never mount used tyres or wheels if you are not sure of their previous
history. They may be damaged, although the damage is not immediately
visible.
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 128
● Vehicle tool kit ⇒ page 237
● Changing a wheel ⇒ page 241
WARNING
The vehicle cannot be totally controlled or braked if the tyres (new or
used) are worn or damaged.
● Incorrect use of wheels and tyres could make driving more dangerous
and result in serious accidents and damage.
● All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type, size
(rolling circumference) and the same tread pattern.
● New tyres do not give maximum grip and will not have reached their
maximum braking capacity to start with, and therefore need running in.
To prevent accidents and major damage, extreme caution should be taken for the first 600 km.
Vehicle diagram
201
Prior to a journey...
While driving
● Old tyres, even if they have never been used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly while driving, especially at high speeds, resulting in serious
accident and injury. If tyres are over six years old, they should only be
used in an emergency and with extreme caution.
Note
For technical reasons, it is not generally possible to use the wheels from
other vehicles. In some cases, this may also be true for the same model of
wheel. Please refer to the vehicle documents or ask at a Technical Service.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

202
Vehicle care and maintenance
● Replace damaged or worn tyres as soon as possible ⇒ page 207.
About your tyres and wheels
● Regularly check tyres for non-visible damage ⇒ page 207.
● Never exceed the maximum permitted speed or loads specified for the
type of tyre fitted on your vehicle ⇒ page 209.
● Do not allow tyres (including the spare wheel) to come into contact with
aggressive substances, grease, oil, fuel or brake fluid ⇒ .
● Lost valve caps should be replaced immediately.
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Fig. 115 Diagram for
changing wheels
The tyres of a vehicle are the components which are subjected to most
stress and are the most underestimated. Tyres are very important, as the
support offered by their narrow surface is the only point of contact between
the vehicle and the road.
The service life of tyres is dependent on tyre pressure, driving style, the care
they receive and the correct fitting.
The tyres and wheel rims are an essential part of the vehicle's design. The
tyres and rims approved by SEAT are specially matched to the characteristics of the vehicle and our critical to good road holding and safe handling.
Tyres with directional tread pattern have been designed to operate best
when rotating in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates
the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread ⇒ page 209. Always
observe the direction of rotation indicated when mounting the wheel. This
guarantees optimum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, excessive noise
and wear.
If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direction of rotation, drive with extreme caution, as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is of particular importance when the road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as
possible or remount it with the correct direction of rotation.
Interchanging tyres
To ensure that the wear is equal on all tyres the wheels should be changed
round from time to time according to the system ⇒ fig. 115. All the tyres will
then last for about the same time.
SEAT recommends you take the vehicle to a Specialised workshop to have
the tyres changed.
Avoiding damage to tyres and wheels
Tyres that are over 6 years old
● If you have to drive over a kerb or similar obstacle, drive very slowly and
as near as possible at a right angle to the kerb.
Tyres are subject to an ageing process as a result of physical and chemical
processes. This may affect their performance. Tyres which are stored for
long periods of time without being used, harden and become more fragile
than tyres which are in constant use.
● Inspect the tyres regularly for damage (punctures, cuts, cracks, dents).
● Remove any foreign bodies found on the outside of the tread provided
they have not passed through the wall of the tyre ⇒ page 207.
● The instructions for tyre control systems should always be observed.
SEAT recommends that tyres over six years old are replaced with new tyres.
This also applies to tyres (including the spare wheel) which appear to be in 
Vehicle care and maintenance
perfect condition on the outside and which have a tread depth within the
values stipulated by the Law ⇒ .
Wheel rims
The date of manufacture, part of the tyre identification number (TIN), indicates the age of the tyre () ⇒ page 209.
The design of wheel bolts is matched to the rims. If different rims are fitted,
the correct wheel bolts with the right length and correctly shaped bolt
heads must be used. This ensures that wheels are fitted securely and that
the brake system functions correctly ⇒ page 241.
Storing tyres
Mark tyres when you remove them to indicate the direction of rotation (left,
right, forwards, backwards). This ensures you will be able to mount them
correctly when you replace them. When removed, the wheels and/or tyres
should be stored in a cool, dry and preferably dark location. Do not place
tyres mounted on the wheel in a vertical position.
For technical reasons, it is not generally possible to use the wheels from
other vehicles. In some cases, this may also be true for the same model of
wheel.
The tyres and rims approved by SEAT are specially matched to the characteristics of the vehicle and are critical to good road holding and safe handling.
Protect tyres not mounted on wheels from dirt by storing them in suitable
bags and standing them on the ground on their tread.
Wheel bolts
Wheel bolts must be tightened to the correct torque ⇒ page 241.
WARNING
Beadlock wheel rims
Aggressive fluids or substances could result in visible or invisible damage with the consequent risks.
Beadlock wheel rims have various components. These are joined together
by special bolts using a special procedure. This ensures good performance,
a better seal, improved safety and wheel run out. Therefore, worn rims
should always be replaced and must only be repaired in a Specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service ⇒ .
● Always ensure that tyres do not come into contact with chemical
products, oil, grease, fuel, brake fluid or other aggressive substances.
Wheel trims with bolted trims
WARNING
Wheel trims may be fitted with interchangeable trim parts which are attached to the rim using self-locking bolts. Worn trims should only be replaced at
a Specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service
⇒ .

Old tyres, even if they have never been used, may lose air or burst unexpectedly while driving, resulting in serious accident or damage.
● If tyres are over six years old, they should only be used in an emergency and with extreme caution.
For the sake of the environment
Old tyres must be disposed of by qualified personnel according to the laws
in the country concerned.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
203
204
Vehicle care and maintenance
Replacing tyres
WARNING
● Where possible, always replace both wheels on an axle (both wheels on
the front axle or both wheels on the rear axle) ⇒ .
The use of worn or damaged wheel trims could make driving more dangerous and result in serious accidents and damage.
● Only replace used tyres with those authorised by SEAT for the corresponding type vehicle. Pay special attention to size, diameter, and maximum load and speed capacity.
● Only wheel trims which have been approved for use with your vehicle
should be used.
● Never use tyres which are larger than SEAT approved tyres. If the tyres
are too big, they may knock or rub against the chassis or other components,
resulting in damage.
● Inspect wheel trims regularly for damage and replace as required.
WARNING
WARNING
If the bolted joints of wheel trims with bolted ring trims are not correctly
tightened or loosened, this could result in serious accident.
New tyres do not give maximum grip and will not have reached their maximum braking capacity to start with, and therefore need running in.
● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel trims with bolted ring trims.
● Any work relating to wheel trims with bolted trims should be carried
out at Specialised workshop. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.

● To prevent accidents and major damage, extreme caution should be
taken for the first 600 km.
WARNING
Replacement of new tyres and wheel trims
New tyres
● When tyres are new, drive with extreme caution for the first 600 km, as
all tyres need to be run-in. Tyres which have not been run-in do not have
such good grip ⇒ or braking capacity ⇒ .
● All four wheels must be fitted with radial tyres of the same type, size
(rolling circumference) and the same tread pattern.
● The tread depth of new tyres may vary, according to the type and make
of tyre and the tread pattern.
There should be adequate space between the tyres and the vehicle in accordance with the vehicle design. If this is not the case, the tyres may
rub against parts of the running gear, chassis or brake lines, leading to
faults in the brake system or to tread detachment, and the risk of burst
tyres.
● The true tyre dimension should not be greater than the dimensions of
tyres manufactured and approved by SEAT and should not rub against
parts of the vehicle.
Note
Although tyres may be shown as being the same size, the true dimensions
of different types of tyre may vary with respect to the nominal size, or tread
patterns may be different.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Note
If you use tyres that are approved by SEAT, you can be sure that the true tyre
dimensions will be correct for your vehicle. For other tyre models, the tyre
vendor should provide the manufacturer's certificate with the tyre, indicating that this type of tyre is suitable for your vehicle. This certificate should
always be carried with the vehicle.

Tyre pressures
Fig. 116 Position of tyre pressure specification plate.
The correct tyre pressures for tyres fitted at the factory is shown on a label
and is valid for summer and winter tyres. This label ⇒ fig. 116 is either in
the driver door strut or inside the fuel cap.
Under-inflation or over-inflation will reduce the life of the tyres considerably
and also impair the vehicle's handling ⇒ . It is essential to maintain the
correct tyre pressures, especially if driving at high speeds. Incorrect tyre
pressure causes premature wear and could cause tyre blow-out.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
The pressure should therefore be checked at least once a month and before
starting a journey.
As a general rule, the pressures given are for cold tyres. When the tyres are
hot, the pressures are greater.
Never deflate a hot tyre in order to obtain the required pressure. This could
result in very low tyre pressures which may lead to sudden blow-outs.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
205
206
Vehicle care and maintenance
Checking tyre pressures
Check tyre pressures only when the vehicle has not been driven for more
than a few kilometres at low speeds in the past three hours.
● Check tyre pressures regularly, and only when the tyres are cold. Always
check all tyres, including the spare wheel. Check tyre pressures more often
in colder regions, and only when the vehicle has not been driven recently.
Always use a correctly-operating tyre gauge.
● Adjust tyre pressures to the loads carried in the vehicle.
● After adjusting the tyre pressure, check that the caps are properly
screwed.
The spare wheel or temporary spare wheel must be at the maximum pressure specified.
CAUTION
● Take care not to tilt the manometer when placing it on the valve. Otherwise, the valve may be damaged.
● To avoid damage to the valves, always replace valve caps correctly.
Check that the caps are identical to the standard caps and have been correctly tightened.
For the sake of the environment
Under-inflated tyres will increase the fuel consumption.

Tread depth and wear indicators
WARNING
If tyre pressures are too high or too low, the tyre may deflate or burst
suddenly while driving. This could result in serious accident.
● If the tyre pressure is too low, the tyres could overheat, resulting in
tread detachment or even burst tyres.
● When driving at high speeds and/or fully loaded, the tyre could suddenly overheat, burst or be subject to tread detachment, with the resultant loss of control of the vehicle.
● Tyre pressures which are too high or too low reduce the service life of
the tyre, affecting the vehicle's performance.
● Tyre pressures should be checked regularly, at least once a month
and before long journeys.
Fig. 117 Tyre tread:
tread wear indicators.
● Adjust the pressures of all the tyres to the vehicle load.
● Never deflate excess pressure from hot tyres.
Tread depth
Certain driving conditions require a deeper tread, as well as needing the
tread to be approximately the same on the front and rear tyres. This is particularly important when driving in winter, in cold temperatures and on wet
roads ⇒ .

Vehicle care and maintenance
Damaged tyres
The minimum tread depth required by law in the majority of cases is
1.6 mm, measured in the tread grooves next to the tread wear indicators.
Observe legal requirements in each country.
Damage to wheels and tyres is often not immediately visible. If you notice
unusual vibration or the vehicle pulling to one side, this may indicate that
one of the tyres is damaged ⇒ .
The performance of winter tyres is much reduced when the tread has worn
to 4 mm (5/32 inch).
● Slow down immediately if you think you have a damaged wheel.
The tread depth of new tyres may vary, according to the type and make of
tyre and the tread pattern.
● Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
● If tyres are worn, stop driving and seek qualified assistance.
Wear indicators on the tyre
● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive slowly and carefully to the
nearest Specialised workshop and have the vehicle checked.
The original tyres on your vehicle have 1.6 mm high ⇒ fig. 117 tread wear
indicators running across the tread. A number of these indicators are equally spaced around the tyre tread. Certain marks on the tyre walls (for example, the letters “TWI” or other symbols) indicate the position of the wear indicators.
Foreign bodies in the tyre
● Do not remove foreign bodies if they have penetrated through the tyre
wall!
● You should obtain professional assistance immediately.
Tread wear indicators indicate if a tyre is worn. Tyres must always be replaced before the tyre tread has worn to the level of the indicator.
Wear of tyres
The wear of tyres depends on a number of factors, for example:
WARNING
● Driving style.
Driving with worn tyres is dangerous, and may lead to loss of control of
the vehicle with serious consequences.
● Unbalanced wheels.
● Running gear settings.
● Tyres must be replaced before the wear indicators are at the same level as the tread pattern.
Driving style: driving round bends fast or sudden acceleration or braking
speed up the wear of tyres. When the driving style is normal, if the tyres
wear too quickly, have the running gear settings checked at a Specialised
workshop.
● Worn tyres have significantly reduced grip, especially on wet surfaces, increasing the risk of “aquaplaning”.
● Worn tyres make control of the vehicle more difficult in normal or difficult driving conditions, increasing the braking distance and the risk of
skidding.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Wheel run-out: The wheels on new vehicles are balanced. However, certain
circumstances may lead to imbalance (run-out), which is detected as vibrations in the steering wheel. Run-out leads to wear of the steering and suspension. In the event of run out, the wheels should be balanced again.
When a new wheel is fitted, it should be balanced again.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
207
208
Vehicle care and maintenance
Removing the spare wheel
Running gear settings: an incorrectly positioned running gear increases the
wear of tyres and affects your safety while driving. If tyres wear too quickly,
have the wheel alignment checked at a Specialised workshop.
● Open the rear lid and lift the luggage compartment shelf ⇒ page 100.
● If necessary, remove the luggage compartment variable floor
⇒ page 100.
WARNING
● Lift up the carpet from the recess and remove it from the luggage compartment.
If you notice unusual vibration or the vehicle pulls to one side while driving, this may indicate that one of the tyres is damaged.
● If necessary, take out the vehicle tool kit with the container.
● Completely remove the hand controlled wheel from the centre of the
spare wheel ⇒ fig. 118 by turning it in an anti-clockwise direction, and take
out the spare wheel.
● Reduce speed immediately and stop, while observing the highway
code.
● Check the wheels and tyres for damage.
● Never carry on driving on worn tyres or wheels. Request qualified assistance immediately.
● If there is no visible exterior damage, drive slowly and carefully to the
nearest Specialised workshop and have the vehicle checked.
Storing the replaced wheel
● Pull back the carpet.

● With the wheel rim facing downwards, situate the replaced wheel in the
spare wheel well so that the wheel rim central hole coincides with the opening.
● Turn the hand controlled wheel with the shank screwed clockwise until
the replaced wheel is secured.
Spare wheel or temporary spare wheel*
● If necessary, store the vehicle tool in the container, inside the luggage
compartment.
● Replace the carpet on the luggage compartment floor.
● Lower the rear shelf.
● Close the rear lid.
If the spare wheel is different to the rest of the vehicle tyres
If the spare tyre is not the same as the tyres that are mounted on the vehicle
- for example with winter tyres or the temporary spare wheel - you should
only use the spare tyre for a short period of time and drive with extra care
⇒ .
Fig. 118 In the luggage
compartment: hand controlled wheel for securing
the spare wheel.
Refit the normal road wheel as soon as possible.
Please observe driving advice:

Vehicle care and maintenance
● Do not drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering.
● Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel are not permitted
⇒ page 211.
● After mounting the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel, check the
tyre pressure as soon as possible ⇒ page 205.
It is advisable to check the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel tyre pressure when checking the rest of the vehicle wheels at least once a month.
The spare wheel should have the highest pressure allowed for the vehicle
⇒ page 205. The sticker situated on the temporary spare wheel shows the
tyre pressure.
WARNING
Incorrect handling of the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel can
cause loss of vehicle control, producing collisions or other serious accidents and injury.
209
WARNING (Continued)
● You should never use more than one temporary spare wheel.
● After mounting the temporary spare wheel, check the tyre pressure as
soon as possible ⇒ page 205.
● Snow chains on the temporary spare wheel are not permitted.
Note
Wherever possible, secure the spare wheel, temporary spare wheel or the
replaced wheel safely in the luggage compartment. In vehicles with antipuncture kit, it is not possible to secure the defective wheel.

Tyre code
● Never use the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel if it is damaged or worn to the wear indicator.
● In some vehicles the spare wheel is smaller than the original tyres.
This can be seen on a sticker showing the text “80 km/h” and “50 mph”.
This text indicates the maximum velocity permitted for this type of tyre.
● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph). Avoid powerful acceleration, hard braking and taking corners at high speed.
● Never drive more than 200 km with a temporary spare wheel fitted to
the drive axle.
● Replace the temporary spare wheel for a normal wheel as soon as
possible. The compact temporary spare wheel is only intended for temporary use over short distances.
● The temporary spare wheel must always be secured with the factory
supplied wheel bolts.
Fig. 119 Universal code on tyres.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
210
Vehicle care and maintenance
1
Radial
Tyre code (example)
Meaning
2
Rim diameter code
DOT BT RA TY5 1709
3
Load index & speed rating
Tyre identification number (TINa), may be only on
interior wall of wheel) and date of manufacture:
4
DOT tyre identification number
5
Severe snow conditions
6
Tyre ply composition and materials used
7
Max. load rating
8
Treadwear, traction and temperature grades
9
Max. permissible inflation pressure
10
Passenger vehicle tyre
11
Nominal width of tyre in millimetres
12
Ratio of height to width (aspect ratio)
DOT
The tyre complies with the legal requirements of the US Department of Transport, responsible for tyre safety regulations.
BT
Place of manufacture code.
RA
Information about manufacturer and tyre
size.
TY5
Manufacturer's tyre specifications.
1709 Date of manufacture: Week 17 of 2009.
TWI
This identifies the position of the Tread Wear Indicator ⇒ page 206.
Tyre code (example)
Meaning
Made in Germany
Country of manufacture.
Make, logotype
Manufacturer
MAX LOAD 615 KG
Product name
Name of tyre assigned by manufacturer.
US load rating, indicating maximum permitted
load per tyre.
P255 / 55 R 18
Size:
P
Passenger vehicle code.
255
Nominal width between walls, in mm.
55
Height/width ratio in %
R
Tyre type (R indicates "radial").
18
Rim diameter in inches
MAX INFLATION 350 KPA US limit, indicating maximum permitted tyre
(51 PSI)
pressure.
SIDEWALL 1 PLY RAYON
Information about tyre wall components:
1 layer of rayon (artificial silk).
TREAD 4 PLIES
1 RAYON + 2 STEEL +
1 NYLON
Information about tread components:
In the example, there are 4 layers below the
tread: 1 layer of rayon (artificial silk), 2 layers of
steel reinforcement and 1 layer of nylon.
109 H
Load index ⇒ page 211 and speed rating
⇒ page 211.
XL
(“Reinforced”) tyres.
Information for the end consumer concerning the comparative values of
the established base tyres (standardised test procedures) ⇒ page 224:
M+S or M/S or 
Winter tyres code (mud and snow tyres).
TREADWEAR 220
RADIAL TUBELESS
Radial tyre without inner tube.
Relative service life of the tyre, with respect to
specific US standard test.
E4 ...
E-mark certifying tyre complies with international legislation followed by a number denoting the
country granting the authorisation. The authorisation number ( several digits) is shown below.
TRACTION A
Braking capacity of tyre on wet surface (AA, A, B
or C).

Vehicle care and maintenance
Tyre code (example)
Meaning
R
max. 170 km/h (106 mph)
TEMPERATURE A
Tyre temperature resistance at higher test
speeds (A, B or C).
S
max. 180 km/h (112 mph)
T
max. 190 km/h (118 mph)
U
max. 200 km/h (124 mph)
H
max. 210 km/h (130 mph)
V
max. 240 km/h (149 mph)
Tyres with directional tread pattern
Z
max. 240 km/h (149 mph)
Tyres with directional tread pattern have been designed to operate best
when rotating in only one direction. An arrow on the tyre sidewall indicates
the direction of rotation on tyres with directional tread. Always observe the
direction of rotation indicated when mounting the wheel. This guarantees
optimum grip and helps to avoid aquaplaning, excessive noise and wear.
W
max. 270 km/h (168 mph)
Y
max. 300 km/h (186 mph)
If the tyre has other markings, these are specific tyre manufacturer codes
or specific national codes, e.g. for Brazil or China.
a)
The letters TIN refer to the tyre serial number.
Some manufacturers use the letters “ZR” for tyres with a maximum authorised speed above 240 km/h (149 miles).
If the tyre is mounted in the opposite direction of rotation, drive with extreme caution, as the tyre is no longer being used correctly. This is of particular importance when the road surface is wet. Change the tyre as soon as
possible or remount it with the correct direction of rotation.
Snow chains
Tyre load rating
When using snow chains, applicable local legislation and maximum permitted speed limits must be observed.
The load rating code indicates the maximum load in kilograms each wheel
can carry (load capacity).
78 425 kg

In winter weather, snow chains not only help to improve grip but also improve the braking capacity.
The fitting of chains is permitted only on front wheels and only with the following combinations of wheel trims and tyres:
81 462 kg
83 487 kg
85 515 kg
Tyre size
87 545 kg
165/70 R14
91 615 kg
Wheel rim
5 J x 14 offset of 35
SEAT recommends you ask a Technical Service for further information on
wheel, tyre and chain sizes.
Speed rating
The speed rating indicates the maximum speed permitted for the tyres.
P
max. 150 km/h (93 mph)
Q
max. 160 km/h (99 mph)
Vehicle diagram
211
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Wherever possible use fine-link chains measuring less than 15 mm including the lock.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
212
Vehicle care and maintenance
Remove wheel hub covers and trim rings before fitting snow chains ⇒ .
The wheel bolts should be covered with caps for safety reasons. These are
available from Technical Services.
Temporary spare wheel
For technical reasons, snow chains must not be used on the compact temporary spare wheel ⇒ page 208.
If it is necessary to fit chains with the temporary spare wheel in use, install
the temporary spare wheel on the rear axle in the event of a fault in a front
wheel. Then, fit the rear wheel that is free, instead of the damaged front
wheel. In this situation, observe the rotating direction of the wheels. SEAT
recommends attaching the snow chains before fitting the wheel.
WARNING
The use of unsuitable or incorrectly fitted chains could lead to serious accidents and damage.
● Always the appropriate snow chains.
● Observe the fitting instructions provided by the snow chain manufacturer.
● Never exceed the maximum permitted speeds when driving with snow
chains.
CAUTION
● You must remove the snow chains to drive on roads which are free of
snow. Otherwise they will impair handling, damage the tyres and wear out
very quickly.
● Wheel trims may be damaged or scratched if the chains come into direct
contact with them. SEAT recommends the use of covered snow chains.
Note
Snow chains are available in different sizes according to the vehicle type.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Accessories, replacements, repairs and
modifications
Introduction
WARNING
The use of unsuitable spare parts and accessories, or incorrectly performed modifications or repairs may result in damage to the vehicle, accidents and serious injury.
● SEAT strongly recommends you to only use SEAT approved accessories and SEAT® original spare parts. These parts and accessories have
been specially tested by SEAT for suitability, reliability and safety.
Additional information and warnings:
● Seat belts ⇒ page 57
● Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a Specialised workshop. Specialised workshops have the necessary tools, diagnostics
equipment, repair information and qualified personnel.
● Airbag system ⇒ page 67
● Roof carrier ⇒ page 104
● Ashtray and cigarette lighter ⇒ page 115
● Only mount parts with the same specifications as the parts fitted at
factory.
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 128
● Parking distance warning system ⇒ page 143
● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as drink holders or telephone
cradles over the covers of the airbag modules or within their deployment
zones.
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● Only use wheels and tyre combinations which have been approved by
SEAT for your vehicle type.
● Power socket ⇒ page 117
● Cruise control system (CCS) ⇒ page 146
● Engine oil ⇒ page 176
● Engine coolant ⇒ page 180
● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 184
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 188
● Care and cleaning of the vehicle interior ⇒ page 196
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 224
● ⇒ Booklet Radio system
● Instruction Manual for the Portable Navigation System (supplied by
SEAT) in the equipment.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
213
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

214
Vehicle care and maintenance
Running-in
ries at a later date, or when replacing a component. An SEAT Official Service
will advise you as to the legal requirements and manufacturer's recommendations regarding accessories, spare parts and other components.
Please observe the instructions for running-in new components.
SEAT recommend you use only approved SEAT accessories and genuine
SEAT spare parts®. These parts and accessories have been specially tested
by SEAT for suitability, reliability and safety. In addition the SEAT Technical
Service will guarantee that the assembly is carried out professionally.
Running-in the engine
The engine needs to be run-in over the first 1500 km. During its first few
hours of running, the internal friction in the engine is greater than later on
when all the moving parts have bedded down.
Although we continually monitor the market, SEAT cannot guarantee that
products not approved by SEAT are reliable, safe and suitable for the vehicle. Therefore, SEAT cannot accept liability, even in those cases authorised
by an officially recognised technical inspection office or other official body.
How the vehicle is driven for the first 1500 km also influences the engine
quality. Throughout the life of the vehicle, it should be driven at a moderate
speed, especially when the engine is cold, as this will reduce engine wear
and increase its useful life. Never drive at extremely low engine speeds.
Change down to a lower gear when the engine no longer runs “smoothly”.
Up to 1000 kilometres the following instructions apply:
Any retro-fitted equipment which has a direct effect on vehicle control must
be approved by SEAT for use in your vehicle and bear the e mark (the European Union's authorisation symbol). This includes cruise control systems or
electronically controlled suspension.
● Do not use full throttle.
● Do not force the engine above two thirds of its maximum speed.
If any additional electrical components are fitted which do not serve to control the vehicle itself, these must bear the  mark (European Union manufacturer conformity declaration). This includes refrigerator boxes, laptops or
ventilator fans.
Between 1000 and 1500 kilometres (600 to 1000 miles), gradually increase power until reaching the maximum speed and high engine speeds.
Running in new tyres and brake pads
● Replacement of new tyres and wheel trims ⇒ page 201
WARNING
● Notes on the brakes ⇒ page 128
Unprofessional repairs or modifications to the vehicle may affect the performance of the airbags, resulting in operating faults or fatal accident.
For the sake of the environment
If the engine is run in gently, the life of the engine will be increased and the
engine oil consumption reduced.
Accessories and spare parts
SEAT recommends you consult an Official Service before purchasing accessories and spare parts or consumables. For example, when fitting accesso-

● Never mount, fasten or fit objects such as drink holders or telephone
cradles over or next to the covers of the airbag modules or within their
deployment zones.
● Objects placed over the airbag covers, or within their deployment
zones, could lead to serious injury or loss of life if the airbags are triggered.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Fluids and consumables
For the sake of the environment
All vehicle fluids and consumables, such as notched belts, tyres, coolant
fluids, engine oils, spark plugs and batteries are continually being developed. Therefore all fluids and consumables should be changed at a Specialised workshop. Technical Services are permanently informed of any modifications.
Leaking fluids could pollute the environment. Collect any spilt fluids in suitable containers and dispose of in accordance with legislation and with respect for the environment.

Repairs and technical changes
WARNING
The incorrect use or handling of fluids or consumables may result in accident, serious injury, burns or intoxication.
● Therefore, fluids must always be stored closed in their original container.
● Never store fluids in empty food containers or bottles as other people
may accidentally drink the fluid.
● Keep all fluids and consumables out of reach of children.
● Read and observe the information and warnings given on the fluid
containers.
● Only work in the open air or in well-ventilated zones, when using
products which give off harmful vapours.
● Never use fuel, turpentine, engine oil, acetone or any other volatile
liquid in the maintenance of the vehicle. These are toxic and highly flammable. They could lead to fire or explosions!
CAUTION
● Only use appropriate fluids. Never mix the fluids. Using the wrong fluids
could cause serious malfunctions and engine damage!
● Accessories and other components mounted in front of the air inlet reduce the cooling effect of the coolant. If the engine is running under great
strain in high outside temperatures, it could overheat.
Vehicle diagram
215
Prior to a journey...
While driving
When performing repairs and technical modifications, SEAT's directives
must be observed! ⇒ Unauthorised modifications to the electronic components or software in the
vehicle may cause malfunctions. Due to the way the electronic components
are linked together in networks, other indirect systems may be affected by
the faults. This may significantly affect the vehicle's performance, increase
component wear and could mean that the vehicle registration documents
are no longer valid.
Your SEAT Official Service cannot be held liable for any damage caused by
technical modifications or repairs performed incorrectly.
The SEAT Official Service does not accept liability for damage resulting from
technical modifications or repairs performed incorrectly; neither is the SEAT
warranty valid in these cases.
SEAT recommends you have any technical modifications or repairs performed at a SEAT Official Service and that you use genuine SEAT spare
parts®.
Vehicles with special accessories and equipment
The manufacturers of additional equipment guarantee that the equipment
complies with applicable laws and regulations with respect to the environment, in particular Directives 2000/53/CE and 2003/11/CE. The first directive governs the disposal of end-of-life vehicles while the second refers to
the restrictions on the marketing and use of certain dangerous substances
and preparations.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
216
Vehicle care and maintenance
The vehicle owner should keep the documentation for the additional equipment safely and hand it over to the scrap yard at the end of the vehicle's
service life. This ensures that any additional equipment mounted in end-oflife vehicles is correctly disposed of with respect for the environment.
the suspension is stiffened or the suspension springs, telescopic arms,
dampers, etc., are modified, the results received by the airbag sensors and
sent to the control unit may not be accurate. For example, some modifications to the suspension could increase the force measured by the sensors
and result in the triggering of the airbag systems in collisions. Under normal
conditions, the measured values would be lower and the airbag would not
have been triggered. Other modifications may reduce the forces measured
by the sensors and therefore the airbags are not triggered in situations
when they should have triggered.
WARNING
Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in
damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the efficiency of the
driver assist systems. This could result in serious accident.
● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle should only be performed
by a Specialised workshop.
WARNING

Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in
damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the efficiency of the
airbag systems. This could result in serious or fatal accident.
Repair and faults in the airbag system
● All repairs and modifications to the vehicle should only be performed
by a Specialised workshop.
When performing repairs and technical modifications, SEAT's directives
must be observed! ⇒ ● Airbag modules must never be repaired: if damaged, they must be replaced.
Modifications and repairs to the front bumper, doors, front seats, and repairs to the roof or chassis should only be carried out in a Specialised workshop. These components may contain parts or sensors belonging to the airbag system.
If work is carried out on the airbag system or parts have to be removed and
fitted on the system when performing other repair work, parts of the airbag
system may be damaged. The consequence may be that, in the event of an
accident, the airbag inflates incorrectly or does not inflate at all.
So that the effectiveness of the airbag is not reduced and that removed
parts do not cause any injuries or environmental pollution, regulations must
be observed. These requirements are known to qualified dealerships.
Modifications to the vehicle suspension may affect the operation of the airbag system in the event of collision. For example, if wheel and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT are used, or if the vehicle height is lowered,
● Never fit recycled or reused airbag components in your vehicle.
WARNING
Modifications to the vehicle suspension, including the use of unauthorised wheel and tyre combinations, may affect the performance of the airbags and increase the risk of serious or fatal injury in the event of accident.
● Never fit suspension components which are not identical to the original parts mounted in the vehicle.
● Never use wheel and tyre combinations not approved by SEAT.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Retro-fitting of two-way radios
217
WARNING
An exterior aerial is required for the use of two-way radios in the vehicle.
The retro-fitting of electrical or electronic appliances in the vehicle is subject to their approval for use in your vehicle. Under certain circumstances,
this could mean that your vehicle registration documents are no longer valid.
SEAT has approved your vehicle for use with two-way radios providing the
following conditions are observed:
● The exterior aerial must be mounted professionally.
● The maximum transmitting power is 10 watts.
An only external aerial is needed to give the equipment its optimal reach.
Check first with a Specialised workshop if you wish to use a two-way radio
with a transmitting power of over 10 watts. The Specialised workshops are
familiar with the technical options for installation. SEAT recommends visiting a Technical Service.
All legal requirements, together with the instructions for the use of two-way
radios must be observed.
When using a two-way radio without a connection to an exterior aerial,
the maximum permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation may be exceeded. This is also the case if the aerial has not been correctly installed.
● You should only use a two-way radio inside the vehicle if it has first
been correctly connected to an exterior aerial.

Information stored by the control units
Your vehicle is fitted at the factory with a series of electronic control units
responsible for the engine and gearbox management. In addition, the control units supervise the performance of the exhaust gas system and the airbag systems.
Therefore, while the vehicle is being driven, these electronic control units
are continuously analysing the vehicle data. In the event of faults or deviations from the theoretical values, only this data is stored. Normally, the
warning lamps on the instrument panel light up in the event of faults.
This data can only be read and analysed using special equipment.
The storing of the data allows specialised workshops to detect and repair
faults. Stored data may include:
WARNING
If the two-way radio is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent
flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeuvres or accident, causing injury.
● While driving, two-way radios must be securely fastened in position,
outside the airbags deployment zones, or safely stowed away.
● Data relating to the engine or the gearbox
● Speed
● Direction of travel
● Braking force
● Detection of seat belt
The vehicle control units never record conversations held by passengers in
the vehicle.

Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
218
Vehicle care and maintenance
In vehicles equipped with an emergency call function via the mobile telephone or other appliances connected in the vehicle, it is possible to send
the vehicle position. If the control unit records an accident with airbag activation, the system may automatically send a signal. This will depend on the
network operator. Normally, transmission is only possible in areas with
good coverage.
The diagnostics connector is in the driver side footwell area, next to the lever for opening the bonnet, below a cover.
Event Data Recorder
Using a mobile telephone in a vehicle without connection
to an exterior aerial
The vehicle is not fitted with an event data recorder.
An event data recorder temporarily stores the vehicle information. Therefore, in the event of accident, it is possible to obtain detailed information
about how the accident occurred. For example, in vehicles with airbag systems, data relating to speed of impact, seat belt status, seat positions and
airbag activation times may be stored. The volume of data depends on the
manufacturer.
Event data recorders can only be mounted with authorisation from the vehicle owner and, in some countries, they are governed by local legislation.
Reprogramming control units
On the whole, all the data required for the component management is stored in the control units. The programming of certain convenience functions,
such as the convenience indicators, individual door opening and instructions on the display can be modified using special equipment at the workshop. If the comfort functions are reprogrammed, the information and Instruction Manual descriptions will not coincide with the modified functions.
Therefore, SEAT recommends that any modifications are recorded in the section “Other workshop notes” in the Maintenance Programme.
The SEAT Official Service must have a record of any modification to the programming.
Reading the vehicle fault memory
There is a diagnostics connector in the vehicle interior for reading the vehicle fault memory. The fault memory documents errors and deviations from
the theoretical values of the electronic control units.
The fault memory should only be read and reset by a Specialised workshop.

Mobile telephones transmit and receive radio waves also called high-frequency energy, both when in use and when on stand-by. Scientific studies
state that radio waves exceeding certain values may be harmful to the human body. International committees and authorities have established limits
and directives in order to ensure electromagnetic radiation from mobile
phones remains within certain limits that do not endanger human health.
However, there is no available conclusive scientific evidence that cordless
phones are completely safe.
That is why some experts recommend moderate use of the mobile telephone, and the appliance of measures to reduce radiation on the human
body.
When a mobile telephone not connected to an exterior aerial is used inside
the vehicle, the electromagnetic radiation may be greater than if the mobile
phone were connected to a built-in aerial or to another exterior aerial.
If the vehicle is fitted with a suitable hands-free device that allows the employment of numerous additional mobile telephone functions with compatible Bluetooth technology®, it will comply with the legislation in many countries which only permits the use of mobile phones inside vehicles using a
hands-free device.
The hands-free system of the Portable Navigation System (supplied by
SEAT) has been designed for use with conventional mobile phones and
phones with Bluetooth technology® ⇒ page 220. Mobile telephones must
be placed in a suitable telephone support or stored safely in the vehicle. If a
support is used for the telephone, it must be securely fastened to the base 
Vehicle care and maintenance
plate. The mobile will be secure on the instrument panel and always within
reach of the driver only by following these procedures. Mobile telephone
connection with an external aerial is carried out subject to the hands-free
device, via the telephone support or by the Bluetooth® connections present
in the mobile telephone and the vehicle.
If the mobile telephone is connected to an aerial incorporated into the vehicle or an exterior aerial connected to the vehicle, this will help to reduce the
electromagnetic radiation transmitted and the risk to human health. It will
also improve the quality of the connection.
If the mobile telephone is used inside the vehicle without the hands-free
system, it will not be securely fastened and will not be connected to the exterior aerial of the vehicle telephone. Nor will the telephone charge if it is
not on the support. In addition, some calls may break off and the quality of
the connection will be affected.
WARNING
When using a mobile telephone or two-way radio without connecting an
external aerial, the maximum permitted levels of electromagnetic radiation in the vehicle may be exceeded, thus putting the driver and the rest
of the vehicle occupants in danger. This is also the case if the aerial has
not been correctly installed.
● A minimum of 20 centimetres should be kept between mobile telephone aerials and artificial pacemakers, as mobile telephones may affect
the working of pacemakers.
● Do not carry a mobile telephone in your breast pocket directly over
the pacemaker when the mobile telephone is switched on.
● Immediately switch off the mobile telephone if you suspect any interference with pacemakers or other types of medical equipment.
Mobile telephones should only be used inside the vehicle if they are connected to a hands-free system. SEAT recommends using an external aerial
should you wish to use a mobile telephone inside the vehicle.
Bluetooth® is a registered trademark of Bluetooth ® SIG, Inc.
WARNING
If the mobile telephone is not securely fastened in position, it could be
sent flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeuvres or accident, causing injury.
● While driving, the mobile telephone, other equipment including telephone accessories such as telephone supports, notepads and navigators
must be correctly secured, away from the airbags deployment zones, or
stored in a safe place.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
219
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

220
Vehicle care and maintenance
SEAT Portable System*
The SEAT Portable System (supplied by SEAT) allows for the use of other vehicle functions such as additional applications ⇒ .
The gradient and the angle of vision can be set by moving the navigator to
the required position ⇒ fig. 120 ⇒ .
The Portable Navigation System Instruction Manual can be observed directly on the equipment.
Functions1)
● Multifunction display (MFI) shown with additional instruments
⇒ page 17.
● Operation of a factory-fitted radio and a ⇒ Booklet Radio system connected multimedia player.
Fig. 120 In the centre
console: Remove the navigator.
● Image display.
● Navigation.
● Hands-free system for mobile telephones via Bluetooth.
● Door open.
● Optical parking system (OPS).
● Recommended gear and driving advice.
Observe the Instruction Manual in the equipment
● Connect the Portable Navigation System.
● Press the button more on the screen.
● Press the Manual button.
● Select the required chapter and press the corresponding button.
Removing and fitting the navigator
Fig. 121 Remove the
navigator holder.
● Securely support the navigator.
● Press the release button
1
until the device is released from its holder.
● Take the navigator out and store it safely.
1)
subject to the vehicle

Vehicle care and maintenance
To fit the navigator, place it in the upper support and push the lower part
inside the holder until it engages with a click ⇒ .
Removing and fitting the navigator holder
● Press the holder release button ⇒ fig. 121 (arrow).
● Remove the holder from the dash panel in an upwards direction.
● If necessary, close the opening with the corresponding cover.
In order to fit the holder, place it on the opening from above and press in a
downwards direction until it engages with a click. ⇒ .
221
WARNING
If the navigator is not securely fastened in position, it could be sent flying around the vehicle in the event of sharp braking, sudden manoeuvres
or accident, causing injury.
● Fit the navigator housing safely on the corresponding opening on the
dash panel.
● Always place the navigator securely in its holder or store it safely in
the vehicle.
CAUTION
WARNING
Any distraction may lead to an accident, with the risk of injury. Operating
the navigator could distract you from the traffic.
● Always stay alert and drive responsibly.
● Select volume settings that allow you to easily hear signals from outside the vehicle at all times (e.g. emergency service sirens).
● Setting the volume too high may cause damage to your hearing. This
also applies if the device is set to high volumes for a short period.
WARNING
Journey instructions and traffic signals shown on the navigation system
may differ to the current traffic situation.
● Traffic signals and driving regulations take precedence over journey
instructions and indications from the navigation system.
● Adjust your speed and driving style to visibility, road, traffic and
weather conditions.
An unsuitable gradient and angle of vision setting can damage the navigator.
● When adjusting the navigation device, move it with care and not beyond
its limits.
CAUTION
Excessively high or low outside temperatures can affect the Portable Navigation System operation or damage the device.
● Always take the Portable Navigation System with you when you leave the
vehicle to protect it from excessively high or low temperatures and intense
sunlight.
CAUTION
Humidity can damage the Portable Navigation System connections on the
dash panel.
● Do not clean the holder for the navigation device with moist products.
Use a dry cloth.
Note
SEAT recommends taking the Portable Navigation System with you when
you leave the vehicle to prevent it from being stolen.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

222
Vehicle care and maintenance
Jacking points for raising vehicle
The vehicle should not be lifted using lifting platforms with lift pads containing fluid.
When raising a vehicle using a platform or jack, a series of precautionary
measures are required. Never raise the vehicle with a lifting platform or jack
unless you have received training in how to do so and know how to lift the
vehicle safely.
Notes on raising the vehicle with a jack ⇒ page 241.
WARNING
Fig. 122 Front jacking
points for raising vehicle
with lifting platform or
jack.
The improper use of the lifting platform or the jack when raising the vehicle may result in accidents or serious injury.
● Before raising the vehicle, please observe the manufacturer's instructions for the platform or jack, and the legal requirements, where applicable.
● There should not be anyone inside the vehicle when it is being raised
or once it is in the air.
● Only use the jacking points indicated in the figures ⇒ fig. 122 and
⇒ fig. 123 when raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at the indicated points, it may fall from the platform while the engine or gearbox is
being dismounted, for example.
● The jacking points should be centrally aligned and firmly positioned
on the platform support plates.
● Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised! The vehicle may fall
from the platform due to the engine vibrations.
Fig. 123 Rear jacking
points for raising vehicle
with lifting platform or
jack.
Always use the jacking points indicated in the figures ⇒ fig. 122 and
⇒ fig. 123 when raising the vehicle. If the vehicle is not lifted at these
points, it could be seriously damaged ⇒ or lead to serious injury ⇒ .
● If it is necessary to work underneath the vehicle while it is raised, you
should check that the supporting stands have an adequate load capacity.
● Never climb onto the lifting platform.
● Always make sure that the weight of the vehicle does not exceed the
lifting platform load capacity.

Vehicle care and maintenance
CAUTION
● Never raise the vehicle at the engine oil sump, the gearbox or the rear or
front axles.
● Always use an intermediate rubber support to prevent damage to the
vehicle underbody. Check that the arms of the lifting platform are able to
move with obstruction.
● The arms should not come into contact with the side running boards or
other parts of the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
223
224
Vehicle care and maintenance
Notes for the user
Labels and plates
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Accessories, parts replacement, repairs and modifications ⇒ page 213
● ⇒ Booklet Maintenance Programme
WARNING
Fig. 124 Warnings relating to handling of the
City Safety Assist system
laser sensor function.
Failure to treat the vehicle with the correct care increases the risk of accident and injury.
● Observe legal requirements.
● Observe the Instruction Manual.
Some parts in the engine compartment come from the factory with certificates of safety, labels or plates containing important information regarding
the operation of the vehicle, for example, on the petrol cap, on the passenger's sun visor, on the driver door strut, or on the floor of the luggage compartment.
CAUTION
If you do not treat the vehicle suitably, you may cause it to be damaged.
● Observe legal requirements.
● Never remove these certificates of safety, labels or plates, and ensure
they are kept in good condition and are legible.
● Carry out regular maintenance of the vehicle, according to specifications
in the Maintenance Programme.
● Observe the Instruction Manual.

● If a vehicle part, bearing a certificate of safety, label or plate, is replaced, the Specialised workshop should attach the information back in the
same place.
Certificate of safety
A certificate of safety on the door strut states that all the safety standards
and regulations established by the national traffic authorities responsible
for road safety were met at the time of manufacture. It may also give the
month and year of manufacture, together with the chassis number.

Vehicle care and maintenance
225
Radio reception and the aerial
Warning of high voltage label
There is a label close to the bonnet lock which warns of high voltage in the
vehicle electrical installation.
For factory-fitted radio equipment, the aerial for radio reception is fitted to
the roof of the vehicle.
Warning relating to the City Safety Assist system laser sensor
There are some warning and information signs on the City Safety Assist system laser sensor ⇒ fig. 124.

Note
If electrical equipment such as mobile telephones, is used near a roof aerial, you may observe interference in the reception of AM stations.

Using your vehicle in other countries and continents
Notes on SEAT repairs
The vehicle is manufactured at the factory for use in a particular country in
accordance with the national legislation in force at the time of manufacture.
Information about authorised SEAT services and authorised SEAT repairs
can be requested by payment at the following addresses:
If the vehicle is sold in another country or used in another country for an extended period of time, the applicable legislation of that country should be
observed.
Clients in Europe, Asia, Australia, Africa, Central America and South
America
It may be necessary to fit or remove certain pieces of equipment or to deactivate certain functions. Service work may also be affected. This is particularly true if the vehicle is used in a different climate for an extended period
of time.
Contact a Technical Service or specialised workshop, or request the corresponding documentation at www.erwin.volkswagen.de.
WARNING
As there are different types of frequency bands around the world, you may
find that the radio system or the Portable Navigation System (supplied by
SEAT) supplied at the factory does not work in another country.
Repairs or modifications which are not performed correctly may result in
damage or errors in the vehicle operation, affecting the efficiency of the
driver assist and airbag systems. This could result in serious accident.
● Have any repairs or modifications carried out at a Specialised workshop.
CAUTION
● SEAT does not accept liability for any damage to the vehicle due to the
use of a lower quality fuel, an inadequate service or the non-availability of
genuine spare parts.
● SEAT does not accept liability if the vehicle does not comply in part or in
full with the legal requirements of other countries or continents.


Conformity certification
The respective manufacturer hereby declares that the products indicated as
follows fulfil the basic requirements and the following dispositions and

Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
226
Vehicle care and maintenance
important legislations on the date of manufacture of the vehicle, among
others FCC Part 15.19, FCC Part 15.21 and RSS-Gen Issue 1:
Radio frequency equipment
● Electronic gearbox lock.
● Vehicle key.
Electrical equipment
● 12 volt socket.

Collection and scrapping of end-of-life vehicles
Collection of end-of-life vehicles
SEAT is already prepared for the moment when you wish to scrap your vehicle and offers you an environmentally-friendly solution. An extensive network of used vehicle reception centres already exists in much of Europe. After the vehicle has been delivered, you will receive a certificate of destruction describing the environmentally friendly scrapping of the vehicle in accordance with applicable legislation.
We will collect the used vehicle free of charge, provided it complies with all
national legislation.
Please see your Technical Service for further information about the collection and scrapping of end-of-life vehicles.
Scrapping
The relevant safety requirements must be observed when the vehicle or
components of the airbag or belt tensioner systems are scrapped. These requirements are known to qualified dealerships.

Vehicle care and maintenance
Engine management and exhaust gas
purification system
Control lamps
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
lights
up
Possible cause
Solution

Fault in engine management
(Electronic Power Control).
Take the vehicle to a Specialised
workshop as soon as possible
and have the engine checked.
Fault in catalytic converter.
You should reduce speed accordingly. Drive carefully until you
reach the next Specialised workshop. Have the engine checked
there.
● Changing gear ⇒ page 124
● Refuelling ⇒ page 165

● Fuel ⇒ page 169
● Engine oil ⇒ page 176
● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 184
flashes Possible cause
● Information stored in the control units ⇒ page 213
● Tow-starting and towing away ⇒ page 267

WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire.
Solution
You should reduce speed accordCombustion fault which could ingly. Drive carefully until you
damage the catalytic convert- reach the next Specialised workshop. Have the engine checked
er.
there.
Several warning and control lamps light up for a few seconds when the ignition is switched on while a test of the function is being carried out. They will
switch off after a few seconds.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried grass).
● Never apply additional underseal or anti-corrosion coatings to the exhaust pipes, catalytic converter or the heat shields on the exhaust system.
227
CAUTION

Always pay attention to any lit lamps and to the corresponding descriptions
and instructions to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Note
While the control lamps  or  maintain lit up, the engine will present
faults, a higher consumption of fuel and a loss of engine power.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

228
Vehicle care and maintenance
Catalytic converter
The catalytic converter permits the subsequent treatment of the exhaust
gases thus reducing contaminating gas emissions. To ensure a longer working life for the exhaust system and catalytic converter in a petrol engine:
● Always use unleaded petrol.
● Never run the fuel tank completely dry.
● Do not top up with too much engine oil ⇒ page 176.
● Do not tow-start the vehicle; use the starter cables ⇒ page 264.
If you should notice misfiring, uneven running or loss of power when the vehicle is moving, reduce speed immediately. Have the vehicle inspected by a
Specialised workshop. If this happens, unburnt fuel can enter the exhaust
gas system and escape into the atmosphere. The catalytic converter can also be damaged by overheating.
For the sake of the environment
Even when the emission control system is working perfectly, there may be a
smell of sulphur from the exhaust gas under some conditions. This depends

on the sulphur content of the fuel used.
Practical information
If and when
Practical information
Frequently asked questions
Problem
The engine does
not start.
Possible causes,
among others
Possible solution
The vehicle battery is
flat.
– Carry out the jump start
⇒ page 264.
– Charge the battery
⇒ page 184.
You are using an incor- Use the correct key
rect vehicle key.
⇒ page 28.
The fuel tank level is
insufficient.
Refuel ⇒ page 165.
The vehicle cannot
be locked or unlocked with the
key.
– Vehicle key battery is
flat.
– Too far away from
the vehicle.
– Buttons pressed outside the radius of
reach.
– Change the battery
⇒ page 28.
– Move closer to the vehicle.
– Synchronize the vehicle
key ⇒ page 28.
– Manually lock or unlock
the vehicle ⇒ page 234.
Unusual noises.
Engine cold, City Safety Assist system, steer- See entry “Noises” in the deing column electronic tailed alphabetical index.
lock.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Possible solution
See entry “Assistance sysAssistance systems actems” in the detailed alphative.
betical index.
If you suspect that the vehicle has a fault or is damaged when using it, before consulting a SEAT dealership or a specialised workshop, carefully read
the following instructions. Similarly, the terms in the alphabetical index
“Things to note” or “Checklist” may be of help.
Problem
Possible causes,
among others
Handling is
strange.
Vehicle has no
jack, spare wheel
or tire mobility set
present.
You are using an incor- Check the tyre pressure
rect tyre pressure.
⇒ page 201.
Damage to the wheel
trims or tyres.
Inspect wheel trims and
tyres regularly for damage
⇒ page 201 and replace
them if necessary
⇒ page 241.
Equipment subject to
the vehicle.
No direct solution, depends
on the equipment. In this
case, you should contact a
SEAT Dealership
⇒ page 237.
– Headlights covered
for driving on the lefthand side or righthand side.
Surface not correct– Headlight adjustly illuminated.
ment too high.
– Faulty bulbs.
– Dipped headlights
switched off.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
– Cover the headlights for
driving on the left-hand side
or right-hand side
⇒ page 84.
– Adjust the headlight range
⇒ page 84.
– Change the bulbs
⇒ page 255.
– Switch on the dipped
headlights ⇒ page 84.

Technical Data
229
230
Practical information
Problem
The electrical
equipment is not
working.
Fuel consumption
higher than normal.
Possible causes,
among others
Possible solution
Vehicle battery flat.
Charge the battery
⇒ page 184.
Fuel tank level insufficient.
Refuel ⇒ page 165.
A fuse is blown.
Check fuse and change if
necessary ⇒ page 252.
– Short trips.
– “Irregularities in the
accelerator pedal”.
– Avoid short trips.
– Foresight when driving.
– Press the accelerator evenly.
Electrical equipment
connected.
Switch of any unnecessary
electrical equipment.
Fault in engine management.
Have the fault rectified
⇒ page 227.
Tyre pressure too low.
Adjust tyre pressure
⇒ page 201.
Driving on hills.
No direct solution.
Driving with a heavy
load.
No direct solution.
Driving at an excessive
Shift up a gear.
engine speed.

Practical information
In case of emergency
231
Protecting yourself and securing the vehicle
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 128
● Emergency locking and unlocking ⇒ page 234
● Vehicle tools ⇒ page 237
● Change wheel ⇒ page 241
WARNING
Fig. 125 Dash panel:
Button to switch on and
off the hazard warning
lights system.
A faulty vehicle in traffic represents a risk of accident for the driver and
for other road users.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park the vehicle a safe
distance from surrounding traffic to lock all the doors in case of an emergency. Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle if the
doors are to be locked. In case of an emergency, passengers will be trapped inside the vehicle. Individuals locked in the vehicle can be exposed
to very high or very low temperatures.
Always fulfil legal requirements for securing a broken down vehicle. In a
number of countries it is now obligatory, for example, to turn on the hazard
warning lights and use a reflective safety vest ⇒ page 233.
Checklist

For your own safety and that of other passengers, the following points
should be observed in the order given ⇒ :
1.
Park the vehicle a safe distance from traffic and on suitable ground
⇒ .
2.
Turn on the hazard warning lights system with the button
⇒ fig. 125.
3.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 128.
4.
Move the gear lever into the neutral position ⇒ page 124.
5.
Switch off the engine and remove the key from the ignition.
6.
Have all occupants leave the vehicle and move to safety, for example
behind a guard rail.
7.
When leaving the vehicle, take all keys with you.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
232
Practical information
Checklist (Continued)
8.
9.
Place an emergency warning triangle to indicate the position of your
vehicle to other road users.
Allow the engine to cool and check if a specialist is required.
When being towed with the hazard warning lights system on, a change in
direction or traffic lane can be indicated as usual using the turn signals lever. The hazard lights will be interrupted temporarily.
Examples of when to use the hazard warning lights system:
● If the vehicles ahead suddenly slow down or reach the end of a traffic
jam, to warn the vehicles behind.
● In case of an emergency.
● If the vehicle breaks down.
● When tow-starting or towing.
Always comply with the applicable laws regarding the use of hazard warning lights.
If the hazard warning lights system is not working, you must use an alternative method of drawing attention to your vehicle. This method must comply
with traffic legislation.
WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to
accidents and severe injuries.
● Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe
the general rules of safety.
WARNING
The components of the exhaust system reach very high temperatures.
This could cause a fire and considerable damage.
● Always park your vehicle so that no part of the exhaust system can
come in contact with flammable materials (such as dried grass or fuel).
Note
The vehicle battery will discharge and run down if the hazard warning lights
remain on for too much time (even with the ignition turned off).
Note
For some vehicles, the brake lights will blink when braking suddenly at
speeds of approximately 80 km/h (50 mph) to warn vehicles behind. If braking continues, then the hazard warning lights system will automatically be
turned on at the speed of less than approximately 10 km/h (6 mph). The
brake lights remain lit. Upon accelerating, the hazard warning lights system

will be automatically turned off.
Practical information
First aid kit, warning triangle and fire extinguishers*
233
WARNING
Loose objects in the interior can be violently thrown in case of a sudden
manoeuvre or braking and especially in accidents causing serious injury.
● Secure or store fire extinguishers, first aid kit, reflective vests and
warning triangle securely in the vehicle.
Fig. 126 In the luggage
compartment: storage
compartment for the
warning triangle.
Warning triangle
In some vehicle equipment it is possible to store the warning triangle model
shown in a storage compartment of the luggage compartment ⇒ fig. 126.
First-aid kit
The first aid kit must comply with legal requirements. Check the expiry date
of the contents of the first aid kit.
Fire extinguisher
A fire extinguisher can be stored in a holder in the passenger seat footwell.
The fire extinguisher must conform to legal requirements, be ready for use
and be checked regularly. Check the certification seal on the extinguisher.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

234
Practical information
Emergency locking and unlocking
Introduction
The doors and rear lid can be locked manually and partially opened, for example if the key or the central locking is damaged.
CAUTION
When opening and closing in an emergency, carefully disassemble components and then reassemble them carefully to avoid damage to the vehicle.

Manually locking and unlocking the driver door
Additional information and warnings:
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Central locking and locking system ⇒ page 33
● Doors ⇒ page 38
● Rear lid ⇒ page 40
● In case of emergency ⇒ page 231
WARNING
Opening and closing doors carelessly can cause serious injury.
● If the vehicle is locked from outside, the doors and windows cannot
be opened from the inside.
● Never leave children or disabled people alone in the vehicle. They
could be trapped in the vehicle in an emergency and will not be able to
get themselves to safety.
● Depending on the time of the year, temperatures inside a locked and
closed vehicle can be extremely high or extremely low resulting in serious injuries and illness or even death, particularly for young children.
WARNING
Getting in the way of the doors and the rear lid is dangerous and can lead
to serious injury.
● Open and close the doors and the rear lid only when there is nobody
in the way.
Fig. 127 Driver side door
handle with lock cylinder.
In general, when the driver door is locked all other doors are locked. Unlocking manually only opens the driver door.
● Unfold the key shaft if necessary ⇒ page 28.
● Insert the key shaft into the lock cylinder to unlock or lock the vehicle
⇒ fig. 127.

Practical information
Manually locking the passenger side door
235
● Door open.
● Remove the rubber cap to the front of the door. The rubber cap is
marked with a lock symbol  ⇒ fig. 128.
● Unfold the key shaft if necessary ⇒ page 28.
● Insert the key shaft horizontally into the opening and moved the colour
lever forwards ⇒ fig. 129.
● Replace the rubber cap and close the door.
● Check if the door is locked.
● Have the vehicle checked by a Specialised workshop.
Note
Fig. 128 In the front of
the passenger side door:
Emergency lock, hidden
by a rubber cap.
The doors can be opened and unlocked individually from the inside by pulling the inside door handle. If necessary, pull the inner door release lever
twice ⇒ page 33.

Emergency unlocking the rear lid
Fig. 129 Emergency
locking of the vehicle using the vehicle key.
Fig. 130 From the luggage compartment: Manually unlocking the rear
lid.
The passenger door can be manually locked.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

236
Practical information
● If necessary, fold the rear seat bench backrest forwards ⇒ page 55.
● Remove equipment to access the inside of the rear lid.
● Unfold the key shaft ⇒ page 28.
● Insert the key shaft into the rear lid opening ⇒ fig. 130 and press the release lever in the direction of the arrow to unlock the rear lid.

Practical information
Vehicle tool kit*
237
Location
Introduction
When securing the vehicle in case of a breakdown, please note the legal requirements for each country.
Vehicle tool kit
For vehicles with a factory-fitted spare wheel or temporary spare wheel, in
addition to winter wheels, the luggage compartment may contain additional
vehicle tools ⇒ page 237.
Additional information and warnings:
Fig. 131 In the luggage
compartment: The carpet
is raised.
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● In case of emergency ⇒ page 231
● Change wheel ⇒ page 241
The vehicle tool kit, spare wheel, temporary spare wheel and the tire mobility set are stored in the luggage compartment under the carpeted floor panel
⇒ fig. 131.
● Tire Mobility Set ⇒ page 247
WARNING
● If necessary, remove the luggage compartment variable floor
⇒ page 100.
When the vehicle tool kit, tire mobility set and spare wheel are loose in
the interior they can be violently thrown in case of a sudden manoeuvre
or braking and especially in accidents causing serious injury.
● Raise the carpet at the recess (arrow) ⇒ fig. 131.
● Ensure that the vehicle tool kit, the tire mobility set and the spare
wheel or temporary spare wheel are safely secured in the luggage compartment.
Note
After use, return the jack to its initial position using the handle in order to
securely store it in the vehicle.
WARNING
Unsuitable or damaged vehicle tool kit can cause injury or accidents.
● Never work with inappropriate or damaged tools.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

238
Practical information
Components
Fig. 132 Components of
the onboard tool kit.
The set of on-board tools depends on the vehicle equipment. The following
is a description for a vehicle with all options.
The individual elements of the vehicle tools ⇒ fig. 132
1
Screwdriver with hexagon socket in the handle for screwing and unscrewing the wheel bolts once loosened. The screwdriver bit is interchangeable. The screwdriver may be found underneath the wheel spanner.
2
Adapter for antitheft bolt. SEAT recommend you carry the wheel bolt
adapter in the vehicle tool kit at all times. The code number of the antitheft wheel bolt is stamped on the front of the adapter. In case it is lost,
another adapter can be ordered using this number. Note the antitheft
bolt code for the wheels and keep it in a place other than the vehicle.
3
Towing eye, removable.
4
Wire hook for pulling off the wheel trims, integral hubcaps and the
wheel bolt caps.
5
Jack. Before storing the jack in the toolkit, fold its hook. The crank must
then be folded tight against the side of the jack in order for it to be
safely stored.
6
Wheel spanner.

Practical information
Wheel trims
239
Hubcaps
Introduction
Additional information and warnings:
● Caring for and cleaning the vehicle exterior ⇒ page 188
● Vehicle tools ⇒ page 237
● Change wheel ⇒ page 241
● Tire Mobility Set ⇒ page 247
WARNING
Fig. 133 Remove the
hubcap of the steel wheel
trim.
If the wheel trims are not appropriate or not fitted correctly, they could
cause major accidents or damage.
● Incorrectly mounted wheel trims may come off while driving and endanger other road users.
In order to access the wheel bolts, first remove the hubcap.
● Damaged trims must never be mounted on the wheels.
Removing and fitting the hubcap
● Always ensure that the brake ventilation and cooling is not cut off or
blocked. This is also valid if hubcaps are fitted later. If there is not
enough air, you may require significantly longer braking distances.
● To remove, take the vehicle tool kit wire hook and attach it to the edge of
the wheel trim ⇒ fig. 133.
● Remove the trim by pulling it in the direction of the arrow.
● To replace the hubcap, press the hubcap against the trim until it clicks
into place.
CAUTION
Remove and remount wheel trims taking care to avoid damage to the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

The caps protect the wheel bolts and should be remounted after changing
the tyre.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

240
Practical information
Full hubcaps
Wheel bolt caps
Fig. 134 Removing the
full hubcap.
Fig. 135 Removing the
wheel bolt caps.
● Take the wire hook from the vehicle tool kit ⇒ page 237.
Removing the full hubcap
● Insert the wire hook in the cap through the opening ⇒ fig. 135 and pull
outwards in the direction of the arrow.
● Take the wheel brace and the wire hook from the vehicle tool kit
⇒ page 237.
● Hook the wire through one of the grooves on the hubcap.
The caps protect the wheel bolts and should be remounted after changing
the tyre.
● Insert the wheel brace onto the wire hook ⇒ fig. 134 and pull the hub
cap in the direction shown by the arrow.
The anti-theft wheel locking bolt has a special cap. This cap only fits on anti-theft locking bolts and is not for use with standard wheel bolts.
Fitting hubcaps
Press the hubcap against the wheel so that the space for the valve fits over
the tyre valve. Make sure that the hubcap is correctly fitted all the way
around the wheel. If you are using an anti-theft wheel lock, screw it in the
opposite position to the valve.


Practical information
Changing a wheel
WARNING (Continued)
● If you are changing a wheel yourself, you should be familiar with the
required procedure. Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
Introduction
● Only use suitable tools that are not damaged when changing a wheel.
Some vehicle versions and models do not have a factory-fitted jack or box
spanner. In this case, we recommend consulting a Specialised workshop to
change the wheel.
You should only change the wheels yourself if the vehicle is parked in a safe
place, you are familiar with the procedure and you have all the necessary
tools! Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
● Always switch off the engine, pull the handbrake lever all the way up
and engage a gear in the case of a manual gearbox in order to reduce the
danger of involuntary vehicle movement.
● Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as
possible with a reliable torque wrench.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior detail ⇒ page 6
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 201
● In case of emergency ⇒ page 231
● Vehicle tools ⇒ page 237
● Wheel trims ⇒ page 239
WARNING
Changing a wheel can be dangerous, especially on the hard shoulder.
Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of injury:
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park your vehicle as safe
distance from surrounding traffic to change a wheel.
● When changing a wheel, keep all passengers and particularly children a safe distance away from the work area.
● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.
● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid. If necessary,
support the jack on a wide solid base.
Vehicle diagram
241
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

242
Practical information
Preparations for changing a wheel
Wheel bolts
Check list
Before changing a wheel, complete the following operations in the order
given ⇒ :
1.
In the event of a flat tyre, park the vehicle a safe distance from traffic
and on suitable ground.
2.
Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 128.
3.
Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition ⇒ page 119.
4.
Manual gearbox: Select a gear ⇒ page 124.
5.
Have all vehicle occupants get out of the vehicle and wait in a safe
place (for example, behind the safety barrier).
6.
Chock the wheel opposite the wheel being changed with a stone or
similar object.
7.
If the luggage compartment is full: take the baggage out of the vehicle.
8.
Remove the spare wheel or the temporary spare wheel and the vehicle tools from the luggage compartment.
9.
Remove the wheel trims ⇒ page 239.
Fig. 136 Changing the
wheel: Slacken the wheel
bolts.
WARNING
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to
accidents and severe injuries.
● Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe
the general rules of safety.

Fig. 137 Changing the
wheel: Tyre valve 1 and
position of anti-theft
wheel locking bolt 2 .
Only use the tool supplied with the vehicle to loosen the wheel bolts.
Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle with
the jack.

Practical information
If the wheel bolt is very tight, you may be able to loosen it by pushing down
on the end of the wheel brace carefully with your foot. Hold on to the vehicle
for support and take care not to slip.
Loosening wheel bolts
● Fit the wheel brace as far as it will go over the wheel bolt ⇒ fig. 136.
● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate the bolt approximately one
turn anticlockwise ⇒ .
Loosening anti-theft wheel bolts
For wheels with full hubcap, the anti-theft wheel lock must be threaded into
position ⇒ fig. 137 2 before mounting the hubcap. Otherwise it will not be
possible to mount the full hubcap.
● Take the adapter for anti-theft wheel bolts out of the vehicle tool kit.
● Insert the adapter onto the wheel bolt ⇒ fig. 137. Push it on as far as it
will go.
● Fit the wheel brace onto the adapter as far as possible.
● Hold the wheel brace at the end and rotate the bolt approximately one
turn anticlockwise ⇒ .
Important information about wheel bolts
The wheel rims and bolts have been designed to be fitted to factory options. If different rims are fitted, the correct wheel bolts with the right length
and correctly shaped bolt heads must be used. This ensures that wheels are
fitted securely and that the brake system functions correctly.
In some circumstances, wheel bolts from the same model vehicle should
not be used.
If wheel bolts are rusty and it is difficult to tighten them, the threads should
be replaced and cleaned before checking the tightening torque.
Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Although
they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they could come loose
while driving.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not fitted correctly they could be released while
driving leading to loss of vehicle control and serious damage.
● Only use wheel bolts which correspond to the wheel rims in question.
● Never use different wheel bolts.
● The bolts and threads should be clean, free of oil and grease and easy
to thread.
● To loosen and tighten the wheel bolts, always use the wheel brace
supplied with the vehicle.
● Loosen the wheel bolts only about one turn before raising the vehicle
with the jack.
● Never grease or lubricate wheel bolts or the wheel hub threads. Although they have been tightened to the prescribed torque, they could
come loose while driving.
● Never loosen the bolted joints of wheel trims with bolted ring trims.
● If the wheel bolts are not tightened to the correct torque, they may
come loose while driving, and the bolts and rims may come out. If the
tightening torque is too high, the wheel bolts and threads can be damaged.
Wheel bolt tightening torque
The prescribed tightening torque for wheel bolts for steel and alloy wheels
is 110 Nm. Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon
as possible with a reliable torque wrench.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
243
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

244
Practical information
Raising the vehicle with the jack
Fig. 138 Jack position
points
Fig. 139 jack mounted on the left rear part of the vehicle.
The jack may be applied only at the jacking points shown (marks on chassis) ⇒ fig. 138. Always the relevant jacking point for the wheel to be
changed ⇒ .
Raise the vehicle using only the designated jacking points.

Practical information
Check list
WARNING (Continued)
For your own safety and that of other passengers, the following points
should be observed in the order given ⇒ :
1.
Select a suitable flat and firm surface for raising the vehicle.
2.
Switch off the engine, engage a gear in the case of a manual gearbox
and apply the handbrake ⇒ page 128.
3.
Block the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel being changed with
collapsible wheel chocks or other suitable objects.
4.
Loosen the wheel bolts on the wheel to be changed ⇒ page 242.
● If the ground is slippery (for example, on tiles), place a non-slip surface (for example a floor mat) beneath the jack to avoid slipping.
● Only fit the jack at the prescribed jacking points. The claw of the jack
should grip the reinforcement nerve on the underbody ⇒ fig. 139.
● You should never have any limbs beneath a raised vehicle which is
only supported by a jack.
● If you have to work underneath the vehicle, you must use suitable
stands additionally to support the vehicle, there is a risk of accident!.
5.
Look below the vehicle for the jacking point ⇒ fig. 138 closest to the
tyre which has to be changed.
● Never raise the vehicle if it is tilting to one side or the engine is running.
6.
Raise the jack with the handle until it can be inserted below the jacking point.
● Never start the engine when the vehicle is raised. The vehicle may
come loose from the jack due to the engine vibrations.
7.
Ensure that the foot of the jack is firmly on the ground and that it is
placed, at a vertical angle, immediately below the lifting point on the
vehicle ⇒ fig. 139.
8.
Straighten the jack and continue raising it using the handle until the
claw holds the vertical reinforcement beneath the vehicle ⇒ fig. 139.
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to
accidents and severe injuries.
9.
Raise the vehicle until the wheel is clear of the ground.
● Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe
the general rules of safety.
WARNING
WARNING
If the vehicle is not correctly raised, it could fall off the jack causing serious injury. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of injury:
● You should only use a jack approved by SEAT for your vehicle. Other
jacks, even those approved for other SEAT models, might slip out of
place.
● The ground should be firm and flat. If the ground is sloped or soft
then the vehicle could slip and fall off the jack. If necessary, support the
jack on a wide solid base.
Vehicle diagram
245
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

246
Practical information
● Tighten all of the wheel bolts clockwise ⇒ nal pairs (not in a circle).
Changing a wheel
. Tighten the bolts in diago-
● Put the caps, trim or full hubcap back on ⇒ page 239.
WARNING
If the wheel bolts are not treated suitably or not tightened to the correct
torque then this could lead to loss of vehicle control and to a serious accident.
Fig. 140 Changing the
wheel: loosen wheel
bolts with the socket at
the end of the wheel
brace.
Removing the wheel
● Please observe the check list ⇒ page 242.
● All the wheel bolts and hub threads should be clean and free of oil
and grease. The wheel bolts should be easily tightened to the correct torque.
● The hexagonal socket in the wheel brace should be used for turning
wheel bolts only. Do not use it to loosen or tighten the wheel bolts.
After changing the wheel
● Loosen the wheel bolts ⇒ page 242.
● Clean the vehicle tools, if necessary and put them away in the luggage
compartment foam holder ⇒ page 237.
● Using the hexagonal socket in the wheel brace ⇒ fig. 140, unscrew the
slackened wheel bolts and place them on a clean surface.
● Store the spare wheel, the temporary spare wheel or the changed wheel
securely in the luggage compartment.
● Take off the wheel.
● Have the tightening torque of the wheel bolts checked as soon as possible with a torque wrench ⇒ page 243.
● Jacking up the vehicle ⇒ page 244.
How to use the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel
Check the direction of rotation of the tyre ⇒ page 209, Tyre code.
● Place the spare wheel or temporary spare wheel into position.
● Replace the wheel bolts and tighten slightly using the hexagonal socket
on the end of the wheel brace.
● To tighten the anti-theft locking wheel bolts use the corresponding
adaptor.
● Lower the vehicle with the jack.

● Have the flat tyre replaced as quickly as possible.

Practical information
Anti-puncture kit*
247
WARNING
Introduction
Using the tire mobility set can be dangerous, especially when filling the
tyre at the roadside. Please observe the following rules to minimise the
risk of injury:
The Tyre Mobility Set* will reliably seal punctures caused by the penetration
of a foreign body of up to about 4 mm in diameter. Do not remove foreign
objects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre.
● Stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible. Park your vehicle as safe
distance from surrounding traffic to fill the tyre.
After inserting the sealant residue in the tyre, you must again check the tyre
pressure about 10 minutes after starting the engine.
● All passengers and particularly children must keep a safe distance
from the work area.
You should only use the tire mobility set if the vehicle is parked in a safe
place, you are familiar with the procedure and you have the necessary tire
mobility set! Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
The tyre sealant must not be used in the following cases:
● If the wheel rim has been damaged.
● Ensure the ground on which you park is flat and solid.
● Turn on the hazard warning lights to warn other road users.
● Use the tire mobility set only if you are familiar with the necessary
procedure. Otherwise, you should seek professional assistance.
● The tire mobility set is intended for temporary, emergency use only.
Use only until you can reach the nearest specialised workshop.
● Replace the repaired tyre with the tire mobility set as soon as possible.
● In outside temperatures below -20°C (-4°F).
● If you have been driving with very low pressure or a completely flat tyre.
● The sealant is a health hazard and must be cleaned immediately if it
comes into contact with the skin.
● If the sealant bottle has passes its use by date.
● Always keep the tire mobility set out of the reach of small children.
Additional information and warnings:
● Never use the approved jack, even if it has been approved for your vehicle.
● In the event of cuts or perforations in the tyre greater than 4 mm.
● Vehicle key set ⇒ page 28
● Always stop the engine, apply the handbrake lever firmly and engage
gear if using a manual gearbox, in order to reduce the risk of vehicle involuntary movement.
● Braking, stopping and parking ⇒ page 128
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 201
● In case of emergency ⇒ page 231
WARNING
● Wheel trims ⇒ page 239
A tyre filled with sealant does not have the same performance properties
as a conventional tyre.
● Never drive faster than 80 km/h (50 mph).
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
248
Practical information
Components of the tire mobility set*
WARNING (Continued)
● Avoid heavy acceleration, hard braking and fast cornering.
● Drive only during 10 minutes at a maximum speed of 80 km/h
(50 mph) and subsequently check the tyre.
For the sake of the environment
Dispose of used or expired sealant observing any legal requirements.
Note
A new bottle of sealant can be purchased at SEAT dealerships.
Fig. 141 Standard representation: Contents of
the tire mobility set.
Note
Take into account the separate instruction manual of the tire mobility set
manufacturer*.

The tire mobility set is located underneath the floor covering in the luggage
compartment. It includes the following components ⇒ fig. 141:
1)
A compressor may also be included.
2)
In its place, the compressor may have a button.
1
Tyre valve remover
2
Sticker indicating maximum speed “max. 80 km/h” or “max. 50mph”
3
Filler tube with cap
4
Air compressor
5
Tube for inflating tyres
6
Warning provided by tyre pressure monitoring system1)
7
Air bleed screw2)
8
ON/OFF switch
9
12 volt connector

Practical information
10
Bottle of sealant1)
11
Spare tyre valve
WARNING
The valve insert remover 1 has a gap at the lower end for a valve insert.
The valve insert can only be screwed or unscrewed in this way. This also applies to its replacement part 11 .
Preparation
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to
accidents and severe injuries.

● Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe
the general rules of safety.
Before filling a tyre, complete the following operations in the order given
⇒ :
1.
In the event of a puncture, park the vehicle as far as possible from
traffic and on flat, suitable ground.
2.
Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 128.
Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition ⇒ page 119.
Sealing a tyre
● Unscrew the tyre valve cap.
● Use the corresponding enclosed extractor ⇒ fig. 141 1 to unscrew the
tyre valve insert. Place the valve insert on a clean surface.
● Vigorously shake the sealant bottle ⇒ fig. 141
10
● Remove the lid from the filling tube ⇒ fig. 141
end of the tube into the tyre valve.
3
for several seconds.
● Screw the inflator tube ⇒ fig. 141 3 securely into the sealant bottle in a
clockwise direction. The seal on the mouth of the bottle moves automatically.
4.
Manual gearbox: Select a gear ⇒ page 124.
5.
Have all vehicle occupants get out of the vehicle and wait in a safe
place (for example, behind the safety barrier).
6.
Switch on the hazard warning lights and set the warning triangle in
position ⇒ page 231. Observe legal requirements.
7.
Check whether a repair is possible using the Tyre Mobility Set
⇒ page 247
8.
If the luggage compartment is full: take the baggage out of the vehicle.
● Screw the valve insert again with the corresponding enclosed extractor
⇒ fig. 141 1 into the tyre valve.
9.
and screw the open
● Hold the tyre sealant can upside down and fill the complete contents of
the can into the tyre.
● Remove the tyre sealant bottle from the valve.
Remove the tire mobility set from the luggage compartment.
Inflating the tyre
10.
Apply the sticker ⇒ fig. 141 2 from the tire mobility set to the dash
panel where it can be seen clearly.
● Securely screw the tyre inflator tube ⇒ fig. 141
to the tyre valve.
11.
Do not remove foreign objects, e.g. screws or nails, from the tyre.
● Check whether the air bleed screw ⇒ fig. 141
1)
7
5
of the compressor in-
is closed.
A compressor may also be included.
Vehicle diagram

Sealing and inflating a tyre
Checklist
3.
249
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

250
Practical information
● Start the vehicle engine and leave it running.
● Attach the connector ⇒ fig. 141
⇒ page 117.
9
to a 12 volt socket of the vehicle
● Connect the air compressor with the ON/OFF switch ⇒ fig. 141
8
.
● Keep the air compressor running until it reaches 2.0 to 2.5 bar
(29-36 psi / 200-250 kPa) ⇒ . Maximum operation time 8 minutes ⇒ .
WARNING (Continued)
● Allow them to cool before storing the device.
● If it is not possible to inflate the tyre to at least 2.0 bars (29 psi /
200 kPa), the tyre is too badly damaged. The sealant is not in a good condition to seal the tyre. Do not continue driving. You should obtain professional assistance.
● Disconnect the air compressor.
● If it is not possible to achieve an air pressure of 2.0 to 2.5 bar
(29-36 psi / 200-250 kPa), unscrew the tyre inflator tube from the tyre valve.
● Move the vehicle some 10 metres forwards or backwards so that the
sealant is evenly distributed in the tyre interior.
● Securely screw the compressor tyre inflator tube into the tyre valve and
repeat the inflation process.
● If the indicated pressure can still not be reached, the tyre is too badly
damaged. The tyre cannot be sealed with the anti-puncture kit. Do not continue driving. You should obtain professional assistance ⇒ .
CAUTION
Switch off the air compressor after a maximum of 8 operational minutes to
avoid overheating! Before switching on the air compressor again, let it cool
for several minutes.
Check after 10 minutes of driving
● Disconnect the air compressor and unscrew the flexible inflator tube
from the tyre valve.
Screw the inflator tube ⇒ fig. 141
gauge 6 .
● When the tyre pressure is between 2.5 and 2.0 bars, immediately continue driving without exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).
1.3 bar (19 psi / 130 kPa) and lower:
● After 10 minutes, Check the pressure again ⇒ page 250.
WARNING
When inflating the wheel, the air compressor and the inflator tube may
become hot.
● Protect hands and skin from hot parts.
● Do not place the hot flexible inflator tube or hot air compressor on
flammable material.

5
again and check the pressure on the
● Stop the vehicle! The tyre cannot be sealed sufficiently with the tyre mobility set.
● You should obtain professional assistance ⇒ .
1.4 bar (20 psi / 140 kPa) and higher:
● Set the tyre pressure to the correct value again ⇒ page 201.
● Carefully resume your journey until you reach the nearest specialised
workshop without exceeding 80 km/h (50 mph).
● Have the damaged tyre replaced.

Practical information
WARNING
Driving with an unsealed tyre is dangerous and can cause accidents and
serious injury.
● Do not continue driving if the tyre pressure is 1.3 bar (19 psi /
130 kPa) and lower.
● You should obtain professional assistance.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...

While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
251
252
Practical information
Fuses
Introduction
Due to the constant update of vehicles, fuse assignments depending on
equipment and the use of the same fuse for various electrical components,
at the time of printing this manual it is not possible to provide an up-to-date
summary of the electrical components fuse positions. For detailed information about the fuse positions, please consult a Technical Service.
In general, a fuse can be assigned to various electrical components. Likewise, an electrical component can be protected by several fuses.
Only replace fuses when the cause of the problem has been solved. +If a
newly inserted fuse blows after a short time, you must have the electrical
system checked by a Specialised workshop as soon as possible.
Additional information and warnings:
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
WARNING
The high voltages in the electrical system can give serious electrical
shocks, causing burns and even death!
● Never touch the electrical wiring of the ignition system.
● Take care not to cause short circuits in the electrical system.
WARNING
Using unsuitable fuses, repairing fuses or bridging a current circuit without fuses can cause a fire and serious injury.
● Never use a fuse with a higher value. Only replace fuses with a fuse of
the same amperage (same colour and markings) and size.
● Never repair a fuse.
● Never replace a fuse by a metal strip, staple or similar.
CAUTION
● To avoid damage to the vehicles electric system, before replacing a fuse
turn off the ignition, the lights and all electrical elements and remove the
keys from the ignition.
● If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse, you could cause damage to
another part of the electrical system.
● Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid the entry of dust or humidity.
Dirt and humidity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to the electrical system.
Note
One single consumer could have more than one fuse.
Note
Several consumers could run over one single fuse.

Practical information
Vehicle fuses
Identifying fuses situated below the driver-side dash panel by colours
Fig. 142 Below the driver side dash panel: fuse
box cover.
Colour
Amp rating
Purple
3
Light brown
5
Brown
7,5
Red
10
Blue
15
Yellow
20
White or transparent
25
Green
30
Orange
40
Opening and closing the fuse box situated below the dash panel
● Opening: press the unlock button ⇒ fig. 142
open the cover.
1
until it is possible to
● Fold the cover down.
● Closing: fold the cover up in the opposite direction to the arrow until it
clicks into the locking lever 1 .
Opening the engine compartment fuse box
● Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
● Press the attachment tabs in the direction indicated by the arrow (thin
arrows) to release the fuse box cover ⇒ fig. 143.
● Then lift the cover out.
Fig. 143 In the engine
compartment: fuse box
cover.
● To fit the cover, place it on the fuse box. Push the attachment tabs
down, in the opposite direction indicated by the arrow until they click audibly into place.

Only replace fuses with a fuse of the same amperage (same colour and
markings) and size.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
253
254
Practical information
Identifying a blown fuse
CAUTION
A fuse is blown if its metal strip is ruptured ⇒ fig. 144.
● Always carefully remove the fuse box covers and refit them correctly to
avoid problems with your vehicle.
Point a lamp at the fuse. This will make it easier to see if the fuse is blown.
● Protect the fuse boxes when open to avoid the entry of dust or humidity.
Dirt and humidity inside fuse boxes can cause damage to the electrical system.
To replace a fuse
● Remove the fuse.
● Replace the blown fuse for one with an identical amperage rating (same
colour and markings) and identical size ⇒ .
Note
In the vehicle, there are more fuses than those indicated in this chapter.
These should only be changed by a Specialised workshop.
● Replace the cover again or close the fuse box lid.

CAUTION
If you replace a fuse with higher-rating fuse, you could cause damage to another part of the electrical system.
Replacing a blown fuse
Fig. 144 Image of a
blown fuse.
Preparation
● Switch off the ignition, lights and all electrical equipment.
● Open the corresponding fuse box ⇒ page 253.

Practical information
Changing bulbs
WARNING
Failure to replace bulbs correctly may cause serious accidents.
Introduction
Changing bulbs requires a certain amount of manual skill. If you are unsure,
SEAT recommends that you consult an Technical Service or request assistance from a specialist. In general a specialist is needed if, in addition to
the bulbs, other vehicle components require removal.
● Before carrying out any work in the engine compartment please read
and observe the warnings ⇒ page 171. In any vehicle, the engine compartment is a hazardous area and could cause severe injury.
● The bulbs H4, HB4 and H7 are pressurised and might explode on
changing them.
● Only replace the bulbs concerned when they have cooled.
You should store spare light bulbs in the vehicle for safety-relevant lights.
Spare bulbs may be obtained from the Official dealers and workshops. In
some countries, it is a legal requirement to carry spare bulbs in the vehicle.
● Never replace bulbs alone if you are not familiar with the operations
necessary. If you are not sure about procedures then visit a Specialised
workshop to carry out the necessary work.
Driving with faults and blown bulbs on the vehicle exterior lighting is
against the law.
● Never touch the bulb glass directly. Fingerprints will be evaporated by
the heat of the operating bulb thus “fogging” up the reflector.
Additional bulb specifications
● The headlamp frameworks in the engine compartment and the tail
lamps contain sharp elements. Always protect your hands when changing bulbs.
The specifications of some headlamp bulbs and bulbs for the tail lamps fitted at the factory may be different to those of conventional bulbs. Bulb information is displayed on the bulb socket or on the bulb itself.
Additional information and warnings:
CAUTION
After changing a bulb, if the rubber covers are not replaced correctly on the
headlamp framework, the electrical installation may be damaged, especially if water is allowed to enter.
● Exterior views ⇒ page 6
● Lights and visibility ⇒ page 84
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● Vehicle tools ⇒ page 237
● Fuses ⇒ page 252
WARNING
If the road is not well-lit and the vehicle is not clearly visible to other
drivers, there is a risk of accident.
Vehicle diagram
255
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

256
Practical information
Information for replacing bulbs
Checklist
To replace a bulb, carry out the following operations always in the order given ⇒ :
1.
Park the vehicle a safe distance from traffic and on suitable ground.
2.
Apply the handbrake firmly ⇒ page 128.
3.
4.
5.
Every time a bulb for the headlights is replaced, visit a specialised
workshop to check the headlights.
WARNING
Stop the engine and remove the key from the ignition ⇒ page 119.
● Always complete the operations given in the checklist and observe
the general rules of safety.
Move the gear lever into the neutral position ⇒ page 84.
7.
Allow the corresponding bulb to cool.
10.
12.
Failure to follow the checklist prepared for your own safety could lead to
accidents and severe injuries.
Manual gearbox: Select a gear ⇒ page 124.
9.
Check if the new bulb is working. If the bulb is not working, it may
not have been correctly fitted, it could be damaged or the connector
may not be correctly connected.
Turn the light switch to position 0 ⇒ page 84.
6.
8.
11.
Visually inspect fuses to see if any are blown ⇒ page 252.
Replace the bulb according to the instructions ⇒ . Bulbs should
only be replaced by new identical models. Bulb information is displayed on the bulb socket or on the bulb itself.
In general, never touch the bulb glass directly. The heat of the bulb
would cause the fingerprint to evaporate and condense on the reflector. This will impair the brightness of the headlight.
CAUTION
Always remove and fit headlights carefully to avoid damage to the paintwork and other vehicle parts.

Practical information
257
Replacing the bulbs in the headlights
Fig. 145 In the engine compartment: Rear view of the
front left headlight with rubber cover: A dipped beam
and main beam headlights, B side lights and daytime
driving lights and C turn signal.
There is no need to remove the headlight to replace bulbs.
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
⇒ fig. 145
A
B
C
Dipped beam and main beam headlights
Side light and daytime driving light
Turn signals (front)
Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary actions ⇒ page 256.
1.
Vehicle diagram
2.
Open the bonnet  ⇒ page 171.
3.
Remove the bulb connector H4. Remove
the rubber cover using the tabs.
Turn the bulb holder in an anti-clockwise direction as far as it will go and remove it, along
Press the retaining clip D downwards in
with the bulb, pulling backwards.
the direction of the arrow, and unclip sideways and remove it.
4.
Remove the bulb from the holder. If necessary, press the lock on the bulb holder.
5.
Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when

Technical Data
258
Practical information
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
⇒ fig. 145
A
B
C
Dipped beam and main beam headlights
Side light and daytime driving light
Turn signals (front)
6.
Insert the bulb, return it to its position and
insert the retaining clip D .
7.
Place the rubber cover and check that is
correctly in position. Insert the connector
to the bulb H4.
Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and
turn it clockwise as far as the stop.
turn it clockwise as far as the stop.
Note
The images show the left hand headlight from behind. The structure of the
right hand side headlight is symmetric.

Replacing the front bumper bulbs
Fig. 147 Changing the
bulbs in the headlights.
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
1.
Fig. 146 In the front
right wheel arch: Remove
the retaining screws (arrows) and take out the
expansive rivet A .
Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary actions ⇒ page 256.
2.
Unscrew the 2 retaining screws of the wheel arch trim ⇒ fig. 146
(arrows) with the screwdriver from the vehicle took kit ⇒ page 237.
3.
Unscrew the expansive rivet in the lower front part of the wheel arch
trim ⇒ fig. 146 A with the screwdriver from the vehicle tool kit and
completely remove it ⇒ page 237.
4.
Carefully fold the wheel arch trim to the side.
5.
Release the connector ⇒ fig. 147
1
and remove it.

Practical information
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
Complete operations only in the sequence given:
6.
Turn the bulb holder ⇒ fig. 147 in the direction of the arrow, in an
anti-clockwise direction as far as it will go and remove it, along with
the bulb, pulling backwards.
7.
Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
8.
Insert the bulb holder in the headlight and turn it clockwise as far
as the stop.
9.
Plug the connector ⇒ fig. 147 1 into the bulb holder. The connector must audibly click into place.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
259
While driving
10.
Replace the wheel arch trim into its position.
11.
Place the expansive rivet in the wheel arch trim and bumper and
press it completely inwards ⇒ fig. 146 A .
12.
Securely screw the 2 retaining screws ⇒ fig. 146 (arrows) with a
screwdriver.
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

260
Practical information
Changing the bulbs in the rear lights
Fig. 148 On the side of the luggage compartment: TO:
Remove the cover, B: Removing the tail light units.
Fig. 149 Tail light unit: C: Remove the bulb holder, D:
Remove the bulbs.
Complete operations only in the sequence given.

Practical information
Changing the number plate light
Removing the tail light units
1.
261
Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary actions ⇒ page 256.
2.
Open the rear lid ⇒ page 40.
3.
Carefully remove the cover
4.
Pull the release 3 in the connector 2 in the direction of the arrow
⇒ fig. 148 B. Use the screwdriver in the vehicle tool kit.
5.
Press position
6.
Unscrew the wing nut
7.
Remove the tail light from the bodywork by carefully pulling backwards.
8.
Disassemble the tail light unit and place it on a flat, clean surface.
4
1
towards the lever ⇒ fig. 148 A.
and remove the connector
5
⇒ fig. 148 B.
2
⇒ fig. 148 B.
Fig. 150 On the rear
bumper: Remove number
plate light.
To change the bulb
9.
Unlock the bulb holder locking tab (arrow) ⇒ fig. 149 C and remove
the bulb holder from the tail light.
10.
Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb ⇒ fig. 149 D.
11.
Place the lamp holder in the tail light unit. The attachment tabs (arrow) should audibly click into place ⇒ fig. 149 C.
Assembling the tail light units
12.
Carefully insert the tail light unit into the opening in the bodywork.
13.
Support the tail light with one hand in the assembly position and
securely screw the wing nut with the other 5 ⇒ fig. 148 B.
14.
Ensure that the tail light unit has been correctly fitted and is firmly
secured.
15.
Insert the connector 2 into the bulb holder and press the lock 3
on the connector in the opposite direction to the arrow ⇒ fig. 148 B.
16.
Insert the cover. The cover should lock into place.
17.
Close the rear lid ⇒ page 40.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
Fig. 151 Number plate
light: Remove the lamp
holder.

While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

262
Practical information
Changing the side turn signal bulb
Only carry out the operations in the sequence indicated:
1.
Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary actions ⇒ page 256.
2.
With one hand, press on the number plate light from left to right
and remove it from the bumper ⇒ fig. 150.
3.
Detach the number plate light carefully from the bumper.
4.
Turn the bulb holder with the bulb anti-clockwise and remove it in
the direction of the arrow ⇒ fig. 151.
5.
Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
6.
Place the bulb holder in the number plate light and press in the opposite direction to the arrow as far as possible ⇒ fig. 151.
7.
Insert the number plate light carefully into the left edge of the opening on the bumper. During this process, check that the assembly direction of the number plate light is correct, i.e. the spring must be
on the right.
8.
Insert the number plate light into the bumper until it audibly clicks
into place.
Fig. 152 Removing the
side turn signal.

Fig. 153 Side turn signal: Changing the bulbs.

Practical information
Only carry out the operations in the sequence indicated:
1.
Always take the checklist into account and take the necessary actions ⇒ page 256.
2.
With one hand move the side turn signal backwards ⇒ fig. 152
3.
Remove the side turn signal from the chassis by leverage
4.
Remove the bulb holder with the bulb in the direction of the arrow
⇒ fig. 153 1 .
5.
Remove the bulb holder bulb in a straight direction.
6.
Replace the faulty bulb by a new identical bulb.
7.
Install the lamp holder.
8.
Place the side turn signal on the chassis on the side situated towards the rear of the vehicle until the spring clicks into the other
side of the side turn signal.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
2
1
.
.

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
263
264
Practical information
Starting assistance
Introduction
If the engine fails to start because of a discharged battery, the battery of another vehicle can be used to start the engine. Before starting, check the
magic eye on the battery ⇒ page 184.
For starting assistance, jump lead cables conforming to the standard
DIN 72553 are required (see the cable manufacturer instructions). The cable
section in vehicles with petrol engine must be at least 25 mm2.
Additional information and warnings:
● Working in the engine compartment ⇒ page 171
● Vehicle battery ⇒ page 184
WARNING
Incorrect use of jump leads and incorrectly jump starting could cause the
battery to explode resulting in serious injury. Please observe the following rules to minimise the risk of a battery explosion:
● All work involving the vehicle battery and electrical system can cause
corrosion, fire and serious electric shocks. Always read and take into account the safety warnings and standards before beginning work on the
battery ⇒ page 184, Vehicle battery.
● The battery providing current must have the same voltage (12V) and
approximately the same capacity (see markings on battery) as the flat
battery.
● Never charge a frozen or recently thawed battery. A flat battery can
freeze at temperatures around 0°C (+32°F).
● If a battery is frozen and/or has been frozen then it must be replaced.
WARNING (Continued)
● A highly explosive mixture of gases is released when the battery is
being charged. Always keep lit cigarettes, open flames, sparks and fire
far from the battery. Never use a mobile telephone when connecting and
removing the jump leads.
● Charge the battery only in well ventilated areas given that when the
battery is charged by outside assistance, it creates a mix of highly explosive gases.
● Jump leads should never enter into contact with moving parts in the
engine compartment.
● Never switch the positive and negative poles or connect the jump
leads incorrectly.
● Note the Instruction Manual provided by the manufacturer of the
jump leads.
CAUTION
To avoid considerable damage to the vehicle electrical system, note the following carefully:
● If the jump leads are incorrectly connected, this could result in a short
circuit.
● The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow
as soon as the positive terminals are connected.

Practical information
How to jump start: description
2. Connect one end of the red jump lead to the positive terminal
⇒ fig. 154 + or ⇒ fig. 155 + of the vehicle with the flat battery A .
3. Connect the other end of the red jump lead to the positive terminal + in the vehicle providing assistance B .
Fig. 154 Diagram for
connecting jump leads if
the vehicle providing assistance the current is
not fitted with the StartStop system: flat battery
A and battery providing
current B .
4. On vehicles with no Start-Stop system, connect one end of the
black jump lead to the negative terminal - in the vehicle providing assistance B ⇒ fig. 154.
5. On vehicles with the Start-Stop system, connect one end of the
black jump lead X to a suitable ground terminal, to a solid
metal part bolted to the engine block or to the engine block itself ⇒ fig. 155.
6. Connect the other end of the black jump lead X to a solid metal component bolted to the engine block or to the engine block
itself of the vehicle with the flat battery. Do not connect it to a
point near the battery A .
7. Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into
contact with any moving parts in the engine compartment.
Fig. 155 Diagram for
connecting jump leads if
the vehicle providing assistance is fitted with the
Start-Stop system: flat
battery A and battery
providing current B .
1. Switch off the ignition of both vehicles ⇒ .
Prior to a journey...
8. Start the engine of the vehicle with the boosting battery and let
it run at idling speed.
9. Start the engine of the vehicle with the flat battery and wait one
or two minutes until the engine is “running”.
Removing the jump leads
Jump lead terminal connections
Vehicle diagram
Starting
While driving
10. Before you remove the jump leads, switch off the headlights (if

they are switched on).
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
265
266
Practical information
11. Turn on the heater blower and heated rear window in the vehicle with the flat battery. This helps minimise voltage peaks
which are generated when the leads are disconnected.
12. When the engine is running, disconnect the leads in reverse
order to the details given above.
Connect the battery clamps so they have good metal-to-metal contact with
the battery terminals.
If the engine fails to start, switch off the starter after about 10 seconds and
try again after about half a minute.
WARNING
● Please note the safety warnings referring to working in the engine
compartment ⇒ page 173.
● The battery providing assistance must have the same voltage as the
flat battery (12V) and approximately the same capacity (see imprint on
battery). Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
● Never use jump leads when one of the batteries is frozen. Danger of
explosion! Even after the battery has thawed, battery acid could leak and
cause chemical burns. If a battery freezes, it should be replaced.
● Keep sparks, flames and lighted cigarettes away from batteries, danger of explosion. Failure to comply could result in an explosion.
● Observe the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the jump
leads.
● Do not connect the negative cable from the other vehicle directly to
the negative terminal of the flat battery. The gas emitted from the battery
could be ignited by sparks. Danger of explosion.
● Do not attach the negative cable from the other vehicle to parts of the
fuel system or to the brake line.
WARNING (Continued)
● The non-insulated parts of the battery clamps must not be allowed to
touch. The jump lead attached to the positive battery terminal must not
touch metal parts of the vehicle, this can cause a short circuit.
● Position the leads in such a way that they cannot come into contact
with any moving parts in the engine compartment.
● Do not bend over the batteries. This could result in chemical burns.
Note
The vehicles must not touch each other, otherwise electricity could flow as
soon as the positive terminals are connected.

Practical information
Towing and tow starting
WARNING
Introduction
When towing the vehicle, the handling and braking efficiency change
considerably. Please observe the following instructions to minimise the
risk of serious accidents and injury:
When towing or tow starting, respect the legal requirements.
● As the driver of the vehicle being towed:
For technical reasons, it is not possible to tow a vehicle if the battery is flat.
Additional information and warnings:
● Exterior views ⇒ page 6
● Electronic power control and exhaust gases purification system
⇒ page 227
– The brake must be depressed must harder as the brake servo does
not operate. Always remain aware to avoid collision with the towing
vehicle.
– More strength is required at the steering wheel as the power steering does not operate when the engine is switched off.
● As the driver of the towing vehicle:
– Accelerate gently and carefully.
– Avoid sudden braking and manoeuvres.
WARNING
A vehicle with a flat battery should never be towed.
● Never remove the key from the ignition lock. Otherwise, the steering
wheel lock could suddenly lock. Then the vehicle will be uncontrollable.
You may lose control of the vehicle and there is a risk of serious accident.
– Brake well in advance than usual and brake gently.
CAUTION
● Carefully fit and remove the towing ring and its cover to avoid damage to
the vehicle (for example, paintwork).
● When towing, fuel could enter the catalytic converter and cause damage!
Note
Fitting a towline anchorage to the rear bumper is not possible. The vehicle is

not suitable for towing other vehicles.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
267
268
Practical information
Instructions for tow starting
Situations in which the vehicle should not be towed
In the following cases, the vehicle should not be towed but transported on a
trailer or special vehicle:
In general, the vehicle should not be started by towing. Jump-starting is
much more preferable ⇒ page 264.
● If the vehicle gearbox does not contain lubricant due to a fault.
For technical reasons, the following vehicles can not be tow started:
● If the battery is flat as the steering cannot be unlocked, as a result, the
electronic steering lock and electronic parking brake cannot be disengaged.
● If the vehicle battery is flat, it is possible that the engine control unit
does not operate correctly.
Note
However, if your vehicle must absolutely be tow-started (manual gearbox):
The vehicle can only be towed if the steering lock electronic gearbox lock is
deactivated. If the vehicle has no power supply or there is an electric system
fault, the engine must be started using jump leads to deactivate the steer
ing column electronic gearbox lock.
● Engage the 2nd or 3rd gear.
● Keep the clutch pressed down.
● Switch on the ignition and the hazard warning lights.
● Release the clutch when both vehicles are moving.
● As soon as the engine starts, press the clutch and move the gear lever
into neutral. This helps to prevent a collision with the towing vehicle.
CAUTION
When tow-starting, fuel could enter the catalytic converter and damage it.
Notes on towing
Tow-rope or tow-bar
When towing, the tow bar is the safest and vehicle friendly way. You should
only use a tow-rope if you do not have a tow-bar.
A tow-rope should be slightly elastic to avoid damage to both vehicles. It is
advisable to use a tow-rope made of synthetic fibre or similarly elastic material.
Only secure the tow rope or tow bar to the tow ring or specially designed
fitting.

Practical information
269
Note the instructions for towing ⇒ page 268.
Fitting the front tow ring
To fit the tow ring
● Take the tow ring from the on-board tools in the luggage compartment
⇒ page 237.
● Press the upper part of the cover ⇒ fig. 156 (arrow) to disengage and release the cover.
● Remove the cover and leave it hanging from the vehicle.
● Screw in the tow ring into its housing anticlockwise as far as it will go
⇒ fig. 157 ⇒ . Use a suitable tool to firmly tighten the tow ring in its location.
● After towing, remove the tow ring by turning it clockwise.
Fig. 156 On the righthand side of the front
bumper: Remove the cover.
● Place the cover upper tab on the opening of the bumper and carefully
hold the lower tab on the edge of the opening. If necessary, press the lower
tab from below.
● Press the lower area of the cover until the lower tab engages in the
bumper.
CAUTION
The tow ring must always be completely and firmly tightened. Otherwise, it
could be released while towing and tow-starting.

Towing advice
Fig. 157 On the righthand side of the front
bumper: Screw in the
towing ring.
The location for the removable tow ring is on the right-hand side of the front
bumper behind a cover ⇒ fig. 156.
Towing requires some experience, especially when using a tow-rope. Both
drivers should be familiar with the technique required for towing. For this
reason, inexperienced drivers should abstain.
While driving, avoid excessive traction forces and jerking. When towing on
an unpaved road, there is always a risk of overloading and damaging the
anchorage points.

The towing eye should always be kept in the vehicle.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
270
Practical information
If the vehicle is towed, with the hazard warning lights on and the ignition
switched on, the turn signal may be used to indicate changes of direction.
Simply operate the turn signals lever as usual. Meanwhile, the hazard warning lights will go off. When the turn signal lever is returned to the rest position, the hazard warning lights will be turned on automatically.
Notes for the driver of the towed vehicle
● Keep the ignition running to prevent the steering wheel from locking
and also to allow the use of the turn signals, horn, windscreen wipers and
washers.
● As the power assisted steering does not work if the engine is not running, you will need more strength to steer than normally.
● The brake must be depressed must harder as the brake servo does not
operate. Avoid hitting the towing vehicle.
● Note the instructions and information contained in the instruction manual for the vehicle to be towed.
Notes for the driver of the towing vehicle
● Accelerate gently and carefully. Avoid sudden manoeuvres.
● Brake well in advance than usual and brake gently.
● Note the instructions and information contained in the instruction manual for the vehicle to be towed.

Description of specifications
Technical Data
Description of specifications
Technical specifications
Introduction
The Maintenance Programme vehicle data or the official vehicle documents
show which engine is installed in the vehicle.
The instructions in the official vehicle documents take precedence. All the
technical data provided in this documentation is applicable to the basic
model. The figures indicated here may be different depending on the additional equipment added to the vehicle or the vehicle version, in addition to
special vehicles for other markets.
Additional information and warnings:
● Transporting ⇒ page 97
● Ecological driving ⇒ page 138
● Fuel ⇒ page 169
● Engine oil ⇒ page 176
● Engine coolant ⇒ page 180
● Wheels and tyres ⇒ page 201
● Notes for the user ⇒ page 224
WARNING
Failure to observe requirements for weight, loads, dimensions and maximum speed may lead to severe accident.
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving

Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data
271
272
Description of specifications
Vehicle identification data
number (chassis number) is also stamped on the right water drain channel.
The water drain channel is located between the suspension tower and the
wing. Open the bonnet to read the vehicle identification number .
Vehicle data plate
The vehicle data label ⇒ fig. 158 is at the front of the spare wheel well. It
contains the following data:
Fig. 158 TO: Vehicle data label: in the example,
engine with code CBFA
3 . B: Identification
plate.
1
Vehicle identification number (chassis number)
2
Vehicle type, engine power, gearbox type
3
Engine and gearbox code, paint number, interior equipment. In the example, the engine has the code “CBFA” ⇒ fig. 158.
4
Optional extras, PR numbers
These data are also provided in the Maintenance Programme.

Specific vehicle weight information
The instructions in the official vehicle documents take precedence. All the
technical data provided in this documentation is applicable to the basic
model. The vehicle data label in the Maintenance Programme or the vehicle
documents show which engine is installed in your vehicle.
The figures may be different depending on if additional equipment is fitted,
for different models and for special vehicles.
Fig. 159 Vehicle identification number.
Vehicle identification number
The vehicle identification number (chassis number) can be read from outside the vehicle through a viewer in the windscreen ⇒ fig. 159. This viewer
is located in the lower part of the windscreen. The vehicle identification
Kerb weight values shown in the following table apple for a vehicle with
driver (75 kg), liquids including a fuel tank 90% full, in addition to tools and
a spare wheel ⇒ . The kerb weight indicated increases with optional
equipment and retrofitting of accessories, while proportionally reducing carrying capacity.
The load is equivalent to the following weights:

Description of specifications
for the vehicle kerb weight. The specifications do not refer to an individual
vehicle. To measure the fuel consumption, two measuring cycles are carried
out on a rolling road test bed. The test criteria are as follows:
● Passengers.
● Total equipment.
● Roof load, included in the carrier.
WARNING
Exceeding the maximum authorised weight and the load on the axles
could cause damage to the vehicle, accidents and serious injuries.
● The real load on the axles should never exceed the maximum permitted.
● The load and its distribution in the vehicle have effects on the vehicle
handling and the braking ability. Always drive at a suitable speed.
CAUTION
Distribute the load as uniformly and as low down on the vehicle as possible.
When transporting heavy objects in the luggage compartment, these
should be placed as far forward as possible or over the rear axle to have as

little influence on handling as possible.
Measurement of the urban cycle starts with an engine cold
Urban cycle start. City driving is then simulated at between 0 and 50 km/
h (0 and 31 mph).
Road cycle
In the road cycle simulation, the vehicle undergoes frequent
acceleration and braking in all gears, as in normal everyday
driving. The road speed ranges from 0 to 120 km/h (0 and
75 mph).
Combined
The average combined consumption is calculated with a
weighting of around 37 % for the urban cycle and 63 % for
the road cycle.
The exhaust gases are collected during both driving cycles
CO2 emisto calculate carbon dioxide emissions (urban and road). The
sions of the
gas composition is then analysed to evaluate the CO2 concombination
tent and other emissions.
Note
The kerb weight may vary according to the vehicle equipment. This could
raise consumption and the CO2 emissions slightly.
Information on fuel consumption
The consumption and emission values indicated do not refer to one specific
vehicle. They are only to be used to compare the values of the different vehicle versions. The fuel consumption and CO 2 emissions of a vehicle not only depend on the effective use of fuel. They also depend on your driving
style and other non-technical factors.
Note
In practice, consumption values could be different to the values calculated
based on the 715/2007/EC or 80/1268/EEC regulations.
Calculation of fuel consumption
Fuel consumption and emission values are determined according to the current version of the 715/2007/EC or 80/1268/EEC regulation and are valid
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
273
While driving
Care, cleaning and maintenance
If and when
Technical Data

274
Description of specifications
Engine specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS)
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS)
Maximum torque
No. of cylinders/capacity
Fuel
a)
rpm
in Nm at rpm
in cm3
44 (60)/ 5000-6000
95/ 3000-4300
3/ 999
95 super RONa)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h
in km/h
160
in sec.
in sec.
9,1
14,4
Consumption (litres/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)
Urban cycle
Extra-urban cycle
Combined
5,6/130
3,9/91
4,5/105
Weights
Gross vehicle weight
in kg
1290
Weight in running order (with driver)
Gross front axle weight
in kg
in kg
929
551
Gross rear axle weight
Permitted roof load
in kg
in kg
378
50
Engine oil capacity
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change
3.7 litres

Description of specifications
275
Petrol engine 1.0 44 kW (60 PS) Ecomotive
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS)
Maximum torque
rpm
in Nm at rpm
in cm3
No. of cylinders/capacity
Fuel
a)
44 (60)/5000
92/3000
3/999
95 super RONa)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h
in km/h
in sec.
in sec.
161
9,1
14,4
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO2 emissions (g/km)
Urban cycle
Extra-urban cycle
Combined
5 / 116
3,6 / 84
4,1 / 96
Weights
Gross vehicle weight
Weight in running order (with driver)
Gross front axle weight
Gross rear axle weight
Permitted roof load
in kg
in kg
in kg
in kg
in kg
1290
940
561
379
50
Engine oil capacity
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
3.7 litres
Care, cleaning and maintenance

If and when
Technical Data
276
Description of specifications
Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 PS)
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS)
Maximum torque
No. of cylinders/capacity
Fuel
a)
rpm
in Nm at rpm
55 (75)/ 6200
95/ 3000-4300
in cm3
3/ 999
95 super RONa)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h
in km/h
in sec.
in sec.
171
8,3
13,2
Consumption (litres/100 km)/ CO2 (g/km)
Urban cycle
Extra-urban cycle
Combined
5,9/137
4/93
4,7/108
Weights
Gross vehicle weight
Weight in running order (with driver)
Gross front axle weight
Gross rear axle weight
Permitted roof load
in kg
in kg
in kg
in kg
in kg
1290
929
551
378
50
Engine oil capacity
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change
3.7 litres

Description of specifications
277
Petrol engine 1.0 55 kW (75 CV) Ecomotive
Engine specifications
Power output in kW (PS)
Maximum torque
No. of cylinders/capacity
Fuel
a)
rpm
in Nm at rpm
55 (75)/6200
95/3000-4300
in cm3
3/999
95 super RONa)
Research Octane Number = Anti-detonation rating of the petrol.
Performance
Maximum speed
Acceleration from 0-80 km/h
Acceleration from 0-100 km/h
in km/h
in sec.
in sec.
172
8,3
13,2
Consumption (l/100 km) / CO2 emissions (g/km)
Urban cycle
Extra-urban cycle
Combined
5,1 / 118
3,7 / 86
4,2 / 98
Weights
Gross vehicle weight
Weight in running order (with driver)
Gross front axle weight
Gross rear axle weight
Permitted roof load
in kg
in kg
in kg
in kg
in kg
1290
940
561
379
50
Engine oil capacity
Approximate engine oil capacity with oil filter change
Vehicle diagram
Prior to a journey...
While driving
3.7 litres
Care, cleaning and maintenance

If and when
Technical Data
278
Description of specifications
Dimensions
Longitude
3557 mm
Width
1641 – 1645 mm
Height, unladen
1478 – 1489 mm
Wheelbase
2420 mm
Turning circle diametera)
approx. 9.8 m
Front track width a)
1412 – 1428 mm
Rear track widtha)
1408 – 1424 mm
Ground clearance with maximum authorised load
a)
109 mm
Depending on the dimensions of the wheel trims and tyres, there may be variations.
CAUTION
● Special care should be taken when parking in areas with high kerbs or
fixed barriers. Objects protruding from the ground may damage the bumper
or other parts of the vehicle during manoeuvres.
● Special attention is required when driving through entrances, over
ramps, kerbs or other objects. The vehicle underbody, bumpers, mudguards
and running gear, and the engine and exhaust system could be damaged as

you drive over these objects.
Capacities
Fuel tank capacity
Petrol engines
Around 35.0 l
, of which approximately 4.0 are the reserve.

Index
Index
A
Abroad
Extended stay abroad with your vehicle . . 225
Sale of vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
ABS
See "Braking assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . 134
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 214
Additional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Adjust
Headlight range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Adjustment
Correct sitting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Cleaning dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Deactivating the front passenger airbag . . 73
Deactivating using the key switch . . . . . . . . 73
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Differences between front passenger airbag
systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Front airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Locking the vehicle after airbag deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Side airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Use of child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Air conditioner
Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Things to note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
User instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Air conditioning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Air recirculation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
How it works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
switch off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
temporarily switch off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Air vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Aluminium care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Anti-theft locking bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Anti-theft wheel locking bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Antifreeze . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Antitheft bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
ASR
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Assistance systems
Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . 134
electronic stabilisation programme (ESP) 133
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . 144
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 144
Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . 134
Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Assisted braking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Assist systems
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 134
Audible warnings
Control and warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Seat belt not fastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Automatic belt retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Automatic consumer disconnection . . . . . . . . 187
Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
279
280
Index
B
BAS
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Battery
Change in the vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
discharge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
See Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Battery acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Before consulting a specialised workshop . . . 229
Belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Service and disposal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Bonnet
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Bottle capacity
Windscreen washer water bottle . . . . . . . . . 94
Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Brakes
Assisted braking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Brake fluid level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Changing the brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Emergency brake indicator in case of sudden braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Running-in brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Brake servo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 133
Brake system
Malfunction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Brake systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Breakdown
Securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Bulb fault
See changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
C
Capacities
Fuel tank . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Care
See "Care of your vehicle" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Vehicle interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Care of your vehicle
Exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
Caring for paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Malfunctions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
CCS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Central locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Central locking button . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 34
locking and unlocking from the inside . . . . 36
"Safe" security system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Central locking system
After airbag deployment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12, 13
Bottom part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Top part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Changing
Windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Front bumper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
Initial operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
in the headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Number plate light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Rear lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
Sea changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Engaging gears (manual gearbox) . . . . . . 125
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Changing gears
Gear recommendation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Changing the bulbs
Side turn signal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Changing the wheel
After changing the wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Index
Chassis number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Checking
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Checklist
Before working in the engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
In case of an emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Check list
Journey preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Preparations for changing a wheel . . . . . . 242
Raising the vehicle with the jack . . . . . . . . 245
Checklist
Refuelling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Check list
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Checklist
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Tire Mobility Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . 77
Check list
Upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Child safety seat
Securing with seat belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Child seat
ISOFIX child seat on rear seats . . . . . . . . . . 80
Mounting child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Mounting systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
On rear seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
On the front passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Regulations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Securing using a Top Tether retaining strap 83
Securing using ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Securing using LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . 77
Weight categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Child seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Disabling the front passenger airbag . . . . . 73
Chromework care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Cigarette lighter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Special driving situations . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Cleaning
dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
See "Care of your vehicle" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Close
Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . 44
Closing
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Coat hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Code number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Collection of end-of-life vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Compartments
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Glove compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111
Other storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . 112
Passenger side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111
Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . 110
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Conformity certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Consumer disconnection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Consumption
How it is determined . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
control lamp
on the driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Control lamp
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Brake pad wear warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Emission control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Engine oil sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
ESC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Fuel level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Controlling function
Electric exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
281
282
Index
Control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Convenience functions
Reprogramming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Coolant
See engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Crossing a river
Salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Cruise control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Cruise control system (CCS)
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
D
Damaged tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Dangers of not using the seat belt . . . . . . . . . . 60
Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 199
Data link connector (DLC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Data registry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Data storage during the journey . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Data stored by the control units . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Daytime driving light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
De-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
De-icing the locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Detail
passenger seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Diagnostics connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Differential lock
See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Digital clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Disposal
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
End-of-life vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Door handle
exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Door release lever
interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Childproof locks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . 234
Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Drinks bottles
see Drink holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Driver door
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Driver position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Driving
Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Data storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Ecological . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Economic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Fuel level to low . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Journey preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Protection of the undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . 25
Tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Driving abroad
Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Driving advice
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Driving in winter
Fuel consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Windscreen washer bottle . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Driving through water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Driving tips
Driving a loaded vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Dust filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
E
Ecological driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Economic driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
EDL
See "Brake assist systems" . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Electrical components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 232
Electrical consumers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Electrical power socket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Index
Electric windows
Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
see Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . . . . 134
Electronic immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Electronic Stabilisation Programme (ESP) . . . 133
Emergency brake indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . . . . 234
Driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Passenger door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Emission control system
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Engaging gears
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Engine
Noises . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Running-in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Engine and ignition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
12 Volt sockets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Stopping the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Checking the level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Filler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
G 12 plus-plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Refilling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Engine management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
changing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Checking the oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Dipstick . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Filler opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
see Electronic stabilisation programme
(ESP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Event Data Recorder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Exhaust gas purification system . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Exterior aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Controlling function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Vehicle care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Exterior views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
F
FAQs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Fault
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 144
Fault finding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Fault memory
Connector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
Fire extinguisher . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
First-aid kit
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
see First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Floor mats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Fluids . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Frequently asked questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Front airbags
See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Front passenger airbag
Deactivating using the key switch . . . . . . . . 73
See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Information on consumption . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Fuel consumption
Economic driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
¿Why does it increase? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
283
284
Index
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuel tank flap
close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fuse box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identifying blown fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Identifying by colours . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Preparation before replacing . . . . . . . . . . .
Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
166
166
166
166
167
167
167
252
253
254
253
254
254
G
G 12 plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
G 12 plus-plus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Glove compartment
see Compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110, 111
H
Handbrake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Hazard warning lights system . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Headlamp range adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Headlights
Driving abroad . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Headlight washers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Heated rear window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Heated seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Heating and ventilation system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
see also Air conditioning system . . . . . . . 158
High pressure cleaning apparatus . . . . . . . . . 190
Hill-start aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Horn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
I
Identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Ignition
See "Engine and ignition" . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Ignition key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30
Ignition lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Unauthorised vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Operating fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
In case of a breakdown
Securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
In case of an emergency
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Hazard warning lights system . . . . . . . . . . 231
In case of a breakdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Protecting yourself and securing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
In case of emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231
Indicator
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . 176
Engine oil pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Information on consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273
Initial operations
Changing bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
InSP Indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Display control functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
In the event of an emergency
Fire extinguishers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
First aid kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
ISOFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
see Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
J
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Raising the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Journey preparations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Index
K
Kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Key switch
Deactivating the front passenger airbag . . 73
L
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Laser sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
LATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
see Child seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Audible warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Controls lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Daytime driving light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Dipped beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Headlight range control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Instrument panel lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Instruments lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Light switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Parking light remains on both sides . . . . . . 87
Reading light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
turning off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
turning on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Load
Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
General tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Loading luggage compartment . . . . . . . . . 100
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Locking
from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Luggage compartment
Rear shelf . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
M
Main beam headlights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Main beam lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Main panel
Turn signal and main beam lever . . . . . . . . 85
Malfunction
Catalytic converter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
Manual gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
see also Changing gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124
Manufacturer identification plate . . . . . . . . . . 272
mechanical locking
locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 34
locking and unlocking from the inside . . . . 36
Mirrors
Convenience functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Mobile telephone
Using without an exterior aerial . . . . . . . . 218
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215, 224
Modifications to the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
N
New engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
New tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
New tyres and wheels
About your tyres and wheels . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Noises
Assisted braking systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Notes for the user . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
O
Octane rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Odometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Off road driving
Protection of the undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . 25
Oil
See engine oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Older tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
285
286
Index
On-board tools
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Onboard diagnostic system (ODB) . . . . . . . . . 218
Open
Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . 44
Opening
Doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
from the exterior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
The rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Opening doors individually . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Operating fault
Immobilizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Operating faults
Radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 225
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Outside temperature indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Overview
Control lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Driver door . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Instruments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Side view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
The driver's side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Warning lamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
P
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 130
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . . . . . 143
Fault . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . 144
Using high pressure cleaning apparatus . 190
Parking light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Parking light remains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
ParkPilot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Pedals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50, 125
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Additives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Polishing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Pollen filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Pollution filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Portable Navigation System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Preparation
Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . 182
Tire Mobility Set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Work in the engine compartment . . . . . . . 173
Preparations
before each journey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . 177
Topping up the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . 177
Principles of physics regarding a frontal collision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
Protection of the undercarriage . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . . . . 194
Pushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
R
Radio reception
Aerial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Operating faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117, 225
Raising the vehicle
Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
Jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Raising vehicle
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
With a lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Reading light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Reading the
Fault memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Rear backrest
Folding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Lifting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Rear head restraints
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
removing and fitting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Emergency locking and unlocking . . . . . . 235
see rear lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
See "Rear lid" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
unlocking and locking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Index
Rear seat bench . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Rear vision mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Rear vision mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Recommended gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Refuelling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
At the filling station . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Mistakes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
Petrol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
Refuelling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Refuelling precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
Remote control key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Removing ice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Removing snow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Removing wax deposits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Repairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 215
Airbag system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Replacement of parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213, 214
Reprogramming control units . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Retro-fitting
Two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Vehicle telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Rev counter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running-in
Brake pads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First trips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running-in brake pads
Also see "Brakes" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Running in
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
194
131
214
204
204
131
214
S
Safe driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Safety equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
SAFE (immobilizer) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Sale of vehicle
In other countries / continents . . . . . . . . . 225
Salt water . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Scrapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Seat belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Seat belt protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Automatic belt retainer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Belt tension device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Belt tension limiter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Fastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Seat belt position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Seat belt status display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Twisted belt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Unfastened . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Unfastening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Seat belt warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Seat functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
SEAT information system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Adjusting the steering wheel position . . . . 53
Adjust the rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . 52
Correct position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Fitting the rear head restraints . . . . . . . . . . 53
Front seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Number of seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Rear backrest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Removing and fitting rear head restraints . 53
Seat heating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Service interval display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Set
Air conditioner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Side airbags
See "Airbag system" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Side lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Sitting position
Incorrect position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Sliding/tilting electric panoramic sunroof . . . . 44
Anti-trap function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Open . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Small window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
287
288
Index
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Socket
12 Volts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Spare fuel canister . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Spare key
see vehicle key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30
Spare parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Special features
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
High pressure cleaning equipment . . . . . . 190
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128, 131, 278
Pushing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Radio reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Windscreen wipers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Special notes
Long parking times . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267, 268
Tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Start-Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Start-Stop system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Jump leads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Starting using an external battery
See starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Electromechanical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Power steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Steering column lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Tendency to pull to one side . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Steering wheel
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Storage compartment
Centre console . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Driver side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
Storage compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Sudden braking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Sun blind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Sunglasses storage compartment . . . . . . . . . 110
Sun visor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Symbols
see warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Systems
ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Anti-lock brake system (ABS) . . . . . . . . . . 134
ASR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
BAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Brake assist system (BAS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Cruise control system (CCS) . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
EDL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Electronic differential lock system (EDL) . 134
electronic stabilisation programme (ESP) 133
ESP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Optical parking system (OPS) . . . . . . . . . . 144
Parking aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parking distance warning system . . . . . . .
TC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . .
Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
144
144
134
134
134
T
TC
see Brake assist systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Technical data
Axle loads . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Bottle capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Engine oil specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Identification plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Kerb weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Manufacturer identification plate . . . . . . . 272
Roof load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Technical information
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Technical modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Lifting platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Technical specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Index
Temperature display
Liquid coolant temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Outside temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
The rear lid
Opening . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Unlocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Things to note
Disconnecting the vehicle's battery . . . . . . 21
parking distance warning system . . . . . . . 144
Water underneath the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . 162
Tightening torque
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
TIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Tips for driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Before starting out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
tire mobility set
Components . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
Tire Mobility Set
Check after 10 minutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
Do not use . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Inflating a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Sealing a tyre . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Tools
see Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Total weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119, 267
Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Front tow ring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Special notes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267, 268
Tow bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Tow rope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Tow starting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Traction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Traction control system (ASR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Traction Control (TC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Trailer coupling
Towing bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Transporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Transporting a load . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Transporting children in the vehicle . . . . . . . . . 77
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Transporting objects
Driving advice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Driving with the rear lid open . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Retaining hooks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Roof carrier system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104, 105
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Treadwear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Trip meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Turn signal convenience function . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Turn signal lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Two-way radios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Type of fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Tyre pressure
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyre repair kit
see Anti-puncture kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tyres with directional tread pattern . . . . . . . .
206
206
205
247
211
U
Unlocking
from the inside . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Check list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Fabric trim cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Padding cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Treating your upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
V
Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Vehicle
Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Loading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
locking and unlocking from the exterior . . . 34
locking or unlocking from the inside . . . . . 36
Parking downhill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Parking uphill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Recycling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Securing in case of a breakdown . . . . . . . 231
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Acid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Discharging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
289
290
Index
Explanation of symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Starting assistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Warning lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Vehicle care
Aerial built into the window . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Airbag modules (dash panel) . . . . . . . . . . 199
Aluminium wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
anodized surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Automatic car wash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Changing windscreen wiper blades . . . . . 192
Chrome wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Cleaning compartments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198
Cleaning seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Cleaning wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Cleaning windscreen wiper blades . . . . . . 192
Dash panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
De-icing the door lock cylinder . . . . . . . . . 194
Engine compartment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Exterior mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Fabric trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
High pressure cleaning apparatus . . . . . . 190
Padding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Plastic parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Protection of vehicle undercarriage . . . . . 194
Rubber seals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189, 190
Treating your upholstery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197
Vehicle paintwork . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Washing by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . 93
Wooden trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199
Vehicle code
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vehicle data label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vehicle diagram
Front view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Rear view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Side view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Vehicle identification data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vehicle identification number . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Vehicle key
assign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29, 30
Changing the battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
control lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Synchronising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Vehicle key set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Vehicle mechanical key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Vehicle telephone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Vehicle tool kit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Vehicle's battery
Automatic consumer disconnection . . . . . 187
Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Checking the electrolyte level . . . . . . . . . . 185
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Disconnecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Replacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Running flat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Vibrations
Steering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
W
Warning lamp
Alternator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
City Safety Assist function . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Engine coolant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
Hill hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Vehicle battery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Warning lamps
Lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
Warning triangle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Washing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
by hand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
with high pressure cleaning apparatus . . 190
Washing the vehicle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Water box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Wear of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
Wheel bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241, 242
Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Tightening torque . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243
Wheel load capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Beadlock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
See "Wheels and tyres" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Index
Wheels and tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
Avoiding damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Changing a wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Damaged tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Errors in wheel alignment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Foreign bodies in the tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Interchanging tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
New tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Older tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202
Replacing tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Run-out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Serial number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
Snow chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Speed rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210, 211
storing the replaced wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Storing tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Technical data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Temporary spare wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Tread depth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Tyre code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Tyre identification number (TIN) . . . . . . . . 210
Tyre load rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
Tyre pressures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Tyres with directional tread pattern . 202, 211
Valve caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Wear indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Wear of tyres . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Wheel balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Wheel rims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Wheel trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Bolted trims . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203
Full hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Hub caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
Wheel bolts caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Windscreen
Heat-insulating glass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Windscreen washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Windscreen washer water
Checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Topping up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Windscreen wiper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Windscreen wiper lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Windscreen wipers
Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Headlight washer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Heated windscreen washer jets . . . . . . . . . 92
Lifting the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Replacing the wiper blades . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Service position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Windscreen wipers service position . . . . . . . . . 93
Windscreen with metal coating . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Windscreen with reflective infrared coating . . . 90
Other Characters
"Safe" security system
SAFE lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
SAFELOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
¿What happens if...? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
291
SEAT recommends Castrol
1.
2.
3.
4.
SEAT S.A. is permanently concerned about continuous development of its types and models. For this reason we ask you to understand, that at any given time, changes regarding shape, equipment and technique may take place on the car delivered. For this reason
no right at all may derive based on the data, drawings and descriptions in this current handbook.
All texts, illustrations and standards in this handbook are based on the status of information at the time of printing. Except for error
or omission, the information included in the current handbook is valid as of the date of closing print.
Re-printing, copying or translating, whether total or partial is not allowed unless SEAT allows it in written form.
SEAT reserves all rights in accordance with the “Copyright” Act.
All rights on changes are reserved.
❀ This paper has been manufactured using bleached non-chlorine cellulose.
© SEAT S.A. - Reprint: 15.02.12
Portada Prog Manto Mii_interior.indd 3
15/02/12 12:03
Portada Mii.indd 3
Mii Inglés (01.12)
Inglés 1SL012003M (01.12)
Mii
Owner’s manual
22/02/12 15:54